Scheme of Teaching and Examinations for
I Semester DIPLOMA in Electrical/Mechanical/CSE (Group-I)
THEORY
Sr.
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SUBJECTS
SUBJECT
CODE
Engineering Mathematics-I
Engineering Physics
Engineering Chemistry
Elementary Mechanical
Engineering & Engg. Material
Language & Communication
Skill
TEACHING
SCHEME
Periods Periods
per
in one
Week
Session
(Year)
EXAMINATION – SCHEME
Hours
of
Exam.
Terminal
Exam.
(A)
Marks
Final
Exam.
(B)
Marks
Total
Marks
(A+B)
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
Pass
Marks
in the
Subject
01101
01102
01103
01104
06
04
04
04
60
50
50
60
03
03
03
03
20
20
20
20
80
80
80
80
100
100
100
100
26
26
26
26
36
36
36
36
01105
04
60
03
20
80
100
26
36
500
Total:-
22
PRACTICAL
Sr.
No.
6.
7.
8.
SUBJECTS
SUBJECT
CODE
Engineering Physics Lab.
Engineering Chemistry Lab
Workshop Practice.
01106
01107
01108
TEACHING
SCHEME
Periods per
Periods in
Week
one Session
(Year)
04
04
12
20
50
50
120
EXAMINATION – SCHEME
Hours
of
Exam.
03
03
06
Marks
Internal
Exam.
(A)
Marks
External
Exam.
(B)
10
10
10
40
40
40
Total
Marks
(A+B)
50
50
50
Total:- 150
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
Pass
Marks
in the
Subject
16
16
16
21
21
21
SESSIONAL
Sr.
No.
9.
SUBJECTS
SUBJECT
CODE
Workshop Practice.
01109
TEACHING
SCHEME
Periods
Periods
per
in one
week
Session
(Year)
-
Total:Total Periods per week
42
EXAMINATION – SCHEME
Marks of
Internal
Examiner
(X)
Marks of
External
Examiner
(Y)
40
60
Total
Marks
(X+Y)
100
100
Total Marks = 750
Pass Marks
in the Subject
50
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-I
Subject Code
01101/ 02201
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
—
—
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
The Subject Engineering Mathematics is being introduced into the Diploma Course to provide mathematical background to the students so that
they can be able to grasp the engineering subjects properly. This course will enable them to analyse and understand the engineering problems
scientifically based on Mathematics.
The subject is divided into two papers, viz. Engineering Mathematics - I and Engineering Mathematics - II. The paper Engineering
Mathematics - I consists of the following:
1.
Algebra
2.
Trigonometry
3.
Co-ordinate Geometry
The details are given in the curriculum:
Objectives:
-
-
By covering the course in Engineering Mathematics - I, the students will be able to:
Know Sequence & Series, Permutations and Combinations, Binomial Theorem, Determinates and Matrices, Properties of Triangles,
Solution of Trigonometrical equations, Inverse Circular functions, complex quantities, co-ordinate systems, equations of lines,
circles, equations of lines in three dimensions, equation of plane,
Understand their engineering applications.
Solve related simple numerical problems which will enable them to understand the subject.
S.No.
01
Periods
(30)
-
Topics
Algebra
Sequence & Series
Principle of Mathematical Induction
Permutation and Combination
Binomial Theorem
Determinants and Their Properties
Matrix Algebra
Complex Number
Trigonometry
Trigonometrical ratios of compound angles up to conditional Trigo nometrical Identities
Properties of Triangle
Logarithm
Solution of Triangles & General Value
Inverse Circular Function
(15)
-
02
03
Co-ordinate Geometry
- Two dimensional : upto equation of circles
- Three dimensional: upto straight line
(15)
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 - ALGEBRA:
01.01
01.02
01.03
01.04
01.05
Sequence & Series: Arithmetic Progression (A.P.), Simple examples of A.P., Geometrical Progression (G.P.), Sum
to infinity of a G.P., Sum of Squares and cubes of a naturals, idea of Harmonic Progression (H.P.), Relation between
Arithmetic mean, Geometrical Mean and Harmonic mean. Insertions of AMs, GMs & HMs between two numbers.
Principle of Mathematical Induction
Permutations & Combinations: Introduction, Fundamental Principle of counting; The Factorial; Permutations,
Simple practical problems on permutation; Combinations; simple practical problems on combinations.
Binomial Theorem:
Binomial Theorem for positive Index, Some applications of Binomial Theorem for any Index, Idea of Exponential
and Logarithmic Series. (Simple Problem).
Determinates:
Determinants and their fundamental properties, simple problem, Difference between determinant and a matrix.
Periods
[08]
[02]
[04]
[04]
[02]
01.06
01.07
01.08
Matrices:
Different types of Matrices
Algebra of Matrices
Transpose, Adjoint & Inverse of Matrices
Solution of linear simultaneous equations by matrix method
Complex Numbers: Idea of a complex number, its geometrical representation, Modulus and Amplitude, Conjugate
of a Complex number, Addition & Subtraction of a complex number with geometric notation,
Multiplication and Division of one complex number by another with geometric representation. Idea of DeMoivre's
Theorem, Roots of a Complex and Cube root of unity.
[04]
Number System: Binary, octal, Decimal & Hexadecimal system. Radix conversion. Idea of Boolean Algebra
[02]
[04]
TOPIC: 02 - TRIGONOMETRY:
02.01
Trigonometrical ratios of Compound angles. Trigonometrical ratios of Multiple sub-multiple angles, transformation
formulae & conditional Trigonometrical identities.
Properties of Triangle:
Relations between the side and angles of a triangle. Simple problems based on it.
Logarithm:
Definition, Fundamental Rules and properties of Logarithms.
General Values and Inverse Functions:
Formulae for all angles which have a given Sine, Cosine and Tangent. Formulae for angles both equi-sinal and equicosinal Inverse Circular Functions, Solution of Equations expressed in inverse notation.
02.02
02.03
02.04
[04]
[04]
[02]
[05]
TOPIC: 03 - CO-ORDINATE GEOMETRY:
03.01
03.01.01
03.01.02
03.01.03
03.02
03.02.01
03.02.02
03.02.03
03.02.04
Two Dimensional Co-ordinate Geometry
Idea of cartesian and polar co-ordinate systems. Relations between them.
Distance between two points, section formula and Area of Triangle. Intelligent questions based on these (cartesian
system only), centroid and incentre of a triangle.
Equations of Locus: Equation of a straight line in different forms. Angle between two straight lines and their
deduction, equation of circle, simple problem.
Three Dimensional Co-ordinate Geometry
Co-ordinates of a point, Distance between two points, Section formula (Cartesian system only)
Direction Cosines, Angle between two lines, Important deductions.
Plane, Projection of the join of two points on a plane, Equation of plane, Angle between two planes, Important
deductions.
Equation of a straight line as intersection of two planes, Symmetric form of a straight line, simple problem.
Books Recommended:
Engineering Mathematics - I
1.
Mathematics for Class XI Part I
2.
Mathematics for Class XI Part II
3.
Mathematics for Class XII Part I
4.
Mathematics for Class XII Part II
5.
Algebra
6.
Trigonometry
7.
Co-ordinate geometry
8.
Solid geometry
-
NCERT/R. S. Aggawal/R.D.Sharma
NCERT/R. S. Aggawal/R.D.Sharma
NCERT/R. S. Aggawal/R.D.Sharma
NCERT/R. S. Aggawal/R.D.Sharma
Dr. K.C. Sinha/ Lalgi Pd./Das & Gupta
Dr. K.C. Sinha/ Lalgi Pd./Das & Gupta
Dr. K.C. Sinha/ Lalgi Pd./Das & Gupta
Dr. K.C. Sinha/ Lalgi Pd./Das & Gupta
-
H.K. Dass, S. Chand & Co.
H.K. Dass, S. Chand & Co.
Reference Books:
1.
2.
Engineering Mathematics - Part I & Part II
Polytechnic Mathematics for Diploma level
[01]
[02]
[04]
[01]
[02]
[02]
[03]
ENGINEERING PHYSICS
Subject Code
01102/ 02202
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
—
—
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale and Objective:
Knowledge of Physics is so interwoven with engineering studies that one can not think of pursuing engineering studies without the knowledge
of Physics. Study of Physics is essential for Diploma holders in engineering and technology to develop in them proper understanding of
physical phenomenon, scientific temper and engineering aptitude.
The course covers the basic laws and principles of Physics and its applications. The course contents are so chosen that it should be more
relevant to the modern development of science to meet the challenge posed by fast-changing technology.
Keeping these objectives in view the subject has been divided into the following topics:
S.No.
Topics
Periods
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
General Physics
Heat
Electrostatics
Current Electricity & Magnetism
Modern Physics
Environment & Safety
(22)
(01)
(03)
(12)
(10)
(02)
(50)
Teachers are advised to use the latest technology of teaching (e.g. use of LRs etc.) and make maximum use of demonstration so that
the subject will be interesting to the students. The Engineering applications of the principles of physics should be discussed broadly. Use of S.I.
units for all measurements and calculations is recommended.
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 - GENERAL PHYSICS:
01.01
01.01.01
01.01.02
01.01.03
01.01.04
01.01.05
01.01.06
01.01.07
01.02
01.02.01
01.02.02
01.02.03
01.02.04
01.02.05
01.03
01.03.01
01.03.02
01.03.03
01.04
01.04.01
01.04.02
01.04.03
01.05
01.05.01
01.05.02
01.05.03
Units and Dimensions
Units of Fundamental and Derived Physical quantities.
System of Units - C.G.S., M.K.S., F.P.S. & S.I. System and their full forms (Foot Pound Second)
Basic & Supplementary Units - Names & Symbols
Advantages of S.I. System - Comprehensive, Coherent & Rational
Dimensions & Dimensional formula of simple Physical quantities, Dimensionless quantities.
Dimensional equations and their uses - Conversion of Units from one system to another, to check correctness of
equation, establish relation between different physical quantities.
Limitations of Dimensional analysis.
Scales & Mesurements
Vernier Scale & least count.
Vernier (Slide) Callipers.
Screw - Pitch & Least Count.
Screw Gauge (Micrometer Gauge) & Spherometer - their construction and operation.
Spherometer - Measurement of thickness of a sheet or plate.
Scalars & Vectors
Scalar & Vector quantities, Representation of a Vector.
Addition & Subtraction of two vectors - triangle method.
Resolution of vector into two mutually perpendicular components.
Linear Motion
Speed & velocity - Definition, Difference (Distinction), their Units & Dimensions.
Uniform Velocity, Uniformly accelerated Velocity (Uniform acceleration) & Retardation.
Derivation of formulas:
(i)
v = u + at
(ii)
s = ut + ½ at2
using differentiation & integration method.
Motion Under Gravity
Acceleration due to gravity - Unit & Dimension.
Weight and mass.
Co-ordinate Convention of displacement, Velocity and acceleration.
Equations of motion of body moving freely under gravity:
(i)
Downwards
(ii)
Upwards
[22]
Periods
[02]
[02]
[02]
[01]
[01]
01.06
Projectile
01.06.01
01.06.02
01.06.03
01.06.04
01.06.05
Projectile - Definition & examples.
Oblique projection - Derivation of equation for trajectory, Range, Maximum height, Time of flight & time for
attaining maximum height.
Angle of projection for maximum range for fixed speed of projection.
Horizontal & vertical projectiles and their path.
Simple numericals based on formulas.
01.07
Friction
01.07.01
01.07.02
01.07.03
01.07.04
01.07.05
01.07.06
01.07.07
01.07.08
Friction - Definition, Types of friction - Sliding & Rolling, Static & Dynamic (Kinetic).
Limiting frictional force. Laws of Static & Kinetic friction.
Experimental Verification not required.
Co-efficient of friction - a unitless quantity.
Equilibrium of a body on rough inclined plane under the effect of its weight & frictional force.
Angle of Repose & its uses.
Friction - necessary evil.
Use of lubricants to reduce friction - solid, liquid & gas.
Simple numericals based on formulas.
01.08
Circular Motion
01.08.01
01.08.02
01.08.03
01.08.04
01.08.05
01.08.06
01.08.07
Circular Motion - Definition.
Angular Displacement, Velocity and acceleration & their units.
Relation between linear and angular velocity and acceleration - Differential Calculus method.
Centripetal Force and its derivation by Vector method.
Centrifugal force, its presence felt only in rotational systems - Pseudo force.
Applications of Circular motion:
motion of cyclist on curved path
banking of tracks
principle of working of cream separator, cloth drier, centrifuge machine
Simple numericals based on formulas.
01.09
Simple Harmonic Motion
01.09.01
01.09.02
01.09.05
01.09.06
01.09.07
01.09.08
Periodic motion & S.H.M. - Definitions.
Expressions for displacement, velocity, acceleration and time period of S.H.M.
Derivation not required.
Phase & Epoch - Definition.
Equation of S.H.M. starting from equilibrium position and another point.
y = a Sinwt & y = a Sin (wt+).
Elastic spring & spring constant.
Motion of a block tied to a massless spring moving on a horizontal frictionless table.
Time period of a Simple pendulum - derivation.
Simple numericals based on formulas.
01.10
Gravitation
01.10.01
01.10.02
01.10.03
01.10.04
Newton's law & formula for force between two bodies.
Units & Dimensions of 'G' and 'g'.
Relation between 'G' and 'g' and their values.
Value of 'g' at earth's surface, above and below earth's surface - maximum value.
No Derivation required.
Satellite - Orbital Velocity and time period.
Parking Orbit - Definition
Escape Velocity - Definition & expression in terms of 'g'.
Derivation not required.
Simple numericals based on formulas.
01.09.03
01.09.04
01.10.05
01.10.06
01.10.07
01.10.08
[02]
[02]
[02]
[02]
[02]
01.11
Rotational Motion and Moment of Inertia
01.11.01
01.11.02
01.11.03
01.11.04
01.11.05
01.11.08
Moment of Inertia & Radius of Gyration - Definition, units and dimension.
M.I. of Uniform ring & Uniform Disc about their natural axes.
M.I. of Solid Sphere about its diameter - derivation of expression.
Rolling on inclined smooth plane without slipping - Expression for acceleration along the plane to be derived.
Sliding motion of a body down a rough inclined plane under its own weight only - No external force - derivation of
expression.
Torque and angular momentum - definition & expression.
Principle of Conservation of angular momentum and its examples.
No derivation required.
Simple numericals based on formula.
01.12
Fluids
01.12.01
01.12.02
Surface Tension & Surface Energy - Introduction, Unit & Dimension.
Capillary rise - expression and its applications.
No Derivation required.
Laminar Flow & Co-efficient of Viscosity - Unit & Dimension.
Streamline & Turbulent flow - Definition.
Motion of Spinning ball in air (a viscous medium) and free fall of rain drops - Qualitative Discussion.
01.11.06
01.11.07
01.12.03
01.12.04
01.12.05
[03]
[01]
TOPIC: 02 - HEAT:
[01]
02.01
Heat
[01]
02.01.01
02.01.02
Heat form of energy. Unit of heat - Joule & Calorie.
Modes of heat transfer and their examples.
TOPIC: 03 - ELECTROSTATICS:
[03]
03.01
Field & Potential
[01]
03.01.01
03.01.02
03.01.03
Electric Field, Intensity and Potential due to a point charge.
Units & Dimensions of electric intensity & potential.
Derivation of potential at a point due to point charge.
03.02
Capacity & Condenser
03.02.01
03.02.02
Capacity of a Single Conductor and Condenser (Capacitor).
Capacity of a Parallel Plate Condenser - Expression only.
No derivation required.
Series & Parallel grouping of Condensers and expressions for equivalent capacities.
No derivation required.
03.02.03
[02]
TOPIC: 04 - CURRENT ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM:
[12]
04.01
04.01.01
04.01.02
E.M.F. & P.D.
Definition - Units
Internal resistance of cell.
Expression for current I = E/(R+r).
[01]
04.02
Kirchoff's Laws
[02]
04.02.01
Kirchoff's Laws and Wheatstone bridge - Condition for balance.
No derivation required.
04.03
Magnetic Effect
04.03.01
04.03.02
Biot-Savart's Law, Expression for magnetic induction & direction of magnetic induction.
Expression for magnetic induction due to an infinitely long conductor carrying electric current.
No derivation required.
Expression for magnetic induction due to Circular Coil carrying electric current,
at centre of the coil &
at a point on the axis of the coil.
No derivation required.
04.03.03
[02]
04.04
Heating Effect
04.04.01
04.04.02
04.04.03
04.04.04
04.04.05
Heat developed in a current carrying conductor - expression.
Electrical Power & energy and their units.
Specifications marked on electrical appliances - Wattage & Voltage.
Resultant power (Total power) consumed in parallel combination of electrical appliances.
Kilo watt hour (Kwh) and electrical unit.
Expressions only.
No derivation required.
Simple numericals based on formulas.
04.05
Electromagnetic Induction
04.05.01
04.05.02
04.05.03
04.05.04
Magnetic Flux - Definition & Unit.
Electromagnetic Induction - definition.
Faraday's Law & Lenz's Law of Electromagnetic Induction.
Eddy (Focault's) Current & its used in induction furnace and braking (stopping) of rotating wheels.
04.06
Alternating Current
04.06.01
04.06.02
Uniform rotation of a coil in uniform magnetic field - Derivation of expression for e.m.f. induced.
Peak Value & R.M.S. Value of A.C.
Rated Value - R.M.S. Value.
Expressions for e.m.f. and curent in A.C. Circuit containing:
resistance only
Inductance only
capacitance only
Expressions only. No Derivation required.
Choke Coil - Simple introduction.
Transformer & losses in it - Simple ideas.
04.06.03
04.06.04
04.06.05
[02]
[02]
[03]
TOPIC: 05 - MODERN PHYSICS:
[10]
05.01
Atomic Structure
[01]
05.01.01
05.01.02
05.01.03
05.01.04
Bohr's atomic model.
Stationary orbits & energy levels.
Transition of electron between two orbits - emission of electromagnetic radiation, Expression for wavelength of
emitted radiation.
No derivation required.
Simple numericals based on formulas.
05.02
Thermionic Emission
05.02.01
05.02.02
Thermionic emmission and Diode Valve.
Half Wave rectifier.
05.03
X-Rays
05.03.01
05.03.02
05.03.03
05.03.04
Simple ideas of production of X-ray (No Diagram needed), Soft & hard X-rays.
Expression of minimum wavelength.
Use of X-ray in medicine & industry.
Simple numericals based on formulas.
05.04
Photoelectric Effect
05.04.01
05.04.02
Definition, Photon and its energy.
Threshold frequency
05.04.03
05.04.04
Effect of Intensity & Energy of incident light on Photoelectric effect.
Use of Photoelectric effect:
medical use in Glucometer (Blood Sugar Measurement)
Exposure meter
Density measurement of exposed X-ray & photo films
Television telecasting
Simple numericals based on formulas.
05.04.05
[01]
[01]
[02]
05.05
Radioactivity
05.05.01
05.05.02
05.05.03
05.05.04
05.05.05
Definition, Radioactive Decay and its formula - Half life time.
Types of radiations emitted from radioactive materials
Fission and Fusion - Simple ideas.
Principle of nuclear reactor and Stellar energy (energy from star)
Simple numericals based on formulas.
05.06
Ultrasonics
05.06.01
05.06.02
05.06.03
Definition
Piezo electric effect - Simple ideas (No diagram).
Uses in medicine and industry - simple ideas.
05.07
Laser & Optical Fibre
05.07.01
05.07.02
Introduction & Working principle - simple ideas.
Uses in medicine & industry - simple ideas.
05.08
Semiconductor
05.08.01
05.08.02
Intrinsic & Extrinsic Semiconductor - simple ideas.
Tetravalent Structure of intrinsic semiconductor.
Doping material (Impurity) trivalent & pentavalent.
PN junction & simple introduction of forward and reverse bias.
05.08.03
[01]
[01]
[01]
[02]
TOPIC: 06 - ENVIRONMENT & SAFETY:
[02]
06.01
Environment & Safety
06.01.01
06.01.02
06.01.03
Noise pollution and its effect on human health.
Radiation Hazards and Safety thereof.
Non conventional Energy- Solar Energy, Solar battery Cell, Wind Energy, Geothermal Energy.
Books Recommended for Engineering Physics:
Text Books:
1
2
3
Introductory Physics (Vol. I & II)
Intermediate Physics (Vol. I & II)
Physics for Class XI & XII Part I
-
By N.N. Ghosh
By Durga Pd. Singh
By N.K. Bajaj (Tata McGraw Hill)
Reference Books:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
University Physics
Physics Part I & Part II
Applied Physics Vol. I & II
Concepts of Physics Vol. I & II
Intermediate Physics
Intermediate Physics
I.Sc. Physics Vol. I & II
-
By Sears & Zeemansky
By Halliday & Resnik
By TTTI Chandigarh, (Tata McGraw Hill)
By H.C. Verma
By S.C. Roy Chowdhary & Dr. D.B. Singh
By Lakhmer Singh & Subramaniam
By V.P. Bhatnagar (Pitambar Publishing Co., New Delhi)
ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY
Subject Code
01103/ 02203
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
—
—
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale & Objective:
Keeping in view the recent developments in Science and the present needs in Industries, the curriculum of Engineering
Chemistry has been revised so that the Engineers or Technicians may have a better knowledge of Chemistry, especially
regarding the application of the subject in various fields of Industries. An emphasis, in this direction, has been made in the
curriculum.
A new chapter on Environmental Chemistry has been introduced to make the students aquainted with the various pollution
hazards which is becoming more critical everyday.
The following topics are so chosen that through their contents the students are able to develop knowledge, skill and scientific
attitude. It will enable them to distinguish, differentiate, analyse and solve engineering problems.
S.No.
Topics
GROUP - A
1.
Importance of Chemistry for Engineers and its applications in industries
2.
General Chemistry
3.
Atomic Structure
4.
Chemical Bonding
5.
Chemical Equilibrium
6.
Metallurgical Operations
7.
Water Treatment
8.
Fuel & Combustion
9.
Lubricants
10.
Paints and Varnishes
11.
Environmental Chemistry
Periods
(02)
(05)
(03)
(03)
(03)
(08)
(08)
(08)
(02)
(02)
(06)
CONTENTS:
GROUP - A
Topic: 01 - Introduction
Importance of Chemistry for Engineers and its application in industries.
[02]
01.01
Topic: 02 - General Chemistry
Atomic Wt. Equivalent Wt., Molecular Wt. and their determination, Numerical Problems.
Mole Concept, Avogadro's number, Numerical Problems.
[05]
02.01
02.02
[03]
03.02
Topic: 03 - Atomic Structure
Basic idea of fundamental particles, Atomic Number, Mass Number, Rutherford model & Bohr's
model.
Electronic congiguration in s, p, d, f notation.
Topic: 04 - Chemical Bonding
Ionization Potential, Electron affinity, electronegativity.
Types of Chemical Bonds - Electrovalent, Covalent (Polar and non-polar) and Co-ordinate bonds.
[03]
04.01
04.02
Topic: 05 - Chemical Equilibrium
Reversible and Irreversible reaction, Chemical Equilibrium.
Law of mass action.
Ionic product of water, PH-scale, Common Ion Effect and Numerical problems.
[03]
05.01
05.02
05.03
03.01
Topic: 06 - Metallurgical Operations
General metallurgical operations, Concentration of metal ore, Roasting, Calcination, Smelting,
refining of metals.
Extraction of Iron, Aluminium and Copper.
Manufacture of steel - (a) Bessemer process, (b) Open Hearth process, effect of impurities such as Mn,
P, S and Si. Heat treatment of steel, Anealing, Hardening, Tempering, Normalising, Case hardening,
Nitriding and Cyaniding
Introduction, Importance, Classification and uses of alloys with examples.
06.01
06.02
06.03
06.04
[08]
GROUP - B
Topic: 07 - Water Treatment
Introduction - Use of water for Industrial and domestic purposes, sources of water supply.
Hardness of water, degree of hardness and its estimation (Hehner and EDTA methods). Numerical
problems on degree of hardness. PH-value of water, disinfection of water and Municipal Supply.
Softening of hard water (Lime-Soda method, Permutit, Ion Exchange and calgon methods).
[08]
Topic: 08 - Fuel and Combustion
Introduction - Importance of fuels in Industries, classification of fuels, calorific values, Determination
of calorific value and Numerical problems. Characteristics of an ideal fuel.
Refining and cracking of petroleum, knocking. Octane Number and Cetane Number. Merits and
demerits of fuels, L.P.G., Coal gas, Oil gas and Producer gas.
[08]
Topic: 09 - Lubricants
Introduction & Classification of lubricants.
Properties of lubricants, Lubricants Oil, grease, emulsions.
[02]
10.01
10.02
Topic: 10 - Paints and Varnishes
Characteristics of a good paint, brief study of various constituents of a paint.
[02]
11.01
Topic: 11 - Environmental Chemistry
Introduction:
Effect of pollution on human health (Name of diseases) and plant.
Air Pollution:
Causes of air pollution like factory Smoke discharge, Automobile exhaust gas, Deforestation etc.
Brief idea of pollution effects like Acid rain, Green house effect, Action of Ozone layer which causes
green house effect on earth, effect of chloroflurocarbon on depletion of ozone layer.
Water Pollution:
Standard prescribed by WHO, IMC and Bureau of Indian Standard for pure drinking water.
[06]
07.01
07.02
07.03
08.01
08.02
13.01
13.01.01
13.02
13.02.01
13.02.02
13.03
13.03.01
Books Recommended:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
a.
b.
a.
b.
a.
Text Book of Engineering Chemistry
Text Book of Engineering Chemistry
Text Book of Engineering Chemistry
Pradyogiki Rasayan (Hindi)
Takniki Rasayan Bhag 1 evam 2 (Hindi)
Inorganic Chemistry
Physical Chemistry
Inorganic Chemistry
Physical Chemistry
Inorganic Chemistry
Environmental Chemistry
-
M.M. Uppal
C.V. Agrawal
P.C. Jain
S.Z. Aahmad & Prof. Subuktgin
Roop Prakashan
P.L. Soni
P.L. Soni
Biltu Singh
Biltu Singh
Ram Ratan Pd.
ELEMENTARY MECHANICAL ENGINEERING AND ENGINEERING MATERIAL
Subject Code
01104/ 02204
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
-
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale & Objective:
The technicians have to handle and deal with so many materials to be used in construction of Engineering product and making
machine tools and structures etc. They have to face many problems involving general mechanical, electrical, electronics and civil
Engg. As such the knowledge of general Engg. principles of different branches is essential for a Diploma holder.
The course has been designed with a view to include various materials commonly used in Engineering Constructions and general
principles of working of different machine tools.
S.No.
Topics
GROUP - A (Mechanical Engineering)
1.
Simple machines
2.
Introduction of ferrous & Non ferrous metals
3.
General Process
4.
Heat Engines & fluid machines
5.
Power Transmission
6.
Boilers
Seperate answer books for group A & group B should be given in examination & answer books
should be examination by Mechanical & Civil Engg. Teachers separately.
GROUP - B (Engineering Material)
7
Stones
8.
Clay Products
9.
Cement & their products
10.
Timber
11.
Miscellaneous Material
Periods
(06)
(05)
(03)
(06)
(07)
(03)
[30]
(03)
(03)
(05)
(03)
(16)
[30]
CONTENTS:
GROUP - A (MECHANICAL ENGINEERING)
TOPIC: 01 – SIMPLE MACHINES
Introduction to simple machines, M.A, U.R, & ŋ of simple wheel & Axle, Compound wheel & Axle,
Screw jack, worm & worm wheel, Rack & pinion (simple numericals only)
TOPIC: 02 -: Introduction to ferrous & non ferrous metals Physical & mechanical properties & uses of ferrous
metals &Alloys & non ferrous metals like,Al, Cu, Zn, & their alloys Properties & uses.
TOPIC: 03 -: GENERAL PROCESS
03.01
Introduction to Soldering, brazing & welding.
03.02
Application of soldering, brazing & welding.
03.03
Flame Cutting and Welding.
03.04
Different types of flames used
03.05
Safety precautions in Welding.
TOPIC: 04 - HEAT ENGINES & FLUID MACHINES
04.01
Introduction to External & Internal Combustion engines.
04.02
Difference between External & Internal Combustion engines.
04.03
Concept of Heat work and Energy. Thermodynamic system and their properties. (Introduction only)
04.04
Introduction of Two-stroke and four-stroke I.C. engine, their working principles. water wheel, Introduction
to Inpulse & reaction turbine ,(Pelton, francis & Kaplan Turbine, working Principle only.)
TOPIC: 05 - POWER TRANSMISSION
05.01
Power transmission by belt
05.02
Rope chain & geardrive
05.03
Open & cross belt drive
05.04
Relation between tight side & slack side tension
05.05
Centrifugal tension, simple & compound
05.06
Gear drive, gear train.
[06]
[05]
[03]
[06]
[07]
TOPIC: 06 – BOILERS(Steam Generatars)
06.01
Classification of boilers - Fire tube & water tube boiler. Working principle of classification
boilers,working principle of cochran boiler.
06.02
Boiler accessories & Mounting, their functions.
GROUP - B (ENGINEERING MATERIAL)
TOPIC: 07 - STONES:
07.01
Introduction of stones as engineering materials
07.02
Classification of Rocks, qualities, selection and uses of different types of stones in various engineering
construction works.
07.03
List of tests on stones,
- Dressing of stones & quarrying of stones.
TOPIC: 08 - CLAY PRODUCTS:
08.01
Common Clay products, (Vitrified, Porcelain) their manufacture and application.
08.02
Uses of brick and characteristics of good bricks.
TOPIC: 09 - CEMENT & THEIR PRODUCTS
09.01
Lime:
- Introduction , Manufacturing Process
- Different types of limes & its applications,
09.02
Cement:
- Introduction, Manufacturing process
- Different types of cements, their ingredients and applications, grade of cements, storage of cement.
TOPIC: 10- TIMBER
10.01
Classification of Timber
10.02
Characteristics of good timber
10.03
Introduction of seasoning of timber
10.04
Preservation of timber and its uses
TOPIC: 11 - MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
11.01
Plastics:
- Introduction, important commercial products of plastics used in engineering works
- Types of plastics - Themoplastic & Thermosetting, Epoxy Resins
11.02
Glass:
- Types of glass
- Composition of glass
- Uses of glass as industrial material
11.03
Adhesive:
- Types of Adhesive
- Its ingredients and uses sealant & joints fillers
11.04
Rubber:
- Characteristics of Rubber
- Types and uses of Rubber
11.05
Available forms of Aluminum as structural cladding & partition
Different type of bar section & their uses.
Books Recommended:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Workshop Technology
Heat Engine
Engineering Material
Engineering Material
6.
7.
Electrical Engineering
bathfu;fjax inkFkZ
oS|qr vfHk;kaf=dh
-
By Hazare and Choudhary
By Pandey & Saha
By Banga & Sharma
By Narang
-
By Uppal
tuknZu >k
Mhñvkjñ ukjk;.k
[03]
[03]
[03]
[05]
[03]
[16]
LANGUAGE & COMMUNICATION SKILL (ENGLISH & HINDI)
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
-
Subject Code
01105/ 02205
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale & Objective:
The primary aim of this course is to help technical students studying in Polytechnics and Engineering Institutes acquire
the skills of language and communication in order to be successful in their studies and subsequent professional life. It has been
found that in the world of work of diploma holder they have to perform various job functions like Letter Writing, maintaining
office records, drawing up tender notices, writing technical reports, communicating with sub-ordinate staff and/or labourer and
with superiors.
The curriculum has been designed to improve the knowledge of the Language, comprehension and its application to
develop communication skill.
The curriculum also seeks to develop the student's power of oral communication through effective use of body language
and necessarily puts knowledge to practice through exposure in varied form.
The curriculum has been designed both in English & Hindi languages.
S.No.
Group
1
2
A
B
Topic
ENGLISH
HINDI
Periods
Marks
30
30
50
50
Total:
60
GROUP - A [ENGLISH]
S.No.
01
02
03
04
05
06
100
Topic
A.
B.
Periods
Language Practice
Oral Communication
Comprehension
Paragraph Writing
Letter Writing
Tender Notice & Advertisement
Report Writing
[08]
[05]
[03]
[02]
[04]
[04]
[04]
Total:
CONTENTS:
TOPIC 01(A) - Language Practice:
01.01
Tenses of verbs
01.01.01
Writing about the Present
- Subject verb agreement
- Negative statements
- Is/ Are VERB - ed (is needed, are powered etc.)
01.01.02
Writing about the Past
- VERB - ed (Past Simple)
- Was/ Were VERB - ed (Past simple passive)
- Has/ Have VERB - ed
- Has/ Have been VERB - ed
- Has VERB - ed + VERB - ed (Past perfect + Past simple)
(The demonstration has already started before the office broke for lunch)
- Was/ Were VERB - ed + VERB - ed
(Past continuous + past simple)
30
[08]
01.01.03
01.02
01.03
01.04
01.05
01.06
Writing about the Future
- Shall/ Will VERB (Future simple)
- Shall/ Will be VERB - ed (Future simple passive)
Auxiliaries
- Use of can could, will would, shall should, may might etc.
(Drilling exercise with suitable examples to be done)
Word Formation
- Common roots in Technical English
- Noun endings, -tion, -ment, -ance, -ity, -logy, -meter, -metry, -or, -er etc.
- Prefixes that mean NOT: in, on, non, il, im, de, dis, mis, mal
- Words that end with: -ize, -ate, -ify
- Adjectives that end with: -al, -ic, -ical, -ar, -ary, -ory, -ing
Single Word Substitution
- Drilling of exercise
(Page No. 147 to 151 of Text Book)
Sentence Structure
- Completing, joining, reframing (for emphasis) and transformation of sentences
Punctuation
- Correct use of comma, semi-colon, colon, full stop, apostrophe, inverted commas, note of
exclamation, note of interruption, dash, brackets, hyphen, capital letters and italics.
TOPIC 01(B) - Oral Communication:
- Manners & basic etiquettes
- Body Language - the role of body postures, movements, gestures, facial expressions, dress
& make up in effective communication
- Information/ Desk/ Front Office/ Telephone conversation
(Practice with audio/ video cassettes
- Conduct while facing interviews (Mock Interview)
- Group discussions, debates, elocution
[05]
TOPIC 02 - Comprehension:
02.01
Prescribed unit from communication in English for Technical Students (Orient Longman):
i.
Uses of Mango Wastes
ii. Making Money in India
iii. Radar: its operation and benefits
iv. Technology for Mankind
[03]
TOPIC 03 - Paragraph Writing:
03.01
General – Specific
03.02
Process – Description
03.03
Problem – Solution
03.04
Data – Comment
[02]
TOPIC 04 – Letter/ Application Writing:
04.01
Official letters to an from higher authorities/ departments regarding administrative/
establishment/ financial matters.
04.02
Commercial letters regarding enquiries/ proposals for purchase/ service.
04.03
Drafting application for jobs - format, style & contents
[04]
TOPIC 05 - Tender Notice & Advertisement:
05.01
Inviting Tenders/ Quotations - format & contents, formalities involved, placing orders.
05.02
Drafting advertisements for 'situation vacant'/ 'situation wanted' columns, for sale/ purchase of
items etc.
[04]
TOPIC 06 - Report Writing:
06.01
Types, structure and utility of reports
06.02
Technical reports
06.02.01 Project reports
06.02.02 Enquiry reports
06.02.03 Stock verification reports etc.
(The teacher should help the students in the preparation of their project report)
[04]
Books Recommended:
Text Book:
1.
Communication in English for Technical Students
-
prepared by C.D.C., T.T.T.I.
Calcutta (Orient Longman)
Reference Books:
1.
An Intermediate English Practice Book
2.
Living English Structure
3.
Advance Learner's Dictionary
-
by S. Pit Corder (Orient Longman)
by W.S. Allen (Orient Longman)
by A.S. Hornby (O.U.P.)
GROUP - B [HINDI]
Øe lañ
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
ikB~;
Hkk"kk vH;kl
ekSf[kd lEçs"k.k
vifBr x|ka'k vkSj ç'uksÙkj
vuqPNsn ys[ku
i=@ vkosnu ys[ku
fufonk lwpuk ,oa foKkiu
çfrosnu ys[ku
O;k[;ku
[08]
[05]
[03]
[02]
[04]
[04]
[04]
dqy%
[30]
CONTENTS:
ikB~; 01 & Hkk"kk vH;kl%
01-01
01-01-01
01-01-02
01-01-03
01-02
01-02-01
01-03
01-04
'kCn jpuk
fo'ks"k.k
fo'ks"; vkSj fo'ks"k.k dh jpuk, fo'ks"k.k cukus ds dqN fu;e] in okpd fo'ks"k.k
ewy 'kCn] milxZ] çR;;
fons'kh 'kCnksa dk fgUnh ç;ksx
okD; jpuk
okD; dk :ikUrj] lkekU; okD;] okD; miokD;] okD; dh v'kqf);k¡] okD; esa dÙkkZ vkSj fØ;k
dk esy] laKk vkSj loZuke dk esy] okD;Kr ç;ksxA
fojke fpUgÐÐ
- foijhrkFkZd 'kCn
- ;qXe 'kCn
- vusd 'kCnksa ds fy, ,d 'kCn
- ,d 'kCn vkSj fofHké ç;ksx
- ,d 'kCn dk fofHké 'kCn Hksnksa esa ç;ksx
- la{ksi.k
[08]
ikB~; 02 & ekSf[kd laçs"k.k%
02-01
rkSj rjhds ,oa vk/kkjHkwr f'k"Vkpkj
02-02
'kkjhfjd Hkk"kk & 'kkjhfjd HkkoHkafxek }kjk lEçs"k.k] vfrfofgr] lafdr eq[kkd`fr }kjk lEçs"k.k]
iks'kkd rFkk çlk/ku }kjk çHkkodkjh lEçs"k.k
02-03
tkudkjh@ MsLd@ dk;kZy; dk vxzHkkx@ VsyhQksu okÙkkZyki
¼J"Vk@ n`'; dSlsVksa }kjk vH;kl½
02-04
vUrohZ{kk ds le; vkpj.k
02-05
lkewfgd ifjppkZ] okn&fookn] oDr`rk
ikB~; 03 & vifBr x|ka'k vkSj ç'uksÙkj%
lEc) ikB~;Øe lelkef;d if=dk] v[kokj ,oa iqLrd esa lEikndh; rFkk ys[k ij vk/kkfjr gksxsaA ijh{kk
vifBr vorj.kksa ij vk/kkfjr gksxh] 'kCnkFkZ] rdZ] fopkj] okD; lajpuk] okD; lajpuk ,oa ç;ksx ds lEcU/k
esa fo'ks"kdj oLrqfu"B ç'u iwNs tk;sxsaA
ikB~; 04 & vuqPNsn ys[ku%
04-01
lkekU; & fo'ks"k
04-02
çfØ;k & o.kZu
04-03
leL;k & lek/kku
04-04
vfdaNk & leh{kk
ikB~; 05 & i=@ vkosnu ys[ku%
05-01
mPpkf/kdkfj;ksa@ foHkkxksa ds lkFk ç'kklfud@ LFkkiuk@ foÙkh; ekeyksa ls lEcfU/kr i=kpkjA
05-02
iwNrkN@ Ø;@ lsok ls lEcfU/kr i=kpkjA
05-03
fu;kstu gsrq vkosnu
ikB~; 06 & fufonk lwpuk ,oa foKkiu%
06-01
fufonk@ dksVs'ku vkeaf=r djuk & :ijs[kk ,oa lanHkZ lEc) vkSipkfjdrk] vkns'kA
06-02
fjfDr;k¡@ vko';drk@ Ø;@ foØ; vkfn ds fy;s foKkiu dk çk:iA
ikB~; 07 & çfrosnu ys[ku%
07-01
çfronsu ds çdkj] lajpuk ,oa mi;ksfxrkA
07-02
rduhdh çfrosnu & ifj;kstuk çfrosnu] tk¡p çfrosnu vkfn ¼ifj;kstuk çfrosnu rS;kj djus
esa f'k{kd dks fo|kfFkZ;ksa dh enn djuh pkfg,½
fu/kkZfjr iqLrdsa
VsDLV cqd¼ikB~; iqLrd½@ jfnxZ iqLrdsa
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
vk/kqfud fgUnh O;kdj.k vkSj jpuk
fgUnh esa mUur fVIi.k vkSj lkj
fgUnh esa ç'kklfud i= ys[ku
fgUnh çk:i.k vkSj fVIi.k
f'k{kkFkhZ fgUnh 'kCndks'k
vaxzsth fgUnh 'kkldh; ç;ksx dks'k
-
Mkñ oklqnso uUnu çlkn] Hkkjrh Hkou] iVuk
jke fouk;d flag] yksd Hkkjrh çdk'ku] bykgkckn
jke fouk;d flag] yksd Hkkjrh çdk'ku] bykgkckn
eYgks=k] Ýstj jksM] iVuk
Mkñ gjnso okgjh] jkeiky ,.M lUl
xksihukFk JhokLro] le iky ,.M lUl
[05]
[03]
[05]
[04]
[04]
[04]
ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB
Subject Code
01106/ 02206
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
—
—
04
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
At Least ten experiments to be performed:
S.No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Experiment
Determination of diameter using Slide Callipers.
Determination of depth using Slide Callipers.
Measurement of diameter of wire using Screw Gauge.
Measurement of thickness using Screw Gauge.
Determination of thickness of a plate using Spherometer.
Measurement of radius of curvature of a Convex Surface using Spherometer.
Study the relation between length of a Simple pendulum and square of its time period.
Measurement of resistance using Post Office Box.
Verification of Laws of Series and parallel grouping of resistances using P.O. Box.
Determination of resistance using meter bridge.
Study relationship between current and potential difference at different lengths of meter
bridge (or potentiometer) wire.
Comparison of e.m.fs two cells using potentiometer.
Determination of angle of repose using inclined plane friction table and to find co-efficient of
friction.
Study of junction diode.
Comparison of illuminating power (luminous intensity) of two light sources using
Photoelectric Cell.
Books Recommended for Engineering Physics (Lab.):
1
2
Practical Physics
Practical Physics
-
3
4
Practical Physics
Practical Physics
-
5
Practical Physics
-
By N.N. Ghosh
Sharma Singh & Prasad
Bharti Bhawan Publication
By Durga Pd. Singh
By C.L. Arora
S. Chand & Co.
By K.K. Mahindroo
Pitambar Publishing Co., New Delhi
ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB
Subject Code
01107 02207
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
—
—
04
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
Rationale & Objective:
The Chemistry Lab. Practical has been introduced with a view to develop scientific attitude among the students. The topics (experiments) have
been chosen to develop skill among the students so that they can measure, differentiate and analyse the best results. This will help them solve
the engineering problems in their world of work.
S.No.
Topics
(At least ten experiments are to be performed)
1
Preparation of derivatives
2
Titration
3
Quantitative Analysis
4
Quantitative Analysis of Simple Inorganic Salts
5
Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis of drinking water
Periods
CONTENTS:
Topic: 01 - Preparation of derivatives
01.01
Preparation of Barium Sulphate from Barium Chloride.
01.02
Preparation of Copper Sulphate from Copper Carbonate.
01.03
Preparation of Copper Sulphate from Copper Nitrate.
01.04
Preparation of Copper Chloride from Copper Sulphate.
01.05
Preparation of Calcium Carbonate from Calcium Oxide.
Topic: 02 - Titration
02.01
Preparation N/10 solution of oxalic acid and Sodium Carbonate
02.02
Standarisation of the given solution of NaOH or KOH with the help of N/10 Oxalic acid solution.
02.03
Determination of the volume of a drop of water.
02.04
To determine the quantity of Na2CO3/litre in a mixture of Na2CO3 and NaOH solution.
Topic: 03 - Quantitative Analysis
03.01
Determination of percentage of calcium or calcium carbonate in a given sample of calcium carbonate.
03.02
Determination of percentage of moisture in a given sample of coal..
Topic: 04 - Qualitative Analysis
04.01
Analysis of simple inorganic salts containing not more than two radicals among the following :Pb++,
Hg++,
Cu++,
Cd++,
Bi+++,
As+++,
Sb+++,
Fe++
Al+++,
Cr+++,
Mn++,
Zn++,
Co++,
Ca++,
Sr++,
Ba++,
+
++
-K,
NH4 ,
Ci ,
Br ,
I,
NO3 ,
CO3 ,
SO4--,
NO2-
or
Mg++,
S--,
Topic: 05 - Qualitative & quantitative Analysis of Drinking Water
Note :Water samples from five different sources, Well, handpump, water supply etc. from neighbourhood to be
collected by each group of two students and following tests to be conducted :Qualitative Analysis (with the help of field test kits available) or the following :i.
Total Solid dissolved.
ii.
Chlorine.
iii.
Flourine.
iv.
Iron.
v.
Nitrite.
vi.
Nitrate.
vii.
Sulphide/Sulphate.
Quantitative Analysis in the laboratory
i.
ii.
iii.
pH-Value-By pH meter.
Chlorine- By Gravimetric method.
Sulphate- By Gravimetric method.
Fe+++,
Na+,
and
WORKSHOP PRACTICE
Subject Code
01108 /02208
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
—
—
04
No of Period in one session : 120
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
Rationale & Objective:
A Diploma holder technician must know how to work on shop floor. This helps to develop psychomotor skill and attitude. The
knowledge & skill to use machines, equipment, tools and measuring instruments is required to be developed. Safe handling of
machines and tools is also very important. So, it is essential for students of 1 st year to undergo basic workshop practical training.
The topics include practical works in carpentry, welding, fitting, smithy sheet metal shop & machine shop. It is required to
inculcate safe habits and attitude so that accidents are avoided at every step. Topics have been prescribed to fulfil these
objectives.
The students are supposed to come in proper workshop dress. Wearing shoes in the workshop is compulsory.
S.No.
Topic
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
Safety precautions and knowledge of hand tools
Duty & Responsibility of staffs working difference section.
Wood working (carpentry section)
Fitting Section
Blacksmithy Section
Welding
Sheet metal work
No. of Jobs
No. of Periods
-02
02
02
02
02
02
(03)
(03)
(30)
(30)
(20)
(19)
(15)
(120)
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 - SAFETY PRECAUTIONS & KNOWLEDGE OF HAND TOOLS:
01.01
01.02
[03]
Importance, general safety precautions on different shop floors.
Personal, tools and general safety.
TOPIC:02 Dution & responsibility of staff working in different sections
TOPIC: 03 - WOOD WORKING (CARPENTRY SECTION):
(03)
[30]
02.01
02.01.01
[03]
02.01.02
02.02
02.03
02.03.01
02.03.02
Carpentry Practice
Use of hand tools for holding drilling, cutting, marking & mixed tools such as vice, clamps, saw,
hammers, mallet, screwdriver etc.
Different carpenter joints & their application (Mortish & Tanon, Dovetail, half lap etc.
Identification of joint in a particular job articles of furniture items.
Jobs to be made:
Wall hanger
Pulse mixer
[03]
[04]
[20]
TOPIC: 04 - FITTING SECTION:
[30]
03.01
03.02
[03]
[05]
03.03
Importance of fitting operation such as chipping, sawing, filling, scraping, drilling, reaming etc.
Functions, classification of tools, work holding and clamping specific tools for example File
(length, type, grade of cut etc.) vices, cold chiesel, hand tools etc.
Use of hand dies & tape for pipe work (water and sans)
03.04
03.04.01
03.04.02
03.04.03
Fitting practice & jobs
Male female joint - 01
Chipping, Filling, Scraping - 01
Marking, fitting
[19]
[03]
TOPIC: 05 - BLACKSMITHY SECTION:
[20]
04.01
04.02
04.02.01
Introduction to smithy tools and their uses
Smithy Practice (forging)
Smithy operation such as offsetting, drawing, bending, welding round to square section and viceversa.
Jobs to be made:
Chiesel
Ring
Punch
Screw Driver
[03]
[03]
TOPIC: 06 - WELDING:
Before starting welding, the Foreman/ Instructor should show to the students the methods of line
testing, working of iron clad switches, knife switches.
By observation a student is able to:
- Identify welding materials
- Understand difference between gas welding & electric welding
- Understand difference between welding & soldering
- Know the materials which can be welded and materials which can not be welded.
[19]
[03]
05.01
05.02
[05]
04.03
04.03.01
04.03.02
04.03.03
04.03.04
05.03
05.03.01
05.03.02
05.04
Introduction to gas welding.
Use of welding equipment and tools and accessories including Personal Protective requirement
such as Boot, Gloves, safety goggles, Apron etc.
Welding Practice
Butt joint
'T' joint
Introduction to brazing process, filler material and fluxes application of brazing.
[14]
[11]
TOPIC: 07 - SHEET METAL WORK:
[15]
06.01
06.02
06.03
06.03.01
06.03.02
06.03.03
06.03.04
[03]
Introduction to sheet metal, procedure and safety precautions.
Aquaintance with sheet metal tools and their safe use.
Sheet metal practice.
Simple Development and cutting, bending and shearing of sheet metal
Marking
Filing & Finishing
Fabrication of a sheet metal:
- Cabinet
- Conical funnel
Books Recommended for Workshop Practice (Practical):
1.
2.
3.
Shop Theory
Workshop and Tools Hand Book
Workshop Technology
Reference Books:
1.
Workshop Practice
2.
Workshop Practice
-
By Anderson (Tata McGraw Hill)
Audel Series
Hajra & Choudhary
-
Rajeev Upadhayay,
by N.T.T.T.I. Chanandigarh
[03]
[09]
WORKSHOP PRACTICE
Subject Code
01109 /02209
Sessional
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
—
—
—
No of Period in one session :
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
60
Internal Exam.
:
40
S.No.
Topic
No. of Jobs
1.
Wood Work (carpentry section):
(a) Wall Hanger
(b) Pulse Mixer
01
01
Fitting Section:
(a) Male-Female joint
(b) Chipping, filing and scraping
01
01
Blacksmithy Section:
(a) Chiesel
(b) Ring
01
01
Welding Section:
(a) Butt joint
(b) "T" joint
01
01
Sheet Metal Work:
(a) Fabrication of a sheet metal cabinet
(b) Conical Funnel
01
01
2.
3.
4.
5.
(10) jobs
Scheme of Teaching and Examinations for I Semester
DIPLOMA in Civil/Civil(R)/Electronics/Agricult./Auto./Ceramics/Chemical/
ARCH./CDGM/MOP/LSc./Printing &Text. Engg. (Group-II)
THEORY
Sr.
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SUBJECTS
Engineering Mathematics-II
Basic of Computer &
Information Technology
Basic Engineering Drawing
Electrical & Electronics Engg.
Surveying & Measurement
SUBJECT
CODE
TEACHING
SCHEME
Periods Periods
per
in one
Week Session
(Year)
EXAMINATION – SCHEME
Hours Terminal
of
Exam.
Exam.
(A)
Marks
Final
Exam.
(B)
Marks
Total
Marks
(A+B)
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
Pass
Marks
in the
Subject
02101
02102
06
04
60
60
03
03
20
20
80
80
100
100
26
26
36
36
02103
02104
02105
12
06
04
32
120
60
50
04
03
03
20
80
20
80
20
80
Total:-
100
100
100
500
26
26
26
36
36
36
PRACTICAL
Sr.
No.
6.
7
SUBJECTS
Basic of Computer &
Information Technology Lab
Field Survey Practice.
SUBJECT
CODE
TEACHING
SCHEME
Periods Periods
per
in one
Week
Session
(Year)
EXAMINATION – SCHEME
Hours
of
Exam.
Marks
Internal
Exam.
(A)
Marks
External
Exam.
(B)
Total
Marks
(A+B)
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
Pass
Marks
in the
Subject
02106
06
60
03
10
40
50
16
21
02107
Two
weeks
(12
days)
contin
uous
6
60
04
20
80
100
32
42
Total:-
150
SESSIONAL
Sr.
No.
8.
9.
SUBJECTS
SUBJECT
CODE
Basic Engineering Drawing
02108
Student Centered Activity
02109
(A Sessional of Language &
Communication Skill)
Total:Total Periods per week
TEACHING
SCHEME
Periods Periods
per
in one
week
Session
(Year)
04
50
4
42
EXAMINATION – SCHEME
Marks of
Internal
Examiner
(X)
Marks of
External
Examiner
(Y)
Total
Marks
(X+Y)
Pass
Marks
in the
Subject
20
20
30
30
50
50
25
25
100
Total Marks = 750
1
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-II
Subject Code
01201/ 02101
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
—
—
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
The Subject of Engineering Mathematics is being introduced into the Diploma Course to provide mathematical background to the
students so that they can be able to grasp the engineering subjects, which they will come across in their higher classes properly.
The course will give them the insight to understand and analyse the engineering problems scientifically based on Mathematics.
The subject is divided into two papers - Engineering Mathematics - I and Engineering Mathematics - II. The Curriculum of
Engineering Mathematics - II consists of the following broad topics:
1.
Calculus
2.
Vector Algebra
3.
Differential Equations
The details of the above broad topics have been provided in the curriculum:
Objectives:
-
-
By covering the course in Engineering Mathematics - II, the students will be able to:
Know the basics of Differential and Integral Calculus, the meaning of limit, continuity and derivative of a single variable
and their applications to engineering problems, the various methods of integration, how to solve simple ordinary
differential equation of 1st and 2nd order,
Understand their engineering application
Solve related simple numerical problems which will help them to understand the subject.
S.No.
Topics
Periods
01
02
03
Calculus
Vector
Differential Equations
(36)
(12)
(12)
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 - CALCULUS:
01.01
01.02
01.03
01.04
01.05
01.06
01.07
01.08
01.09
01.10
01.11
Functions: Constants, Variables, Functions, Graphical representation of function, odd & even functions,
explicit & implicit functions & other types of functions.
Limits: Definition, fundamental Theorem, important formulas.
And its important deductions, Simple problems.
Continuity of a function: Left hand limit and Right hand limit.
Definition of a continuous function. Simple problems to test the continuity of a function.
Differentiation of a function: Increment, Differential co-efficient, Derivatives of an algebraic,
trigonometric, exponential, logarithmic and inverse functions from first principle, Differentiation of
Sum, Difference, Product, Quotient of two functions, Fundamental theorems of differentiation of
implicit function, parametric functions & Logarithmic differentiation.
Geometric meaning: Significance of derivative and its sign, Geometric interpretation of dy/dx, Equation
of tangents and normals to a curve. Angle between two curves.
Application of dy/dx: Approximate Calculations and Small Errors interpretation of dy/dx as a rate
measure, practical problems, Maximum & Minimum functions of single variable.
Successive Differentiation: Definition and Notations, the nth derivatives of some special functions.
Leibnitz theorem.
Partial Differentiation: Idea of a partial differentiation, partial derivatives, successive partial derivatives,
Euler's Theorem on Homogeneous Functions, Partial Differentiation of Implicit Functions, Total
Differential.
Integration: Integration as inverse process of differentiation, Introduction, Integration by transformation,
Integration by Substitution and Integration by parts.
The Definite integral, Properties of the definite integral. Problem of area by Integration method.
The Definite integrals as the limit of a sum
2
Periods
[02]
[02]
[02]
[06]
[02]
[04]
[03]
[03]
[05]
[05]
[02]
TOPIC: 02 - VECTORS:
02.01
Introduction to Vectors: Definition of Scalars and Vectors with example, Representation of a vector,
type of vectors (Unit vector, Zero vector, negative of a vector and Equality of vectors), Addition and
Subtraction of vectors, Multiplication of vectors by a scalar.
Position vector: Position vector of a Point Resolution of vectors (coplanar vectors and space vectors) :
Point of Division, Centroid of triangle. Test of collinearity, coplanarity and linear dependence of vectors.
Product of two vectors: Scalar or Dot Product, Vector or Cross Product.
Geometrical interpretation and their properties. Work done as a scalar product.
Product of three vectors: Scalar Product of three vectors, Vector Product of three vectors and its
geometrical meaning.
02.02
02.03
02.04
[02]
[02]
[04]
[04]
TOPIC: 03 - DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION:
03.01
Introduction: Definition of a Differential Equation, Formation of a Differential Equation, Ordinary and
Partial Differential Equation, Order and Degree of a Differential Equation.
Equation of first Order and first Degree: Solution of different types of equations: (i) Variable separable
(ii) Homogeneous Equations (iii) Equation reducible to homogeneous form (iv) Linear Equations (v)
Exact Differential Equations.
Linear Differential Equations: with constant coefficients of orders two: Definition, complete solution
Rules for finding the complementary function. Rules for finding the particular Integral, Simple
Problems.
03.02
03.03
Books Recommended:
Engineering Mathematics - II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Mathematics for Class XI Part I
Mathematics for Class XI Part II
Mathematics for Class XII Part I
Mathematics for Class XII Part II
Calculus
-
6.
Vector
-
7.
Differential Equation
-
NCERT/R. S. Aggawal
NCERT/R. S. Aggawal
NCERT/R. S. Aggawal
NCERT/R. S. Aggawal
Dr. K.C. Sinha/ Laljee Pd./Das
& Gupta
Dr. K.C. Sinha/ Laljee Pd./Das
& Gupta
Dr. K.C. Sinha/ Laljee Pd./Das
& Gupta
Reference Books:
1.
2.
3.
Engineering Mathematics - Part I & Part II
Polytechnic Mathematics for Diploma level
Solid Geometry
-
3
H.K. Dass, S. Chand & Co.
H.K. Dass, S. Chand & Co.
Dr. K.C. Sinha/ Laljee Pd.
[01]
[07]
[04]
BASIC OF COMPUTER & INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Subject Code
01202/ 02102
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
—
—
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale & Objective:
Today, all the workplaces and the living environmental are being computerised. In order to prepare diploma engineers to work in
those environments, it is essential that they are exposed to various aspects of Information Technology such as understanding the
concept of Information Technology and its scope, operating a computer, good working knowledge to work in DOS and Windows
environment, using internet etc., form the broad competency profile of Diploma holders. This exposure will enable the students to
enter the world with confidence, live in these environments in a harmonious way and contribute to the productivity.
S.No.
Topics
01
Introduction to Computer
Periods
01.01
Basics of Computer
(06)
01.02
01.03
01.04
Input & Output Devices
Memory
Basics of Data & Information
Power Supply
Introduction to Operating System
DOS
Windows Operating System
UNIX
Windows NT
Computer & Communication
(06)
(04)
(05)
(03)
(04)
(07)
(09)
(05)
(05)
(06)
(60)
02
03
03.01
03.02
03.03
03.04
04
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 - INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER:
History and evolution of Computers. Classification, application and limitations of different types of computers.
01.01
Basics of Computer
01.01.01
Computer Organisation, Block diagram of a Computer, C.P.U. Booting Process, Concepts of program
& program implementation.
01.01.02
Concepts of Hardware & Software; Operating System, System Software, Applications Software.
01.01.03
Binary and other number systems and their conversion from one to other.
01.01.04
Memory, bit, byte & word.
01.01.05
ASCII and EBCDIC Codes - Machine Language, Assembly Language & High Level Language.
01.01.06
Compilers, Assemblers, Loaders and Linkers.
01.02
Input & Output Devices
01.02.01
Working of various Input Devices such as:
 Key Board
 Mouse
 Joystick
 Light Pen
 Digitizers
01.02.02
Working of various Output devices such as:
 Monitor/ V.D.U. (C.G.A., E.G.A., V.G.A., S.V.G.A.)
 Different types of Printers and Plotters
Scanners
01.03
Memory
01.03.01
Primary & Secondary Memory, Primary Storage Media: RAM, ROM, PROM, EPROM, Cache,
extended and expanded memory.
01.03.02
Removable & non-removable secondary memory, Magnetic Tapes & Disks, CD ROM, DVD.
01.03.03
Comparison of these devices based on technology (technical characteristics) & speed.
01.03.04
Organisation of data on disks, tracks, sectors, cylinders.
01.03.05
Heads, access time, seek time, latency time.
01.03.06
Device controllers: serial port, parallel port, system bus.
4
[06]
[06]
[04]
01.04
01.04.01
01.04.02
01.04.03
Basics of Data & Information
Introduction, Definition and application of data, difference between data and information.
Data types, entities, attributes and relationship - Introduction only.
Elements of Electronic Data Processing - different stages involved - processing methodologies.
Transaction and Online Data Processing, Real Time Processing and their uses. Introductory Concepts
of Text Processing and its applications.
[05]
TOPIC: 02 - POWER SUPPLY:
02.01
N-E. Voltage, Earthings.
02.02
Working of Constant Voltage Transformer (C.V.T.) - KVA & KW ratings.
02.03
Working of Uninterrupted Power Supply (U.P.S.).
02.04
Connections & Cables.
[03]
TOPIC: 03 - INTRODUCTION TO OPERATING SYSTEM:
Concepts of Operating System, A brief history of operating system, definition.
Operating System classification, single user, multi-user, batch processing, time-sharing, real time and multi-operating
system.
03.01
DOS
03.01.01
Introduction, Definition & Application of Operating System and types of OS, Introduction to DOS,
Booting, File and Directory.
03.01.02
Commands: Internal & External commands, Using various commands such as Directory commands,
File Management commands, General commands, DISK Management commands, Edit commands.
03.01.03
Batch file commands, Introduction to simple batch files.
03.01.04
DOS Utility commands
03.01.05
Security & Recovery of Data
03.02
Windows Operating System
03.02.01
Concept of windows, overview of Graphic User Interface, Mouse, ICONS.
03.02.02
Using the mouse & manipulation of ICONS, Menus and opening different applications simultaneously.
03.02.03
Basic commands of windows: CREATE, MOVE, COPY, DELETE, RENAME a file or folder. Copy a
file to floppy disk.
03.02.04
Difference in Windows 95, 98 and 2000.
03.02.05
Working with documents: changing, moving, deleting and saving information.
03.02.06
Brief introduction of Windows Accessories like Notepad, Calculator etc.
03.02.07
Printing: Setting up a printer and printing a document.
03.02.08
Basic concepts of installing Windows and based packages.
03.03
UNIX
03.03.01
Overview of UNIX, Comparison of DOS with UNIX.
03.03.02
Log on and Log off, user passwords.
03.03.03
Basic files/ directory manipulation commands.
03.03.04
Concept of Shell and Kernel, Elements of V-I editor.
03.04
Windows NT
03.04.01
Overview of Windows NT
03.04.02
Concept of client server and Windows NT server
03.04.03
Log on and Log off Control Panel
03.04.04
Administrative tools, File Manager.
TOPIC: 04 - COMPUTER & COMMUNICATION:
04.01
Introduction to Networking, Need and advantages.
04.02
Introduction to Internet & Web Browser.
04.03
Concept of LAN and WAN, Internet Protocol and TCP/IP.
04.04
Applications of Internet like e-mail & browsing, PPP, SMTP, Terminal types.
04.05
Down loading information from internet.
04.06
Sending and receiving e-mail through standard e-mail clients.
[04]
5
[07]
[09]
[05]
[05]
[06]
BASIC ENGINEERING DRAWING
Subject Code
01203/ 02103
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
12
—
—
No of Period in one session : 120
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale and Objective:
Drawing is said to be the language of engineers. All material objects have a shape and form, which can be represented by a
combination of known geometrical figures. A thorough grounding in drawing to represent these objects on a plane is considered
very essential for Diploma holders. Any construction or fabrication be it be a building, a factory or a machine has to begin with a
drawing which forms the basis and guide to get the work done.
Drawing is commonly used mode of communication in the engineering industry. Proper exposure to drawing helps the students to
translate different ideas into practice. Acquisition of skill will produce a drawing to represent a given object with sufficient
knowledge to understand and interpret. As such drawing is regarded a pre-requisite for technician engineer.
With these objectives in view the following topics have been prescribed.
S.No.
Topic
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Introduction
Lettering, Numbering & Dimensioning
Conic Section
Orthographic Projection
Section views
Isometric
Development of Surfaces
Periods
No. of Plates
(06)
(12)
(24)
(39)
(12)
(15)
(12)
(120)
01
01
04
01
01
01
9 sheets
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 - Introduction:
01.01
01.02.
01.03
01.04
01.05
01.06
01.07
01.08
01.09
[06]
Importance of Engineering Drawing as graphic communication. Link between engineering drawing
and other subjects of study in diploma course.
I. S. specification for preparation of drawings.
Use of drawing instruments and materials. Basic Tools- classification and brief description.
Special tools- Mini-drafter. Drafting Machine.
Scales, Recommended, reduced & enlarged scale.
Lines, Types of lines, Selection of line thickness.
Selection of Pencils.
Drawing sheets, different sheet sizes and standard layouts. Title block as per I. S. specification.
Care and maintenance of drawing material
TOPIC: 02 - LETTERING, NUMBERING & DIMENSIONING:
02.01
02.02
02.03
02.04
02.05
Importance of lettering. Different types of lettering as per B.I. S. code. Capital and small letters of
vertical & slanting type as per B.I. S. code.
Numerical figures of vertical and slanting type as per B.I. S. code. Single stroke and double stroke,
advantages.
Necessity of dimensioning. Principles and method of dimensioning and dimensioning practice as per I.
S. I. code.
Making of centre line, Section line, dimensioning lines etc.
Drawing of plain and diagonal scales and dimensioning practice.
Tutorial & test
6
[12]
(02)
TOPIC: 03 - CONIC SECTION:
03.01
03.02
03.03
03.04
[24]
Concept of Drawing and concept of conic section and its simple properties.
Concept of ellipse and its construction by various methods. Drawing of tangent & normal on ellipse.
Concept of parabola and its construction by various methods. Drawing of tangent & normal to
parabola.
Concept of hyperbola and its construction by various methods. Drawing of tangent & normal to
hyperbola.
Tutorial & Test
TOPIC: 04 - ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTIONS :
04.01
04.02
04.03
04.04
04.05
(06)
[39]
Principles of orthographic projection. Concept of horizontal, vertical and auxiliary planes. 1st angle
and 3rd angle projection.
Projection of points on horizontal, vertical and auxiliary planes and its implication.
Projection of lines on different planes, Length of line and its true inclination with different planes and
its traces.
Concept of orthographic projection of planes.
Projection of solids (Prism, Cone, Pyramids, Cylinder, Cube and tetrahedron etc.).
Tutorial & Test
Projection of Point and straight line
Projection of Planes and straight line
Projection of solids and straight line
01 sheet
01 sheet
02 sheet
04 sheet
TOPIC: 05 - SECTION VIEWS & AUXILIARY VIEWS :
[12]
05.01
05.02
Concept of sectioning and drawing section lines, Need for drawing sectional views.
Section of simple geometrical solids-cases involving different types of cutting planes, single plane
only
Tutorial & test
TOPIC: 06 - ISOMETRIC, PICTORIAL
06.01
06.02
06.03
Introduction to pictorial drawing. Brief description of different types of pictorial drawing viz
Isometric, and their applications.
Concept of Isometric views. Isomeric Projection and Isometric Scale.
Isometric Projection of simple solids, frustum of solids, truncated solids and sets of simple solids.
Tutorial & test
TOPIC: 07 - DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACE:
07.01
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
(03)
[12]
Development of surfaces of Cylinders, Prisms, Pyramids, cones and their frustum only.
Tutorial & test
Books Recommended:
1.
2.
3.
4.
(2)
[15]
1 Descriptive Geometry
Elementary Engineering Drawing
Elementary Engineering Drawing
Gyameetic Aarekhan (Hindi)
-
I.S.I. Specification on drawing
Engineering Drawing
Engineering Drawing
Engineering Drawing
I. S.M. & S. S. M. on Technical Drawing
-
7
Abbot
N. D. Bhatt
S. C. Sharma
Dadan, Ravindra, Daya Shankar
Srivastava
R. K. Dhawan
P. S. Gill
Parkinson
T. T. T. I., Madras
(02)
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
-
Subject Code
01204/ 02104
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale & Objective:
The subject forms the foundation of electrical and electronics engineering. It prepares the students to familiarize with
basic concepts and principles of electrical and electronics as these are encountered in every large and small installations of each
type of industries. The diploma holders will be using machines and systems extensively which have electronics and electrical
circuits inside. To understand their basic functioning, the students will be required to study the working principles, construction,
characteristics, specifications and uses of basic devices and circuits.
Keeping in view the importance and relevance, this course has been developed and incorporated in the curriculum. The
content has been divided into the following topics:PART-A
Electrical Engineering (Annual Exam : 40 marks)
S. No.
Topics
Periods
1.
2.
3
Electro-magnetism
D.C. Circuits
D.C Machines
04
04
04
4.
A.C. Fundamentals
03
5.
6.
7.
A.C Machines
Storage Batteries
Measuring Instruments
04
03
02
8.
Electrical House Wiring
02
9.
Safety Devices
02
10.
Safety Procedure
02
30
S. No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Total
PART-B
Electronics Engineering (Annual Exam : 40 marks)
Topics
Periods
Resistor & Colour Code
Semiconductor & Diodes
Transistors
Field effect transistor
Digital Electronics
Total
05
08
06
06
05
30
PART-A
Electrical Engineering
Contents :
Topic 1. -Electro-Magnetism
(04)
01.01
Magnetic field due to current carrying straight conductor. Circuit loop and solenoid, Magnetic flux, Flux density
01.02
Force between two current carrying parallel conductors.
01.03
Magnetic circuit, seies and parallel, Reluctance. Analog between magnetic and electiric circuits.
01.04
Faraday’s Laws of Electromagnetic induction. Lenz’s law. Fleming Right hand rule.
01.05
Eddy current, its concept. Eddy current loss.
01.06
Induce e.m.f. dynamically and statically induced e.m.f.
01.07
Selft and mutual inductance.
01.08
Energy storaged in a magnetic field.
01.09
Related problems.
8
Topic 02. -D. C. Circuits
(04)
02.01
Ohm's law and Laws of resistance. Concept of resistivity and conductivity, their units and dependence on temperature in
a conductor.
02.02
Kirchoff's Voltage and current laws and their application in simple circuits. (Simple idea only).
02.03
Star-delta transformation.
02.04
Thevenin’s theorem, Norton’s theorem, Super position theorem, Maximum power transfer theorem. (Simple idea
only).
02.05
Related problems.
Topic 03. -D. C. Machines
03.01
D.C. Generator construction, principle, types.
03.02
D.C.Motors- working principle, Type
03.03
Starter- necessity and types.
(04)
Topic 04. - A.C. Fundamentals
(03)
04.01 Concept of Alternating current and voltage. Difference between A.C. and D.C. concept of cycle, Frequency, period,
amplitude, instantaneous value. Average value, I.M.S. value and peak value. Form factor, ( Definition only)
04.02 Power in A.C. circuits and power factors. ( Basic idea only)
04.03 Alternating voltage applied to pure resistance, pure inductance and pure capacitance. ( Simple idea only)
04.04 Poly phase and 3 phase circuits. Concept of line voltage and current in 3 phse star and delta system.
Topic 05. - A.C Machines
05.01 Transformer- principle construction.
05.02 Transformer Ratio, efficiency and rating.
05.03 Induction Motor- Principle, construction and types. ( Simple idea)
05.04 Alternators- working principle. Brief idea.
(04)
Topic 06. - Storage Batteries
06.01 Cell - Primary and Secondary Cell.
06.02 Construction of Lead Acid battery ( Brief idea only)
06.03 Methods of charging circuits on D.C. and A.C. Application.
06.04 Maintenance of Battery.
06.05 Study of Battery charges.
(03)
Topic 07. –Measuring Instruments
07.01 Classification of Instuments.
07.02
Watt Meter, Ammeter, Voltmeter, Frequency Meter and energy meter ( Simple idea only).
(02)
Topic 08. –Electrical House Wiring
08.01 Switches, Socket and other itmes used in House wiring.
08.02 Types of House wiring ( Brief idea only).
(02)
Topic 09. –Safety devices
09.01 Fuse- Introduction, Use of fuse, Idea about relay and circuit breakes.
(02)
Topic 10. –Safety Procedure
10.01 Effects of shocks and burns.
10.02 Procedures to be adopted in case of electrical shocks.
(02)
PART-B
Electronics
Topic: 01 – Resistor & Colour Code
[05]
01.01
Definition, Introduction, connection of Resistors, Condenser,Colour Code, Value calculation of resistors
through colour code.
Topic: 02 - Semiconductor and Diodes
02.01
Conductors, Semiconductors, insulators, differences between them.
02.02
Conduction in intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors. Concept of electrons and holes, Donor and
acceptor impurities. P and N type semiconductors and their conductivity, drift and diffusion currents.
9
[08]
02.03
02.04
02.05
02.06
P-N Junction diode, Forward and Reverse bias, characteristics of P-N Junction and effect of
Temperature, breakdown voltage.
Introduction - Zener Diode ( Simple idea only)
Photo diodes.
Light Emitting diode.
Topic: 03 – Transistors
03.01
Concept of Bipolar Transistor, PNP and NPN Transistors, Transistor action, Transistor configurations
03.02
Transistor as an amplifier. Classification of Amplifiers, CB, CC and CE amplifiers.
[06]
Topic: 04 - Field Effect Transistor
04.01
Introduction, Classification, its application ( Simple idea only)
[06]
Topic: 05 - Digital Electronics
05.01
Number System, Binary number, Decimal number and Hexadecimal number, Conversion of each other.
05.02
Basic idea about Gates.
05.03
Introductory Concept of Memories.
[05]
Recommended Books
SL
Title
1.
Electrical Technology
2.
Electrical Technology
3.
Basic Electrical Engineering
4.
Basic Electrical Engineering
5.
Basic Electricity
6.
Electronic Principles
7.
Electronics & Radio Engineering
-
Author / Publisher
B. L. Threja-S. Chand & Co.
Edward Hyghes
P.S. Dhogal-McGraw Hill Publisher
J. B. Gupta-S. K. Kataria & Sons
B. R. Sharma-Staya Prakashan, N. Delhi
Malvino-Tata McGraw Hill
M. L. Gupta
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
-
V.K. Mehta- S.Chand & Co. , New Delhi.
Millman & Halkias-McGraw Hill
N. N. Bhargava & Kulshreshta-Tata McGraw Hills, New Delhi
Grob-Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
Malvino Leach-McGraw Hills, New Delhi
Dr. B. Ram, Fhanpat Ray & Sons
Basic Electronics
Electronics Devices & Circuits
Basic Electronics & Linear Circuits
Basic Electronics
Digital Electronics and Application
Introduction to Microprocessor
10
SURVEYING & MEASUREMENT
Subject Code
01205 /02105
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
—
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale & Objective:
Knowledge of surveying in respect of Land Survey and measurement is essential to all of the Engineering students. Any project can take off only
after proper conduct of the desired survey work and preparation of the necessary map using the physical data. For these the knowledge of Land
Survey is essential. The students must also develop the skill to measure by proper use of Survey instruction through the knowledge of surveying
so that the technicians can fix the slope of floor. Conveyors, waste & water pipe-lines and fix the height of machines & chimneys. The following
topics and contents will fulfill the objectives.
S.No.
Topics
1
2
3
4
5
6
General Introduction
Chain Surveying
Compass Surveying
Plane table Surveying
Levelling
Theodolite & Layout of Structure
Periods
Tutorial
(05)
(12)
(09)
(06)
(12)
(06)
(50)
1
2
2
1
3
1
10
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 - GENERAL INTRODUCTION:
01
Definition, Classification, Principle of Surveying.
Vernier scales, GPS & GIS, Fundamental and its application.
TOPIC: 02 - CHAIN SURVEYING:
02.01
Measurement of distance, different types of chain & tapes, testing of chain & its adjustment. Instruments used in
chain survey, Ranging, Direct & Indirect Ranging, line ranger, error in length due to incorrect chain, chaining of
sloping ground, error in chaining, Tape corrections.
02.02
Chain Surveying, principle of chain surveying, surveying stations, base line, check line, tie line offsets, oblique
offsets, booking field notes, field works. Instruments for setting-out right angles staffs and optical square, right
angle with chain & tape, obstacles in chaining, cross staff survey plotting of chain survey.
TOPIC: 03 - COMPASS SURVEYING
03.01
Purpose, use & comparison with chain surveying traversing.
03.02
Compass - prismatic & survey's compass, its description.
03.03
Bearing, meridians, type of bearing, Fore bearing & Back bearing, computation of included angles.
03.04
Local attraction causes, errors corrections, Dip, Declination.
03.05
Traversing with chain & compass, plotting of traverse survey. Closing error and its adjustment.
TOPIC: 04 - PLANE TABLE SURVEYING
04.01
Object & comparison with chain & compass surveying instruments used in plane table surveying.
04.02
Setting up of plane table, centering, orientation & levelling.
04.03
Method of plane table surveying - (i) Radiation (ii) Intersection (iii) Traversing (iv) Resection.
04.04
Statement of two points & three points problem and their solution.
04.05
Errors in plane tabling & their elimination.
TOPIC: 05 - LEVELLING
05.01
Definition of terms used in levelling, instruments used in levelling and their description.
05.02
Adjustment of the level, temporary adjustments. Bench marks, different types of B.M., change points, steps in
levelling, Principle of levelling, reduction of levels, H.I. method, rise & fall method, booking of staff reading,
examples on levelling.
05.03
Classification of levelling, fly levelling, longitudinal & cross-sectional levelling.
05.04
Curvature & refraction.
05.05
Elementary knowledge of contours, use & characteristic of contour lines.
TOPIC: 06 - THEODOLITE & LAYOUT OF STRUCTURES
06.01
Introduction, different parts of the theodolite.
06.02
Temporary adjustments of the theodolite.
06.03
Measurements of horizontal and vertical angles.
06.04
Prolonging a line, bearing of a line. Ranging of a line.
Books Recommended:
1
Surveying & Levelling Part-I
2
Surveying Vol. I
3
Surveying
4
Surveying & Levelling
losZ{k.k
5
losZ{k.k
6
7
Plane & Geodetic Surveying Vol. I
-
11
By T.P. Kanetkar & S.V. Kulkarni
By B.C. Punamia
By Hussain & Nagraj
By Agar
tsñ >k
xq:pj.k flag
By David Clark
[05]
[12]
[09]
[06]
[12]
[06]
BASIC OF COMPUTER & INFROMATION TECHNOLOGY LAB
Subject Code
01206/ 02106
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
—
—
06
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
Annual Exam.
:
Internal Exam.
:
RATIONALE
Today computers are no longer specified tools for some but now they are fact of life and have great influence on all aspect
of life. Computerized work environment is an essential requirement. In order to increase employability of diploma holders, it is
essential to train them to various aspects of Computer & information technology such as understanding the concept of Computer &
information technology and its scope; operating a computer; use of various tools of MS office; using internet etc. This will enable
the students to enter their professions with confidence, live in a harmonious way and contribute to the productivity.
Objectives:
Students will be able to:
1.
Understand a computer system that has hardware and software components, which controls and makes them useful.
2.
Understand the operating system as the interface to the computer system.
3.
Use the basic functions of an operating system.
4.
Set the parameter required for effective use of hardware combined with and application software.
5.
Compare major OS like Linux and MS-Windows
6.
Use file mangers, word processors, spreadsheets, presentation software’s and Internet.
7.
Have hands on experience on operating system and different application software
8.
Use the Internet to send mail and surf the World Wide Web.
TOPICS TO BE EXPLAINED THROUGH DEMONSTRATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Information Technology – its concept and scope
Computers for information storage, information seeking, information processing and information transmission
Elements of computer system, computer hardware and software; data – numeric data, alpha numeric data; contents of a
program, processing
Computer organization, block diagram of a computer, CPU, memory
Input devices; keyboard, mouse etc; output devices; VDU and Printer, Scanner, Plotter
Electrical requirements, inter-connections between units, connectors and cables
Secondary storage; magnetic disks – tracks and sectors, optical disk (CD and DVD Memory), primary and secondary
memory: RAM, ROM, PROM etc., Capacity; device controllers, serial port, parallel port, system bus
Exercises on file opening and closing; memory management; device management and input – output (I/O) management
with respect of windows
Installation concept and precautions to be observed while installing the system and software
Introduction about Operating Systems such as MS-DOS and Windows
Special features, various commands of MS word and MS-Excel
About the internet – server types, connectivity (TCP/IP, shell); applications of internet like: e-mail and browsing
Various Browsers like WWW (World wide web); hyperlinks; HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer Protocol); FTP (File Transfer
Protocol)
Basics of Networking – LAN, WAN, Topologies
LIST OF PRACTICALS
1.
Given a PC, name its various components and list their functions
2.
Identification of various parts of a computer and peripherals
3.
Practice in installing a computer system by giving connection and loading the system software and application software
4.
Installation of DOS and simple exercises on TYPE, REN, DEL, CD, MD, COPY, TREE, BACKUP commands
5.
Exercises on entering text and data (Typing Practice)
6.
Installation of Windows 98 or 2000 or XP or Vista etc.
(1)
Features of Windows as an operating system
Start
Shutdown and restore
Creating and operating on the icons
Opening closing and sizing the windows
Using elementary job commands like – creating, saving, modifying, renaming, finding and deleting a file
Creating and operating on a folder
Changing setting like, date, time color (back ground and fore ground)
Using short cuts
Using on line help
12
7.
MS-WORD
File Management:
Opening, creating and saving a document, locating files, copying contents in some different file(s), protecting
files, Giving password protection for a file
Page Set up:
Setting margins, tab setting, ruler, indenting
Editing a document:
Entering text, Cut, copy, paste using tool- bars
Formatting a document:
Using different fonts, changing font size and colour, changing the appearance through bold/ italic/ underlined,
highlighting a text, changing case, using subscript and superscript, using different underline methods
Aligning of text in a document, justification of document ,Inserting bullets and numbering
Formatting paragraph, inserting page breaks and column breaks
Use of headers, footers: Inserting footnote, end note, use of comments
Inserting date, time, special symbols, importing graphic images, drawing tools
Tables and Borders:
Creating a table, formatting cells, use of different border styles, shading in tables, merging of cells, partition of
cells, inserting and deleting a row in a table
Print preview, zoom, page set up, printing options
Using Find, Replace options
Using Tools like:
Spell checker, help, use of macros, mail merge, thesaurus word content and statistics, printing envelops and labels
Using shapes and drawing toolbar,
Working with more than one window in MS Word,
How to change the version of the document from one window OS to another
Conversion between different text editors, software and MS word
8.
MS-EXCEL
Starting excel, open worksheet, enter, edit, data, formulas to calculate values, format data, create chart, printing
chart, save worksheet, switching from another spread sheet
Menu commands:
create, format charts, organise, manage data, solving problem by analyzing data, exchange with other
applications. Programming with MS-Excel, getting information while working
Work books:
Managing workbooks (create, open, close, save), working in work books, selecting the cells, choosing commands,
data entry techniques, formula creation and links, controlling calculations, working with arrays
Editing a worksheet, copying, moving cells, pasting, inserting, deletion cells, rows, columns, find and replace
text, numbers of cells, formatting worksheet
Creating a chart:
Working with chart types, changing data in chart, formatting a chart, use chart to analyze data
Using a list to organize data, sorting and filtering data in list
Retrieve data with MS – query: Create a pivot table, customising a pivot table. Statistical analysis of data
Customise MS-Excel:
How to change view of worksheet, outlining a worksheet, customize workspace, using templates to create default
workbooks, protecting work book
Exchange data with other application: linking and embedding, embedding objects, linking to other applications,
import, export document.
9.
MS POWER POINT
a)
Introduction to start PowerPoint
How to start PowerPoint
Working environment: concept of toolbars, slide layout, templates etc.
Opening a new/existing presentation
Different views for viewing slides in a presentation: normal, slide sorter etc.
b)
Addition, deletion and saving of slides
c)
Insertion of multimedia elements
Adding test boxes
Adding/importing pictures
Adding movies and sound
Adding tables and charts etc.
Adding organizational chart
13
d)
e)
10.
Formatting slides
Using slide master
Text formatting
Changing slide layout
Changing slide colour scheme
Changing background
Applying design template
How to view the slide show?
Viewing the presentation using slide navigator
Slide transition
Animation effects etc.
Internet and its Applications
a)
Log-in to internet
b)
Navigation for information seeking on internet
c)
Browsing and down loading of information from internet
d)
Sending and receiving e-mail
Creating a message
Creating an address book
Attaching a file with e-mail message
Receiving a message
Deleting a message
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1.
Fundamentals of Computer by V Rajaraman; Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
2.
Computers Today, by SK Basandara, Galgotia publication Pvt ltd. Daryaganj, New Delhi
3.
MS-Office 2003/2007 for Everyone by Sanjay Saxena; Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
4.
Internet for Every One by Alexis Leon and Mathews Leon; Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Jungpura, New Delhi
5.
A First Course in Computer by Sanjay Saxena; Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Jungpura,New Delhi
6.
Mastering Windows XP, BPB Publication, New Delhi
7.
Computer Fundamentals by PK Sinha; BPB Publication, New Delhi
8.
Fundamentals of Information Technology by Leon and Leon;Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Jungpura, New Delhi
9.
On Your Marks – Net ….. Set ….. Go ….. Surviving in an e-world by Anushka Wirasinha, Prentice Hall of India Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi
10.
Fundamentals of Information Technology by Vipin Arora, Eagle Prakashan, Jalandhar
14
FIELD SURVEY PRACTICE
Subject Code
01207 /02107
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
00
00
12 days
continuous
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale & Objective:
After learning the theoretical paper, it is essential for students to have a practice for surveying in the field with the help of
instruments and survey accessories learnt in theory, to develop desired skill in land surveying and measurement.
List of Activities: Field Work
S.No.
Topic
1
2
Testing & adjustment of chain.
Chaining & Ranging a line and recording in the field book including taking offsets (using optical square & other
instruments), doing chain survey.
Study of prismatic compass, setting of compass and taking bearings, traversing with compass & chain.
Study of plane table survey equipment, setting up of plane table, orientation of plane table, doing plane table
survey by radiation, intersection and traversing.
Study of levels. Temporary adjustment of levels, taking staff reading on different stations & recording in level
book, finding difference of level between two distant points. Plotting longitudinal section & cross-sections.
Taking out theodolite from the box mounting on the Tripod and placing it back. Study of theodolite, temporary
adjustment of the theodolite, reading of vernier and calculation of least count and taking readings.
3
4
5
6
Books Recommended for Field Survey Practice (Practical):
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Surveying & Levelling Part-I
Surveying Vol. I
Surveying
Surveying & Levelling
-
losZ{k.k
losZ{k.k
- tsñ >k
- xq:pj.k flag
Plane & Geodetic Surveying Vol. I
-
15
By T.P. Kanetkar & S.V. Kulkarni
By B.C. Punamia
By Hussain & Nagraj
By Agar
By David Clark
BASIC ENGINEERING DRAWING
Subject Code
01208 /02108
Sessional
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
—
—
—
S.No.
Topic
1
2
3
Lettering, Numbering & Dimensioning
Conic Section
-Projection of Points & Straight Lines
-Projection of planes
-Projection of solids
Sectional views
Isometric
Development of Surface
4
5
6
No of Period in one session :
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
30
Internal Exam.
:
20
No. of Plates
01
01
01
02
01
01
01
01
09 Plates
16
STUDENT CENTERED ACTIVITIES
(Language & communication skill)
English & Hindi
Sessional
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
—
—
04
Subject Code
01209 /02109
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
30
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
The subject is being introduced to produce more opportunity to practice for development of writing and oral skill both in
English and Hindi language to be a good and effective communicator.
While designing the curriculum it has also been thought to promote certain student centered activities complementary to
the language and communication skill. The body and sign language is also an effective method of communication and should
therefore be learnt to ensure the generation of self confidence and overall personality development of the student.
S.No.
1
2
3
Group
A
B
C
Topic
ENGLISH
HINDI
SELF &
ACTIVITY
SOCIETY
ORIENTED
Periods
20
20
10
50
GROUP - A [ENGLISH]
S.No.
01
02
03
Topic
Practice on Debate, Group Discussion, Elocution and Public Speech.
Practice on different role playing with emphasis on dress, behaviour,
manner, personality.
Practice on Letter/ Application Writing, Report Writing & Tender Notice.
20 Periods
CONTENTS:
TOPIC 01 - Practice on Debate, Group Discussion, Elocution and Public Speech.:
The institute is free to undertake any topic that is current and relevant to the present need of individual, society,
industrial growth, environment related to health, hygiene and sanitation, technological development and social
problems etc. and a record of at least six topics is necessarily to be prepared for sessional examination.
TOPIC 02 - Practice on different role playing with emphasis on dress, behaviour, manner, personality:
02.01
As an executive/ supervisor
02.02
As an office secretary
02.03
As an interviewer
02.04
As an interviewee
02.05
As an office assistant
02.06
As a front desk operator
02.07
While going to a formal party
TOPIC 03 - Practice on Letter/ Application Writing, Report Writing & Tender Notice:
03.01
Letter/ Application writing
03.02
Report writing
03.03
Tender notice and advertisement
NOTE: Contents of the above topics are same as covered in theory papers and a record of at least two topic has to be necessarily
prepared from each subtopic for sessional records.
17
GROUP - B [HINDI]
S.No.
Topic
01
rkSj&rjhds ,oa vk/kkjHkwr f'k"Vkpkj
'kkjhfjd Hkk"kk
tkudkjh¼MsLd½ dk;kZy; dk vxzHkkx
lkewfgd ifjppkZ] okn&fookn oDr`rk vFkok oDrO;
i=@ vkosnu ys[ku] çfrosnu ys[ku] fufonk lwpuk ,oa foKkiu
vUrohZ{kk ds le; vkpj.k
02
03
04
05
06
20 Periods
CONTENTS:
ikB~; 01 & rkSj&rjhds ,oa vk/kkjHkwr f'k"Vkpkj%
ikB~; 02 & 'kkjhfjd Hkk"kk%
& 'kkjhfjd Hkko Hkafxek }kjk lEçs"k.k
& vfrfofgr ladsr
& eq[kkd`fr }kjk lEçs"k.k
& iks'kkd rFkk ç'kk/ku }kjk lEçs"k.k
ikB~; 03 & tkudkjh¼MsLd½ dk;kZy; dk vxzHkkx%
& VsyhQksu okrkZyki¼J"Vk@n`"Vk½
& dSlsV }kjk vH;kl
ikB~; 04 & lkewfgd ifjppkZ] okn&fookn oDr`rk vFkok oDrO;%
mi;qZDr ikB~; ds fo"k;ksa dk p;u laLFkkuksa }kjk gh fuf'pr fd;s tk;sxsaA fo"k; dh çklafxdrk orZeku ifjis{;
esa gks rFkk lkekftd] vkS|ksfxd] LokLF;] okrkoj.k bR;kfn {ks=ksa ls lEcfU/kr gksA
ikB~; 05 & i=@vkonsu ys[ku] çfrosnu ys[ku] fufonk lwpuk ,oa foKkiu%
lkf=d ijh{kk gsrq çR;sd ls lEcfU/kr nks fo"k;ksa ij fjdkMZ rS;kj djuk vko';d gksxkA
ikB~; 06 & vUrohZ{kk ds le; vkpj.k%
GROUP - C [SELF & SOCIETY ORIENTED ACTIVITY]
10 Periods
Self Promotion and society oriented activity:
- Library study - Assessment will be made on the basis of exposition through debate
- To create awareness among rural mass about rural technology, sanitation, health and hygiene, drinking
water etc.
- Participation in cultural activity
- Any other activity taken up by the institution - related to environment
18
Scheme of Teaching and Examinations for II Semester
DIPLOMA in Electrical/Mechanical/CSE (Group-I)
THEORY
Sr.
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SUBJECTS
Engineering Mathematics-II
Basic of Computer &
Information Technology
Basic Engineering Drawing
Electrical & Electronics Engg.
Surveying & Measurement
SUBJECT
CODE
TEACHING
SCHEME
Periods Periods
per
in one
Week Session
(Year)
EXAMINATION – SCHEME
Hours Termina
of
l Exam.
Exam.
(A)
Marks
Final
Exam.
(B)
Marks
Total
Marks
(A+B)
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
Pass
Marks
in the
Subject
01201
01202
06
04
60
60
03
03
20
20
80
80
100
100
26
26
36
36
01203
01204
01205
12
06
04
120
60
50
04
03
03
20
20
20
80
80
80
100
100
100
500
26
26
26
36
36
36
32
Total:-
PRACTICAL
Sr.
No.
6.
7
SUBJECTS
Basic of Computer &
Information Technology Lab
Field Survey Practice.
SUBJECT
CODE
TEACHING
SCHEME
Periods Periods
per
in one
Week
Session
(Year)
EXAMINATION – SCHEME
Hours
of
Exam.
Marks
Internal
Exam.
(A)
Marks
External
Exam.
(B)
Total
Marks
(A+B)
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
Pass
Marks
in the
Subject
01206
06
60
03
10
40
50
16
21
01207
Two
weeks
(12
days)
contin
uous
60
04
20
80
100
32
42
Total:- 150
6
SESSIONAL
Sr.
No.
8.
9.
SUBJECTS
SUBJECT
CODE
Basic Engineering Drawing
01208
Student Centered Activity
01209
(A Sessional of Language &
Communication Skill)
Total:Total Periods per week
TEACHING
SCHEME
Periods Periods
per
in one
week
Session
(Year)
04
50
EXAMINATION – SCHEME
Marks of
Internal
Examiner
(X)
Marks of
External
Examiner
(Y)
Total
Marks
(X+Y)
Pass
Marks
in the
Subject
20
20
30
30
50
50
25
25
100
4
42
Total Marks = 750
1
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-II
Subject Code
01201/ 02101
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
—
—
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
The Subject of Engineering Mathematics is being introduced into the Diploma Course to provide mathematical background to the
students so that they can be able to grasp the engineering subjects, which they will come across in their higher classes properly.
The course will give them the insight to understand and analyse the engineering problems scientifically based on Mathematics.
The subject is divided into two papers - Engineering Mathematics - I and Engineering Mathematics - II. The Curriculum of
Engineering Mathematics - II consists of the following broad topics:
1.
Calculus
2.
Vector Algebra
3.
Differential Equations
The details of the above broad topics have been provided in the curriculum:
Objectives:
-
-
By covering the course in Engineering Mathematics - II, the students will be able to:
Know the basics of Differential and Integral Calculus, the meaning of limit, continuity and derivative of a single variable
and their applications to engineering problems, the various methods of integration, how to solve simple ordinary
differential equation of 1st and 2nd order,
Understand their engineering application
Solve related simple numerical problems which will help them to understand the subject.
S.No.
Topics
Periods
01
02
03
Calculus
Vector
Differential Equations
(36)
(12)
(12)
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 - CALCULUS:
01.01
01.02
01.03
01.04
01.05
01.06
01.07
01.08
01.09
01.10
01.11
Functions: Constants, Variables, Functions, Graphical representation of function, odd & even functions,
explicit & implicit functions & other types of functions.
Limits: Definition, fundamental Theorem, important formulas.
And its important deductions, Simple problems.
Continuity of a function: Left hand limit and Right hand limit.
Definition of a continuous function. Simple problems to test the continuity of a function.
Differentiation of a function: Increment, Differential co-efficient, Derivatives of an algebraic,
trigonometric, exponential, logarithmic and inverse functions from first principle, Differentiation of
Sum, Difference, Product, Quotient of two functions, Fundamental theorems of differentiation of
implicit function, parametric functions & Logarithmic differentiation.
Geometric meaning: Significance of derivative and its sign, Geometric interpretation of dy/dx, Equation
of tangents and normals to a curve. Angle between two curves.
Application of dy/dx: Approximate Calculations and Small Errors interpretation of dy/dx as a rate
measure, practical problems, Maximum & Minimum functions of single variable.
Successive Differentiation: Definition and Notations, the nth derivatives of some special functions.
Leibnitz theorem.
Partial Differentiation: Idea of a partial differentiation, partial derivatives, successive partial derivatives,
Euler's Theorem on Homogeneous Functions, Partial Differentiation of Implicit Functions, Total
Differential.
Integration: Integration as inverse process of differentiation, Introduction, Integration by transformation,
Integration by Substitution and Integration by parts.
The Definite integral, Properties of the definite integral. Problem of area by Integration method.
The Definite integrals as the limit of a sum
2
Periods
[02]
[02]
[02]
[06]
[02]
[04]
[03]
[03]
[05]
[05]
[02]
TOPIC: 02 - VECTORS:
02.01
Introduction to Vectors: Definition of Scalars and Vectors with example, Representation of a vector,
type of vectors (Unit vector, Zero vector, negative of a vector and Equality of vectors), Addition and
Subtraction of vectors, Multiplication of vectors by a scalar.
Position vector: Position vector of a Point Resolution of vectors (coplanar vectors and space vectors) :
Point of Division, Centroid of triangle. Test of collinearity, coplanarity and linear dependence of vectors.
Product of two vectors: Scalar or Dot Product, Vector or Cross Product.
Geometrical interpretation and their properties. Work done as a scalar product.
Product of three vectors: Scalar Product of three vectors, Vector Product of three vectors and its
geometrical meaning.
02.02
02.03
02.04
[02]
[02]
[04]
[04]
TOPIC: 03 - DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION:
03.01
Introduction: Definition of a Differential Equation, Formation of a Differential Equation, Ordinary and
Partial Differential Equation, Order and Degree of a Differential Equation.
Equation of first Order and first Degree: Solution of different types of equations: (i) Variable separable
(ii) Homogeneous Equations (iii) Equation reducible to homogeneous form (iv) Linear Equations (v)
Exact Differential Equations.
Linear Differential Equations: with constant coefficients of orders two: Definition, complete solution
Rules for finding the complementary function. Rules for finding the particular Integral, Simple
Problems.
03.02
03.03
Books Recommended:
Engineering Mathematics - II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Mathematics for Class XI Part I
Mathematics for Class XI Part II
Mathematics for Class XII Part I
Mathematics for Class XII Part II
Calculus
-
6.
Vector
-
7.
Differential Equation
-
NCERT/R. S. Aggawal
NCERT/R. S. Aggawal
NCERT/R. S. Aggawal
NCERT/R. S. Aggawal
Dr. K.C. Sinha/ Laljee Pd./Das
& Gupta
Dr. K.C. Sinha/ Laljee Pd./Das
& Gupta
Dr. K.C. Sinha/ Laljee Pd./Das
& Gupta
Reference Books:
1.
2.
3.
Engineering Mathematics - Part I & Part II
Polytechnic Mathematics for Diploma level
Solid Geometry
-
3
H.K. Dass, S. Chand & Co.
H.K. Dass, S. Chand & Co.
Dr. K.C. Sinha/ Laljee Pd.
[01]
[07]
[04]
BASIC OF COMPUTER & INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Subject Code
01202/ 02102
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
—
—
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale & Objective:
Today, all the workplaces and the living environmental are being computerised. In order to prepare diploma engineers to work in
those environments, it is essential that they are exposed to various aspects of Information Technology such as understanding the
concept of Information Technology and its scope, operating a computer, good working knowledge to work in DOS and Windows
environment, using internet etc., form the broad competency profile of Diploma holders. This exposure will enable the students to
enter the world with confidence, live in these environments in a harmonious way and contribute to the productivity.
S.No.
Topics
01
Introduction to Computer
Periods
01.01
Basics of Computer
(06)
01.02
01.03
01.04
Input & Output Devices
Memory
Basics of Data & Information
Power Supply
Introduction to Operating System
DOS
Windows Operating System
UNIX
Windows NT
Computer & Communication
(06)
(04)
(05)
(03)
(04)
(07)
(09)
(05)
(05)
(06)
(60)
02
03
03.01
03.02
03.03
03.04
04
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 - INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER:
History and evolution of Computers. Classification, application and limitations of different types of computers.
01.01
Basics of Computer
01.01.01
Computer Organisation, Block diagram of a Computer, C.P.U. Booting Process, Concepts of program
& program implementation.
01.01.02
Concepts of Hardware & Software; Operating System, System Software, Applications Software.
01.01.03
Binary and other number systems and their conversion from one to other.
01.01.04
Memory, bit, byte & word.
01.01.05
ASCII and EBCDIC Codes - Machine Language, Assembly Language & High Level Language.
01.01.06
Compilers, Assemblers, Loaders and Linkers.
01.02
Input & Output Devices
01.02.01
Working of various Input Devices such as:
 Key Board
 Mouse
 Joystick
 Light Pen
 Digitizers
01.02.02
Working of various Output devices such as:
 Monitor/ V.D.U. (C.G.A., E.G.A., V.G.A., S.V.G.A.)
 Different types of Printers and Plotters
Scanners
01.03
Memory
01.03.01
Primary & Secondary Memory, Primary Storage Media: RAM, ROM, PROM, EPROM, Cache,
extended and expanded memory.
01.03.02
Removable & non-removable secondary memory, Magnetic Tapes & Disks, CD ROM, DVD.
01.03.03
Comparison of these devices based on technology (technical characteristics) & speed.
01.03.04
Organisation of data on disks, tracks, sectors, cylinders.
01.03.05
Heads, access time, seek time, latency time.
01.03.06
Device controllers: serial port, parallel port, system bus.
4
[06]
[06]
[04]
01.04
01.04.01
01.04.02
01.04.03
Basics of Data & Information
Introduction, Definition and application of data, difference between data and information.
Data types, entities, attributes and relationship - Introduction only.
Elements of Electronic Data Processing - different stages involved - processing methodologies.
Transaction and Online Data Processing, Real Time Processing and their uses. Introductory Concepts
of Text Processing and its applications.
[05]
TOPIC: 02 - POWER SUPPLY:
02.01
N-E. Voltage, Earthings.
02.02
Working of Constant Voltage Transformer (C.V.T.) - KVA & KW ratings.
02.03
Working of Uninterrupted Power Supply (U.P.S.).
02.04
Connections & Cables.
[03]
TOPIC: 03 - INTRODUCTION TO OPERATING SYSTEM:
Concepts of Operating System, A brief history of operating system, definition.
Operating System classification, single user, multi-user, batch processing, time-sharing, real time and multi-operating
system.
03.01
DOS
03.01.01
Introduction, Definition & Application of Operating System and types of OS, Introduction to DOS,
Booting, File and Directory.
03.01.02
Commands: Internal & External commands, Using various commands such as Directory commands,
File Management commands, General commands, DISK Management commands, Edit commands.
03.01.03
Batch file commands, Introduction to simple batch files.
03.01.04
DOS Utility commands
03.01.05
Security & Recovery of Data
03.02
Windows Operating System
03.02.01
Concept of windows, overview of Graphic User Interface, Mouse, ICONS.
03.02.02
Using the mouse & manipulation of ICONS, Menus and opening different applications simultaneously.
03.02.03
Basic commands of windows: CREATE, MOVE, COPY, DELETE, RENAME a file or folder. Copy a
file to floppy disk.
03.02.04
Difference in Windows 95, 98 and 2000.
03.02.05
Working with documents: changing, moving, deleting and saving information.
03.02.06
Brief introduction of Windows Accessories like Notepad, Calculator etc.
03.02.07
Printing: Setting up a printer and printing a document.
03.02.08
Basic concepts of installing Windows and based packages.
03.03
UNIX
03.03.01
Overview of UNIX, Comparison of DOS with UNIX.
03.03.02
Log on and Log off, user passwords.
03.03.03
Basic files/ directory manipulation commands.
03.03.04
Concept of Shell and Kernel, Elements of V-I editor.
03.04
Windows NT
03.04.01
Overview of Windows NT
03.04.02
Concept of client server and Windows NT server
03.04.03
Log on and Log off Control Panel
03.04.04
Administrative tools, File Manager.
TOPIC: 04 - COMPUTER & COMMUNICATION:
04.01
Introduction to Networking, Need and advantages.
04.02
Introduction to Internet & Web Browser.
04.03
Concept of LAN and WAN, Internet Protocol and TCP/IP.
04.04
Applications of Internet like e-mail & browsing, PPP, SMTP, Terminal types.
04.05
Down loading information from internet.
04.06
Sending and receiving e-mail through standard e-mail clients.
[04]
5
[07]
[09]
[05]
[05]
[06]
BASIC ENGINEERING DRAWING
Subject Code
01203/ 02103
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
12
—
—
No of Period in one session : 120
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale and Objective:
Drawing is said to be the language of engineers. All material objects have a shape and form, which can be represented by a
combination of known geometrical figures. A thorough grounding in drawing to represent these objects on a plane is considered
very essential for Diploma holders. Any construction or fabrication be it be a building, a factory or a machine has to begin with a
drawing which forms the basis and guide to get the work done.
Drawing is commonly used mode of communication in the engineering industry. Proper exposure to drawing helps the students to
translate different ideas into practice. Acquisition of skill will produce a drawing to represent a given object with sufficient
knowledge to understand and interpret. As such drawing is regarded a pre-requisite for technician engineer.
With these objectives in view the following topics have been prescribed.
S.No.
Topic
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Introduction
Lettering, Numbering & Dimensioning
Conic Section
Orthographic Projection
Section views
Isometric
Development of Surfaces
Periods
No. of Plates
(06)
(12)
(24)
(39)
(12)
(15)
(12)
(120)
01
01
04
01
01
01
9 sheets
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 - Introduction:
01.01
01.02.
01.03
01.04
01.05
01.06
01.07
01.08
01.09
[06]
Importance of Engineering Drawing as graphic communication. Link between engineering drawing
and other subjects of study in diploma course.
I. S. specification for preparation of drawings.
Use of drawing instruments and materials. Basic Tools- classification and brief description.
Special tools- Mini-drafter. Drafting Machine.
Scales, Recommended, reduced & enlarged scale.
Lines, Types of lines, Selection of line thickness.
Selection of Pencils.
Drawing sheets, different sheet sizes and standard layouts. Title block as per I. S. specification.
Care and maintenance of drawing material
TOPIC: 02 - LETTERING, NUMBERING & DIMENSIONING:
02.01
02.02
02.03
02.04
02.05
Importance of lettering. Different types of lettering as per B.I. S. code. Capital and small letters of
vertical & slanting type as per B.I. S. code.
Numerical figures of vertical and slanting type as per B.I. S. code. Single stroke and double stroke,
advantages.
Necessity of dimensioning. Principles and method of dimensioning and dimensioning practice as per I.
S. I. code.
Making of centre line, Section line, dimensioning lines etc.
Drawing of plain and diagonal scales and dimensioning practice.
Tutorial & test
6
[12]
(02)
TOPIC: 03 - CONIC SECTION:
03.01
03.02
03.03
03.04
[24]
Concept of Drawing and concept of conic section and its simple properties.
Concept of ellipse and its construction by various methods. Drawing of tangent & normal on ellipse.
Concept of parabola and its construction by various methods. Drawing of tangent & normal to
parabola.
Concept of hyperbola and its construction by various methods. Drawing of tangent & normal to
hyperbola.
Tutorial & Test
TOPIC: 04 - ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTIONS :
04.01
04.02
04.03
04.04
04.05
(06)
[39]
Principles of orthographic projection. Concept of horizontal, vertical and auxiliary planes. 1st angle
and 3rd angle projection.
Projection of points on horizontal, vertical and auxiliary planes and its implication.
Projection of lines on different planes, Length of line and its true inclination with different planes and
its traces.
Concept of orthographic projection of planes.
Projection of solids (Prism, Cone, Pyramids, Cylinder, Cube and tetrahedron etc.).
Tutorial & Test
Projection of Point and straight line
Projection of Planes and straight line
Projection of solids and straight line
01 sheet
01 sheet
02 sheet
04 sheet
TOPIC: 05 - SECTION VIEWS & AUXILIARY VIEWS :
[12]
05.01
05.02
Concept of sectioning and drawing section lines, Need for drawing sectional views.
Section of simple geometrical solids-cases involving different types of cutting planes, single plane
only
Tutorial & test
TOPIC: 06 - ISOMETRIC, PICTORIAL
06.01
06.02
06.03
Introduction to pictorial drawing. Brief description of different types of pictorial drawing viz
Isometric, and their applications.
Concept of Isometric views. Isomeric Projection and Isometric Scale.
Isometric Projection of simple solids, frustum of solids, truncated solids and sets of simple solids.
Tutorial & test
TOPIC: 07 - DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACE:
07.01
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
(03)
[12]
Development of surfaces of Cylinders, Prisms, Pyramids, cones and their frustum only.
Tutorial & test
Books Recommended:
1.
2.
3.
4.
(2)
[15]
1 Descriptive Geometry
Elementary Engineering Drawing
Elementary Engineering Drawing
Gyameetic Aarekhan (Hindi)
-
I.S.I. Specification on drawing
Engineering Drawing
Engineering Drawing
Engineering Drawing
I. S.M. & S. S. M. on Technical Drawing
-
7
Abbot
N. D. Bhatt
S. C. Sharma
Dadan, Ravindra, Daya Shankar
Srivastava
R. K. Dhawan
P. S. Gill
Parkinson
T. T. T. I., Madras
(02)
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
-
Subject Code
01204/ 02104
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale & Objective:
The subject forms the foundation of electrical and electronics engineering. It prepares the students to familiarize with
basic concepts and principles of electrical and electronics as these are encountered in every large and small installations of each
type of industries. The diploma holders will be using machines and systems extensively which have electronics and electrical
circuits inside. To understand their basic functioning, the students will be required to study the working principles, construction,
characteristics, specifications and uses of basic devices and circuits.
Keeping in view the importance and relevance, this course has been developed and incorporated in the curriculum. The
content has been divided into the following topics:PART-A
Electrical Engineering (Annual Exam : 40 marks)
S. No.
Topics
Periods
1.
2.
3
Electro-magnetism
D.C. Circuits
D.C Machines
04
04
04
4.
A.C. Fundamentals
03
5.
6.
7.
A.C Machines
Storage Batteries
Measuring Instruments
04
03
02
8.
Electrical House Wiring
02
9.
Safety Devices
02
10.
Safety Procedure
02
30
S. No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Total
PART-B
Electronics Engineering (Annual Exam : 40 marks)
Topics
Periods
Resistor & Colour Code
Semiconductor & Diodes
Transistors
Field effect transistor
Digital Electronics
Total
05
08
06
06
05
30
PART-A
Electrical Engineering
Contents :
Topic 1. -Electro-Magnetism
(04)
01.01
Magnetic field due to current carrying straight conductor. Circuit loop and solenoid, Magnetic flux, Flux density
01.02
Force between two current carrying parallel conductors.
01.03
Magnetic circuit, seies and parallel, Reluctance. Analog between magnetic and electiric circuits.
01.04
Faraday’s Laws of Electromagnetic induction. Lenz’s law. Fleming Right hand rule.
01.05
Eddy current, its concept. Eddy current loss.
01.06
Induce e.m.f. dynamically and statically induced e.m.f.
01.07
Selft and mutual inductance.
01.08
Energy storaged in a magnetic field.
01.09
Related problems.
8
Topic 02. -D. C. Circuits
(04)
02.01
Ohm's law and Laws of resistance. Concept of resistivity and conductivity, their units and dependence on temperature in
a conductor.
02.02
Kirchoff's Voltage and current laws and their application in simple circuits. (Simple idea only).
02.03
Star-delta transformation.
02.04
Thevenin’s theorem, Norton’s theorem, Super position theorem, Maximum power transfer theorem. (Simple idea
only).
02.05
Related problems.
Topic 03. -D. C. Machines
03.01
D.C. Generator construction, principle, types.
03.02
D.C.Motors- working principle, Type
03.03
Starter- necessity and types.
(04)
Topic 04. - A.C. Fundamentals
(03)
04.01 Concept of Alternating current and voltage. Difference between A.C. and D.C. concept of cycle, Frequency, period,
amplitude, instantaneous value. Average value, I.M.S. value and peak value. Form factor, ( Definition only)
04.02 Power in A.C. circuits and power factors. ( Basic idea only)
04.03 Alternating voltage applied to pure resistance, pure inductance and pure capacitance. ( Simple idea only)
04.04 Poly phase and 3 phase circuits. Concept of line voltage and current in 3 phse star and delta system.
Topic 05. - A.C Machines
05.01 Transformer- principle construction.
05.02 Transformer Ratio, efficiency and rating.
05.03 Induction Motor- Principle, construction and types. ( Simple idea)
05.04 Alternators- working principle. Brief idea.
(04)
Topic 06. - Storage Batteries
06.01 Cell - Primary and Secondary Cell.
06.02 Construction of Lead Acid battery ( Brief idea only)
06.03 Methods of charging circuits on D.C. and A.C. Application.
06.04 Maintenance of Battery.
06.05 Study of Battery charges.
(03)
Topic 07. –Measuring Instruments
07.01 Classification of Instuments.
07.02
Watt Meter, Ammeter, Voltmeter, Frequency Meter and energy meter ( Simple idea only).
(02)
Topic 08. –Electrical House Wiring
08.01 Switches, Socket and other itmes used in House wiring.
08.02 Types of House wiring ( Brief idea only).
(02)
Topic 09. –Safety devices
09.01 Fuse- Introduction, Use of fuse, Idea about relay and circuit breakes.
(02)
Topic 10. –Safety Procedure
10.01 Effects of shocks and burns.
10.02 Procedures to be adopted in case of electrical shocks.
(02)
PART-B
Electronics
Topic: 01 – Resistor & Colour Code
[05]
01.01
Definition, Introduction, connection of Resistors, Condenser,Colour Code, Value calculation of resistors
through colour code.
Topic: 02 - Semiconductor and Diodes
02.01
Conductors, Semiconductors, insulators, differences between them.
02.02
Conduction in intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors. Concept of electrons and holes, Donor and
acceptor impurities. P and N type semiconductors and their conductivity, drift and diffusion currents.
9
[08]
02.03
02.04
02.05
02.06
P-N Junction diode, Forward and Reverse bias, characteristics of P-N Junction and effect of
Temperature, breakdown voltage.
Introduction - Zener Diode ( Simple idea only)
Photo diodes.
Light Emitting diode.
Topic: 03 – Transistors
03.01
Concept of Bipolar Transistor, PNP and NPN Transistors, Transistor action, Transistor configurations
03.02
Transistor as an amplifier. Classification of Amplifiers, CB, CC and CE amplifiers.
[06]
Topic: 04 - Field Effect Transistor
04.01
Introduction, Classification, its application ( Simple idea only)
[06]
Topic: 05 - Digital Electronics
05.01
Number System, Binary number, Decimal number and Hexadecimal number, Conversion of each other.
05.02
Basic idea about Gates.
05.03
Introductory Concept of Memories.
[05]
Recommended Books
SL
Title
1.
Electrical Technology
2.
Electrical Technology
3.
Basic Electrical Engineering
4.
Basic Electrical Engineering
5.
Basic Electricity
6.
Electronic Principles
7.
Electronics & Radio Engineering
-
Author / Publisher
B. L. Threja-S. Chand & Co.
Edward Hyghes
P.S. Dhogal-McGraw Hill Publisher
J. B. Gupta-S. K. Kataria & Sons
B. R. Sharma-Staya Prakashan, N. Delhi
Malvino-Tata McGraw Hill
M. L. Gupta
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
-
V.K. Mehta- S.Chand & Co. , New Delhi.
Millman & Halkias-McGraw Hill
N. N. Bhargava & Kulshreshta-Tata McGraw Hills, New Delhi
Grob-Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
Malvino Leach-McGraw Hills, New Delhi
Dr. B. Ram, Fhanpat Ray & Sons
Basic Electronics
Electronics Devices & Circuits
Basic Electronics & Linear Circuits
Basic Electronics
Digital Electronics and Application
Introduction to Microprocessor
10
SURVEYING & MEASUREMENT
Subject Code
01205 /02105
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
—
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale & Objective:
Knowledge of surveying in respect of Land Survey and measurement is essential to all of the Engineering students. Any project can take off only
after proper conduct of the desired survey work and preparation of the necessary map using the physical data. For these the knowledge of Land
Survey is essential. The students must also develop the skill to measure by proper use of Survey instruction through the knowledge of surveying
so that the technicians can fix the slope of floor. Conveyors, waste & water pipe-lines and fix the height of machines & chimneys. The following
topics and contents will fulfill the objectives.
S.No.
Topics
1
2
3
4
5
6
General Introduction
Chain Surveying
Compass Surveying
Plane table Surveying
Levelling
Theodolite & Layout of Structure
Periods
Tutorial
(05)
(12)
(09)
(06)
(12)
(06)
(50)
1
2
2
1
3
1
10
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 - GENERAL INTRODUCTION:
01
Definition, Classification, Principle of Surveying.
Vernier scales, GPS & GIS, Fundamental and its application.
TOPIC: 02 - CHAIN SURVEYING:
02.01
Measurement of distance, different types of chain & tapes, testing of chain & its adjustment. Instruments used in
chain survey, Ranging, Direct & Indirect Ranging, line ranger, error in length due to incorrect chain, chaining of
sloping ground, error in chaining, Tape corrections.
02.02
Chain Surveying, principle of chain surveying, surveying stations, base line, check line, tie line offsets, oblique
offsets, booking field notes, field works. Instruments for setting-out right angles staffs and optical square, right
angle with chain & tape, obstacles in chaining, cross staff survey plotting of chain survey.
TOPIC: 03 - COMPASS SURVEYING
03.01
Purpose, use & comparison with chain surveying traversing.
03.02
Compass - prismatic & survey's compass, its description.
03.03
Bearing, meridians, type of bearing, Fore bearing & Back bearing, computation of included angles.
03.04
Local attraction causes, errors corrections, Dip, Declination.
03.05
Traversing with chain & compass, plotting of traverse survey. Closing error and its adjustment.
TOPIC: 04 - PLANE TABLE SURVEYING
04.01
Object & comparison with chain & compass surveying instruments used in plane table surveying.
04.02
Setting up of plane table, centering, orientation & levelling.
04.03
Method of plane table surveying - (i) Radiation (ii) Intersection (iii) Traversing (iv) Resection.
04.04
Statement of two points & three points problem and their solution.
04.05
Errors in plane tabling & their elimination.
TOPIC: 05 - LEVELLING
05.01
Definition of terms used in levelling, instruments used in levelling and their description.
05.02
Adjustment of the level, temporary adjustments. Bench marks, different types of B.M., change points, steps in
levelling, Principle of levelling, reduction of levels, H.I. method, rise & fall method, booking of staff reading,
examples on levelling.
05.03
Classification of levelling, fly levelling, longitudinal & cross-sectional levelling.
05.04
Curvature & refraction.
05.05
Elementary knowledge of contours, use & characteristic of contour lines.
TOPIC: 06 - THEODOLITE & LAYOUT OF STRUCTURES
06.01
Introduction, different parts of the theodolite.
06.02
Temporary adjustments of the theodolite.
06.03
Measurements of horizontal and vertical angles.
06.04
Prolonging a line, bearing of a line. Ranging of a line.
Books Recommended:
1
Surveying & Levelling Part-I
2
Surveying Vol. I
3
Surveying
4
Surveying & Levelling
losZ{k.k
5
losZ{k.k
6
7
Plane & Geodetic Surveying Vol. I
-
11
By T.P. Kanetkar & S.V. Kulkarni
By B.C. Punamia
By Hussain & Nagraj
By Agar
tsñ >k
xq:pj.k flag
By David Clark
[05]
[12]
[09]
[06]
[12]
[06]
BASIC OF COMPUTER & INFROMATION TECHNOLOGY LAB
Subject Code
01206/ 02106
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
—
—
06
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
Annual Exam.
:
Internal Exam.
:
RATIONALE
Today computers are no longer specified tools for some but now they are fact of life and have great influence on all aspect
of life. Computerized work environment is an essential requirement. In order to increase employability of diploma holders, it is
essential to train them to various aspects of Computer & information technology such as understanding the concept of Computer &
information technology and its scope; operating a computer; use of various tools of MS office; using internet etc. This will enable
the students to enter their professions with confidence, live in a harmonious way and contribute to the productivity.
Objectives:
Students will be able to:
1.
Understand a computer system that has hardware and software components, which controls and makes them useful.
2.
Understand the operating system as the interface to the computer system.
3.
Use the basic functions of an operating system.
4.
Set the parameter required for effective use of hardware combined with and application software.
5.
Compare major OS like Linux and MS-Windows
6.
Use file mangers, word processors, spreadsheets, presentation software’s and Internet.
7.
Have hands on experience on operating system and different application software
8.
Use the Internet to send mail and surf the World Wide Web.
TOPICS TO BE EXPLAINED THROUGH DEMONSTRATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Information Technology – its concept and scope
Computers for information storage, information seeking, information processing and information transmission
Elements of computer system, computer hardware and software; data – numeric data, alpha numeric data; contents of a
program, processing
Computer organization, block diagram of a computer, CPU, memory
Input devices; keyboard, mouse etc; output devices; VDU and Printer, Scanner, Plotter
Electrical requirements, inter-connections between units, connectors and cables
Secondary storage; magnetic disks – tracks and sectors, optical disk (CD and DVD Memory), primary and secondary
memory: RAM, ROM, PROM etc., Capacity; device controllers, serial port, parallel port, system bus
Exercises on file opening and closing; memory management; device management and input – output (I/O) management
with respect of windows
Installation concept and precautions to be observed while installing the system and software
Introduction about Operating Systems such as MS-DOS and Windows
Special features, various commands of MS word and MS-Excel
About the internet – server types, connectivity (TCP/IP, shell); applications of internet like: e-mail and browsing
Various Browsers like WWW (World wide web); hyperlinks; HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer Protocol); FTP (File Transfer
Protocol)
Basics of Networking – LAN, WAN, Topologies
LIST OF PRACTICALS
1.
Given a PC, name its various components and list their functions
2.
Identification of various parts of a computer and peripherals
3.
Practice in installing a computer system by giving connection and loading the system software and application software
4.
Installation of DOS and simple exercises on TYPE, REN, DEL, CD, MD, COPY, TREE, BACKUP commands
5.
Exercises on entering text and data (Typing Practice)
6.
Installation of Windows 98 or 2000 or XP or Vista etc.
(1)
Features of Windows as an operating system
Start
Shutdown and restore
Creating and operating on the icons
Opening closing and sizing the windows
Using elementary job commands like – creating, saving, modifying, renaming, finding and deleting a file
Creating and operating on a folder
Changing setting like, date, time color (back ground and fore ground)
Using short cuts
Using on line help
12
7.
MS-WORD
File Management:
Opening, creating and saving a document, locating files, copying contents in some different file(s), protecting
files, Giving password protection for a file
Page Set up:
Setting margins, tab setting, ruler, indenting
Editing a document:
Entering text, Cut, copy, paste using tool- bars
Formatting a document:
Using different fonts, changing font size and colour, changing the appearance through bold/ italic/ underlined,
highlighting a text, changing case, using subscript and superscript, using different underline methods
Aligning of text in a document, justification of document ,Inserting bullets and numbering
Formatting paragraph, inserting page breaks and column breaks
Use of headers, footers: Inserting footnote, end note, use of comments
Inserting date, time, special symbols, importing graphic images, drawing tools
Tables and Borders:
Creating a table, formatting cells, use of different border styles, shading in tables, merging of cells, partition of
cells, inserting and deleting a row in a table
Print preview, zoom, page set up, printing options
Using Find, Replace options
Using Tools like:
Spell checker, help, use of macros, mail merge, thesaurus word content and statistics, printing envelops and labels
Using shapes and drawing toolbar,
Working with more than one window in MS Word,
How to change the version of the document from one window OS to another
Conversion between different text editors, software and MS word
8.
MS-EXCEL
Starting excel, open worksheet, enter, edit, data, formulas to calculate values, format data, create chart, printing
chart, save worksheet, switching from another spread sheet
Menu commands:
create, format charts, organise, manage data, solving problem by analyzing data, exchange with other
applications. Programming with MS-Excel, getting information while working
Work books:
Managing workbooks (create, open, close, save), working in work books, selecting the cells, choosing commands,
data entry techniques, formula creation and links, controlling calculations, working with arrays
Editing a worksheet, copying, moving cells, pasting, inserting, deletion cells, rows, columns, find and replace
text, numbers of cells, formatting worksheet
Creating a chart:
Working with chart types, changing data in chart, formatting a chart, use chart to analyze data
Using a list to organize data, sorting and filtering data in list
Retrieve data with MS – query: Create a pivot table, customising a pivot table. Statistical analysis of data
Customise MS-Excel:
How to change view of worksheet, outlining a worksheet, customize workspace, using templates to create default
workbooks, protecting work book
Exchange data with other application: linking and embedding, embedding objects, linking to other applications,
import, export document.
9.
MS POWER POINT
a)
Introduction to start PowerPoint
How to start PowerPoint
Working environment: concept of toolbars, slide layout, templates etc.
Opening a new/existing presentation
Different views for viewing slides in a presentation: normal, slide sorter etc.
b)
Addition, deletion and saving of slides
c)
Insertion of multimedia elements
Adding test boxes
Adding/importing pictures
Adding movies and sound
Adding tables and charts etc.
Adding organizational chart
13
d)
e)
10.
Formatting slides
Using slide master
Text formatting
Changing slide layout
Changing slide colour scheme
Changing background
Applying design template
How to view the slide show?
Viewing the presentation using slide navigator
Slide transition
Animation effects etc.
Internet and its Applications
a)
Log-in to internet
b)
Navigation for information seeking on internet
c)
Browsing and down loading of information from internet
d)
Sending and receiving e-mail
Creating a message
Creating an address book
Attaching a file with e-mail message
Receiving a message
Deleting a message
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1.
Fundamentals of Computer by V Rajaraman; Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
2.
Computers Today, by SK Basandara, Galgotia publication Pvt ltd. Daryaganj, New Delhi
3.
MS-Office 2003/2007 for Everyone by Sanjay Saxena; Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
4.
Internet for Every One by Alexis Leon and Mathews Leon; Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Jungpura, New Delhi
5.
A First Course in Computer by Sanjay Saxena; Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Jungpura,New Delhi
6.
Mastering Windows XP, BPB Publication, New Delhi
7.
Computer Fundamentals by PK Sinha; BPB Publication, New Delhi
8.
Fundamentals of Information Technology by Leon and Leon;Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Jungpura, New Delhi
9.
On Your Marks – Net ….. Set ….. Go ….. Surviving in an e-world by Anushka Wirasinha, Prentice Hall of India Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi
10.
Fundamentals of Information Technology by Vipin Arora, Eagle Prakashan, Jalandhar
14
FIELD SURVEY PRACTICE
Subject Code
01207 /02107
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
00
00
12 days
continuous
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale & Objective:
After learning the theoretical paper, it is essential for students to have a practice for surveying in the field with the help of
instruments and survey accessories learnt in theory, to develop desired skill in land surveying and measurement.
List of Activities: Field Work
S.No.
Topic
1
2
Testing & adjustment of chain.
Chaining & Ranging a line and recording in the field book including taking offsets (using optical square & other
instruments), doing chain survey.
Study of prismatic compass, setting of compass and taking bearings, traversing with compass & chain.
Study of plane table survey equipment, setting up of plane table, orientation of plane table, doing plane table
survey by radiation, intersection and traversing.
Study of levels. Temporary adjustment of levels, taking staff reading on different stations & recording in level
book, finding difference of level between two distant points. Plotting longitudinal section & cross-sections.
Taking out theodolite from the box mounting on the Tripod and placing it back. Study of theodolite, temporary
adjustment of the theodolite, reading of vernier and calculation of least count and taking readings.
3
4
5
6
Books Recommended for Field Survey Practice (Practical):
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Surveying & Levelling Part-I
Surveying Vol. I
Surveying
Surveying & Levelling
-
losZ{k.k
losZ{k.k
- tsñ >k
- xq:pj.k flag
Plane & Geodetic Surveying Vol. I
-
15
By T.P. Kanetkar & S.V. Kulkarni
By B.C. Punamia
By Hussain & Nagraj
By Agar
By David Clark
BASIC ENGINEERING DRAWING
Subject Code
01208 /02108
Sessional
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
—
—
—
S.No.
Topic
1
2
3
Lettering, Numbering & Dimensioning
Conic Section
-Projection of Points & Straight Lines
-Projection of planes
-Projection of solids
Sectional views
Isometric
Development of Surface
4
5
6
No of Period in one session :
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
30
Internal Exam.
:
20
No. of Plates
01
01
01
02
01
01
01
01
09 Plates
16
STUDENT CENTERED ACTIVITIES
(Language & communication skill)
English & Hindi
Sessional
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
—
—
04
Subject Code
01209 /02109
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
30
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
The subject is being introduced to produce more opportunity to practice for development of writing and oral skill both in
English and Hindi language to be a good and effective communicator.
While designing the curriculum it has also been thought to promote certain student centered activities complementary to
the language and communication skill. The body and sign language is also an effective method of communication and should
therefore be learnt to ensure the generation of self confidence and overall personality development of the student.
S.No.
1
2
3
Group
A
B
C
Topic
ENGLISH
HINDI
SELF &
ACTIVITY
SOCIETY
ORIENTED
Periods
20
20
10
50
GROUP - A [ENGLISH]
S.No.
01
02
03
Topic
Practice on Debate, Group Discussion, Elocution and Public Speech.
Practice on different role playing with emphasis on dress, behaviour,
manner, personality.
Practice on Letter/ Application Writing, Report Writing & Tender Notice.
20 Periods
CONTENTS:
TOPIC 01 - Practice on Debate, Group Discussion, Elocution and Public Speech.:
The institute is free to undertake any topic that is current and relevant to the present need of individual, society,
industrial growth, environment related to health, hygiene and sanitation, technological development and social
problems etc. and a record of at least six topics is necessarily to be prepared for sessional examination.
TOPIC 02 - Practice on different role playing with emphasis on dress, behaviour, manner, personality:
02.01
As an executive/ supervisor
02.02
As an office secretary
02.03
As an interviewer
02.04
As an interviewee
02.05
As an office assistant
02.06
As a front desk operator
02.07
While going to a formal party
TOPIC 03 - Practice on Letter/ Application Writing, Report Writing & Tender Notice:
03.01
Letter/ Application writing
03.02
Report writing
03.03
Tender notice and advertisement
NOTE: Contents of the above topics are same as covered in theory papers and a record of at least two topic has to be necessarily
prepared from each subtopic for sessional records.
17
GROUP - B [HINDI]
S.No.
Topic
01
rkSj&rjhds ,oa vk/kkjHkwr f'k"Vkpkj
'kkjhfjd Hkk"kk
tkudkjh¼MsLd½ dk;kZy; dk vxzHkkx
lkewfgd ifjppkZ] okn&fookn oDr`rk vFkok oDrO;
i=@ vkosnu ys[ku] çfrosnu ys[ku] fufonk lwpuk ,oa foKkiu
vUrohZ{kk ds le; vkpj.k
02
03
04
05
06
20 Periods
CONTENTS:
ikB~; 01 & rkSj&rjhds ,oa vk/kkjHkwr f'k"Vkpkj%
ikB~; 02 & 'kkjhfjd Hkk"kk%
& 'kkjhfjd Hkko Hkafxek }kjk lEçs"k.k
& vfrfofgr ladsr
& eq[kkd`fr }kjk lEçs"k.k
& iks'kkd rFkk ç'kk/ku }kjk lEçs"k.k
ikB~; 03 & tkudkjh¼MsLd½ dk;kZy; dk vxzHkkx%
& VsyhQksu okrkZyki¼J"Vk@n`"Vk½
& dSlsV }kjk vH;kl
ikB~; 04 & lkewfgd ifjppkZ] okn&fookn oDr`rk vFkok oDrO;%
mi;qZDr ikB~; ds fo"k;ksa dk p;u laLFkkuksa }kjk gh fuf'pr fd;s tk;sxsaA fo"k; dh çklafxdrk orZeku ifjis{;
esa gks rFkk lkekftd] vkS|ksfxd] LokLF;] okrkoj.k bR;kfn {ks=ksa ls lEcfU/kr gksA
ikB~; 05 & i=@vkonsu ys[ku] çfrosnu ys[ku] fufonk lwpuk ,oa foKkiu%
lkf=d ijh{kk gsrq çR;sd ls lEcfU/kr nks fo"k;ksa ij fjdkMZ rS;kj djuk vko';d gksxkA
ikB~; 06 & vUrohZ{kk ds le; vkpj.k%
GROUP - C [SELF & SOCIETY ORIENTED ACTIVITY]
10 Periods
Self Promotion and society oriented activity:
- Library study - Assessment will be made on the basis of exposition through debate
- To create awareness among rural mass about rural technology, sanitation, health and hygiene, drinking
water etc.
- Participation in cultural activity
- Any other activity taken up by the institution - related to environment
18
Scheme of Teaching and Examinations for II Semester
DIPLOMA in Civil/Civil(R)/Electronics/Agricult./Auto./Ceramics/Chemical/
CDGM/MOP/LSc./Printing &Text. Engg. (Group-II)
THEORY
Sr.
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SUBJECTS
SUBJECT
CODE
Engineering Mathematics-I
Engineering Physics
Engineering Chemistry
Elementary Mechanical
Engineering & Engg. Material
Language & Communication
Skill
TEACHING
SCHEME
Periods Periods
per
in one
Week
Session
(Year)
EXAMINATION – SCHEME
Hours
of
Exam.
Terminal
Exam.
(A)
Marks
Final
Exam.
(B)
Marks
Total
Marks
(A+B)
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
Pass
Marks
in the
Subject
02201
02202
02203
02204
06
04
04
04
60
50
50
60
03
03
03
03
20
20
20
20
80
80
80
80
100
100
100
100
26
26
26
26
36
36
36
36
02205
04
60
03
20
80
100
26
36
500
Total:-
22
PRACTICAL
Sr.
No.
6.
7.
8.
SUBJECTS
SUBJECT
CODE
Engineering Physics Lab.
Engineering Chemistry Lab
Workshop Practice.
02206
02207
02208
TEACHING
SCHEME
Periods per
Periods in
Week
one Session
(Year)
04
04
12
20
50
50
120
EXAMINATION – SCHEME
Hours
of
Exam.
03
03
06
Marks
Internal
Exam.
(A)
Marks
External
Exam.
(B)
10
10
10
40
40
40
Total
Marks
(A+B)
50
50
50
Total:- 150
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
Pass
Marks
in the
Subject
16
16
16
21
21
21
SESSIONAL
Sr.
No.
9.
SUBJECTS
SUBJECT
CODE
Workshop Practice.
02209
TEACHING
SCHEME
Periods
Periods
per
in one
week
Session
(Year)
-
Total:Total Periods per week
42
EXAMINATION – SCHEME
Marks of
Internal
Examiner
(X)
Marks of
External
Examiner
(Y)
40
60
Total
Marks
(X+Y)
100
100
Total Marks = 750
Pass Marks
in the Subject
50
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-I
Subject Code
01101/ 02201
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
—
—
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
The Subject Engineering Mathematics is being introduced into the Diploma Course to provide mathematical background to the students so that
they can be able to grasp the engineering subjects properly. This course will enable them to analyse and understand the engineering problems
scientifically based on Mathematics.
The subject is divided into two papers, viz. Engineering Mathematics - I and Engineering Mathematics - II. The paper Engineering
Mathematics - I consists of the following:
1.
Algebra
2.
Trigonometry
3.
Co-ordinate Geometry
The details are given in the curriculum:
Objectives:
-
-
By covering the course in Engineering Mathematics - I, the students will be able to:
Know Sequence & Series, Permutations and Combinations, Binomial Theorem, Determinates and Matrices, Properties of Triangles,
Solution of Trigonometrical equations, Inverse Circular functions, complex quantities, co-ordinate systems, equations of lines,
circles, equations of lines in three dimensions, equation of plane,
Understand their engineering applications.
Solve related simple numerical problems which will enable them to understand the subject.
S.No.
01
Periods
(30)
-
Topics
Algebra
Sequence & Series
Principle of Mathematical Induction
Permutation and Combination
Binomial Theorem
Determinants and Their Properties
Matrix Algebra
Complex Number
Trigonometry
Trigonometrical ratios of compound angles up to conditional Trigo nometrical Identities
Properties of Triangle
Logarithm
Solution of Triangles & General Value
Inverse Circular Function
(15)
-
02
03
Co-ordinate Geometry
- Two dimensional : upto equation of circles
- Three dimensional: upto straight line
(15)
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 - ALGEBRA:
01.01
01.02
01.03
01.04
01.05
Sequence & Series: Arithmetic Progression (A.P.), Simple examples of A.P., Geometrical Progression (G.P.), Sum
to infinity of a G.P., Sum of Squares and cubes of a naturals, idea of Harmonic Progression (H.P.), Relation between
Arithmetic mean, Geometrical Mean and Harmonic mean. Insertions of AMs, GMs & HMs between two numbers.
Principle of Mathematical Induction
Permutations & Combinations: Introduction, Fundamental Principle of counting; The Factorial; Permutations,
Simple practical problems on permutation; Combinations; simple practical problems on combinations.
Binomial Theorem:
Binomial Theorem for positive Index, Some applications of Binomial Theorem for any Index, Idea of Exponential
and Logarithmic Series. (Simple Problem).
Determinates:
Determinants and their fundamental properties, simple problem, Difference between determinant and a matrix.
Periods
[08]
[02]
[04]
[04]
[02]
01.06
01.07
01.08
Matrices:
Different types of Matrices
Algebra of Matrices
Transpose, Adjoint & Inverse of Matrices
Solution of linear simultaneous equations by matrix method
Complex Numbers: Idea of a complex number, its geometrical representation, Modulus and Amplitude, Conjugate
of a Complex number, Addition & Subtraction of a complex number with geometric notation,
Multiplication and Division of one complex number by another with geometric representation. Idea of DeMoivre's
Theorem, Roots of a Complex and Cube root of unity.
[04]
Number System: Binary, octal, Decimal & Hexadecimal system. Radix conversion. Idea of Boolean Algebra
[02]
[04]
TOPIC: 02 - TRIGONOMETRY:
02.01
Trigonometrical ratios of Compound angles. Trigonometrical ratios of Multiple sub-multiple angles, transformation
formulae & conditional Trigonometrical identities.
Properties of Triangle:
Relations between the side and angles of a triangle. Simple problems based on it.
Logarithm:
Definition, Fundamental Rules and properties of Logarithms.
General Values and Inverse Functions:
Formulae for all angles which have a given Sine, Cosine and Tangent. Formulae for angles both equi-sinal and equicosinal Inverse Circular Functions, Solution of Equations expressed in inverse notation.
02.02
02.03
02.04
[04]
[04]
[02]
[05]
TOPIC: 03 - CO-ORDINATE GEOMETRY:
03.01
03.01.01
03.01.02
03.01.03
03.02
03.02.01
03.02.02
03.02.03
03.02.04
Two Dimensional Co-ordinate Geometry
Idea of cartesian and polar co-ordinate systems. Relations between them.
Distance between two points, section formula and Area of Triangle. Intelligent questions based on these (cartesian
system only), centroid and incentre of a triangle.
Equations of Locus: Equation of a straight line in different forms. Angle between two straight lines and their
deduction, equation of circle, simple problem.
Three Dimensional Co-ordinate Geometry
Co-ordinates of a point, Distance between two points, Section formula (Cartesian system only)
Direction Cosines, Angle between two lines, Important deductions.
Plane, Projection of the join of two points on a plane, Equation of plane, Angle between two planes, Important
deductions.
Equation of a straight line as intersection of two planes, Symmetric form of a straight line, simple problem.
Books Recommended:
Engineering Mathematics - I
1.
Mathematics for Class XI Part I
2.
Mathematics for Class XI Part II
3.
Mathematics for Class XII Part I
4.
Mathematics for Class XII Part II
5.
Algebra
6.
Trigonometry
7.
Co-ordinate geometry
8.
Solid geometry
-
NCERT/R. S. Aggawal/R.D.Sharma
NCERT/R. S. Aggawal/R.D.Sharma
NCERT/R. S. Aggawal/R.D.Sharma
NCERT/R. S. Aggawal/R.D.Sharma
Dr. K.C. Sinha/ Lalgi Pd./Das & Gupta
Dr. K.C. Sinha/ Lalgi Pd./Das & Gupta
Dr. K.C. Sinha/ Lalgi Pd./Das & Gupta
Dr. K.C. Sinha/ Lalgi Pd./Das & Gupta
-
H.K. Dass, S. Chand & Co.
H.K. Dass, S. Chand & Co.
Reference Books:
1.
2.
Engineering Mathematics - Part I & Part II
Polytechnic Mathematics for Diploma level
[01]
[02]
[04]
[01]
[02]
[02]
[03]
ENGINEERING PHYSICS
Subject Code
01102/ 02202
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
—
—
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale and Objective:
Knowledge of Physics is so interwoven with engineering studies that one can not think of pursuing engineering studies without the knowledge
of Physics. Study of Physics is essential for Diploma holders in engineering and technology to develop in them proper understanding of
physical phenomenon, scientific temper and engineering aptitude.
The course covers the basic laws and principles of Physics and its applications. The course contents are so chosen that it should be more
relevant to the modern development of science to meet the challenge posed by fast-changing technology.
Keeping these objectives in view the subject has been divided into the following topics:
S.No.
Topics
Periods
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
General Physics
Heat
Electrostatics
Current Electricity & Magnetism
Modern Physics
Environment & Safety
(22)
(01)
(03)
(12)
(10)
(02)
(50)
Teachers are advised to use the latest technology of teaching (e.g. use of LRs etc.) and make maximum use of demonstration so that
the subject will be interesting to the students. The Engineering applications of the principles of physics should be discussed broadly. Use of S.I.
units for all measurements and calculations is recommended.
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 - GENERAL PHYSICS:
01.01
01.01.01
01.01.02
01.01.03
01.01.04
01.01.05
01.01.06
01.01.07
01.02
01.02.01
01.02.02
01.02.03
01.02.04
01.02.05
01.03
01.03.01
01.03.02
01.03.03
01.04
01.04.01
01.04.02
01.04.03
01.05
01.05.01
01.05.02
01.05.03
Units and Dimensions
Units of Fundamental and Derived Physical quantities.
System of Units - C.G.S., M.K.S., F.P.S. & S.I. System and their full forms (Foot Pound Second)
Basic & Supplementary Units - Names & Symbols
Advantages of S.I. System - Comprehensive, Coherent & Rational
Dimensions & Dimensional formula of simple Physical quantities, Dimensionless quantities.
Dimensional equations and their uses - Conversion of Units from one system to another, to check correctness of
equation, establish relation between different physical quantities.
Limitations of Dimensional analysis.
Scales & Mesurements
Vernier Scale & least count.
Vernier (Slide) Callipers.
Screw - Pitch & Least Count.
Screw Gauge (Micrometer Gauge) & Spherometer - their construction and operation.
Spherometer - Measurement of thickness of a sheet or plate.
Scalars & Vectors
Scalar & Vector quantities, Representation of a Vector.
Addition & Subtraction of two vectors - triangle method.
Resolution of vector into two mutually perpendicular components.
Linear Motion
Speed & velocity - Definition, Difference (Distinction), their Units & Dimensions.
Uniform Velocity, Uniformly accelerated Velocity (Uniform acceleration) & Retardation.
Derivation of formulas:
(i)
v = u + at
(ii)
s = ut + ½ at2
using differentiation & integration method.
Motion Under Gravity
Acceleration due to gravity - Unit & Dimension.
Weight and mass.
Co-ordinate Convention of displacement, Velocity and acceleration.
Equations of motion of body moving freely under gravity:
(i)
Downwards
(ii)
Upwards
[22]
Periods
[02]
[02]
[02]
[01]
[01]
01.06
Projectile
01.06.01
01.06.02
01.06.03
01.06.04
01.06.05
Projectile - Definition & examples.
Oblique projection - Derivation of equation for trajectory, Range, Maximum height, Time of flight & time for
attaining maximum height.
Angle of projection for maximum range for fixed speed of projection.
Horizontal & vertical projectiles and their path.
Simple numericals based on formulas.
01.07
Friction
01.07.01
01.07.02
01.07.03
01.07.04
01.07.05
01.07.06
01.07.07
01.07.08
Friction - Definition, Types of friction - Sliding & Rolling, Static & Dynamic (Kinetic).
Limiting frictional force. Laws of Static & Kinetic friction.
Experimental Verification not required.
Co-efficient of friction - a unitless quantity.
Equilibrium of a body on rough inclined plane under the effect of its weight & frictional force.
Angle of Repose & its uses.
Friction - necessary evil.
Use of lubricants to reduce friction - solid, liquid & gas.
Simple numericals based on formulas.
01.08
Circular Motion
01.08.01
01.08.02
01.08.03
01.08.04
01.08.05
01.08.06
01.08.07
Circular Motion - Definition.
Angular Displacement, Velocity and acceleration & their units.
Relation between linear and angular velocity and acceleration - Differential Calculus method.
Centripetal Force and its derivation by Vector method.
Centrifugal force, its presence felt only in rotational systems - Pseudo force.
Applications of Circular motion:
motion of cyclist on curved path
banking of tracks
principle of working of cream separator, cloth drier, centrifuge machine
Simple numericals based on formulas.
01.09
Simple Harmonic Motion
01.09.01
01.09.02
01.09.05
01.09.06
01.09.07
01.09.08
Periodic motion & S.H.M. - Definitions.
Expressions for displacement, velocity, acceleration and time period of S.H.M.
Derivation not required.
Phase & Epoch - Definition.
Equation of S.H.M. starting from equilibrium position and another point.
y = a Sinwt & y = a Sin (wt+).
Elastic spring & spring constant.
Motion of a block tied to a massless spring moving on a horizontal frictionless table.
Time period of a Simple pendulum - derivation.
Simple numericals based on formulas.
01.10
Gravitation
01.10.01
01.10.02
01.10.03
01.10.04
Newton's law & formula for force between two bodies.
Units & Dimensions of 'G' and 'g'.
Relation between 'G' and 'g' and their values.
Value of 'g' at earth's surface, above and below earth's surface - maximum value.
No Derivation required.
Satellite - Orbital Velocity and time period.
Parking Orbit - Definition
Escape Velocity - Definition & expression in terms of 'g'.
Derivation not required.
Simple numericals based on formulas.
01.09.03
01.09.04
01.10.05
01.10.06
01.10.07
01.10.08
[02]
[02]
[02]
[02]
[02]
01.11
Rotational Motion and Moment of Inertia
01.11.01
01.11.02
01.11.03
01.11.04
01.11.05
01.11.08
Moment of Inertia & Radius of Gyration - Definition, units and dimension.
M.I. of Uniform ring & Uniform Disc about their natural axes.
M.I. of Solid Sphere about its diameter - derivation of expression.
Rolling on inclined smooth plane without slipping - Expression for acceleration along the plane to be derived.
Sliding motion of a body down a rough inclined plane under its own weight only - No external force - derivation of
expression.
Torque and angular momentum - definition & expression.
Principle of Conservation of angular momentum and its examples.
No derivation required.
Simple numericals based on formula.
01.12
Fluids
01.12.01
01.12.02
Surface Tension & Surface Energy - Introduction, Unit & Dimension.
Capillary rise - expression and its applications.
No Derivation required.
Laminar Flow & Co-efficient of Viscosity - Unit & Dimension.
Streamline & Turbulent flow - Definition.
Motion of Spinning ball in air (a viscous medium) and free fall of rain drops - Qualitative Discussion.
01.11.06
01.11.07
01.12.03
01.12.04
01.12.05
[03]
[01]
TOPIC: 02 - HEAT:
[01]
02.01
Heat
[01]
02.01.01
02.01.02
Heat form of energy. Unit of heat - Joule & Calorie.
Modes of heat transfer and their examples.
TOPIC: 03 - ELECTROSTATICS:
[03]
03.01
Field & Potential
[01]
03.01.01
03.01.02
03.01.03
Electric Field, Intensity and Potential due to a point charge.
Units & Dimensions of electric intensity & potential.
Derivation of potential at a point due to point charge.
03.02
Capacity & Condenser
03.02.01
03.02.02
Capacity of a Single Conductor and Condenser (Capacitor).
Capacity of a Parallel Plate Condenser - Expression only.
No derivation required.
Series & Parallel grouping of Condensers and expressions for equivalent capacities.
No derivation required.
03.02.03
[02]
TOPIC: 04 - CURRENT ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM:
[12]
04.01
04.01.01
04.01.02
E.M.F. & P.D.
Definition - Units
Internal resistance of cell.
Expression for current I = E/(R+r).
[01]
04.02
Kirchoff's Laws
[02]
04.02.01
Kirchoff's Laws and Wheatstone bridge - Condition for balance.
No derivation required.
04.03
Magnetic Effect
04.03.01
04.03.02
Biot-Savart's Law, Expression for magnetic induction & direction of magnetic induction.
Expression for magnetic induction due to an infinitely long conductor carrying electric current.
No derivation required.
Expression for magnetic induction due to Circular Coil carrying electric current,
at centre of the coil &
at a point on the axis of the coil.
No derivation required.
04.03.03
[02]
04.04
Heating Effect
04.04.01
04.04.02
04.04.03
04.04.04
04.04.05
Heat developed in a current carrying conductor - expression.
Electrical Power & energy and their units.
Specifications marked on electrical appliances - Wattage & Voltage.
Resultant power (Total power) consumed in parallel combination of electrical appliances.
Kilo watt hour (Kwh) and electrical unit.
Expressions only.
No derivation required.
Simple numericals based on formulas.
04.05
Electromagnetic Induction
04.05.01
04.05.02
04.05.03
04.05.04
Magnetic Flux - Definition & Unit.
Electromagnetic Induction - definition.
Faraday's Law & Lenz's Law of Electromagnetic Induction.
Eddy (Focault's) Current & its used in induction furnace and braking (stopping) of rotating wheels.
04.06
Alternating Current
04.06.01
04.06.02
Uniform rotation of a coil in uniform magnetic field - Derivation of expression for e.m.f. induced.
Peak Value & R.M.S. Value of A.C.
Rated Value - R.M.S. Value.
Expressions for e.m.f. and curent in A.C. Circuit containing:
resistance only
Inductance only
capacitance only
Expressions only. No Derivation required.
Choke Coil - Simple introduction.
Transformer & losses in it - Simple ideas.
04.06.03
04.06.04
04.06.05
[02]
[02]
[03]
TOPIC: 05 - MODERN PHYSICS:
[10]
05.01
Atomic Structure
[01]
05.01.01
05.01.02
05.01.03
05.01.04
Bohr's atomic model.
Stationary orbits & energy levels.
Transition of electron between two orbits - emission of electromagnetic radiation, Expression for wavelength of
emitted radiation.
No derivation required.
Simple numericals based on formulas.
05.02
Thermionic Emission
05.02.01
05.02.02
Thermionic emmission and Diode Valve.
Half Wave rectifier.
05.03
X-Rays
05.03.01
05.03.02
05.03.03
05.03.04
Simple ideas of production of X-ray (No Diagram needed), Soft & hard X-rays.
Expression of minimum wavelength.
Use of X-ray in medicine & industry.
Simple numericals based on formulas.
05.04
Photoelectric Effect
05.04.01
05.04.02
Definition, Photon and its energy.
Threshold frequency
05.04.03
05.04.04
Effect of Intensity & Energy of incident light on Photoelectric effect.
Use of Photoelectric effect:
medical use in Glucometer (Blood Sugar Measurement)
Exposure meter
Density measurement of exposed X-ray & photo films
Television telecasting
Simple numericals based on formulas.
05.04.05
[01]
[01]
[02]
05.05
Radioactivity
05.05.01
05.05.02
05.05.03
05.05.04
05.05.05
Definition, Radioactive Decay and its formula - Half life time.
Types of radiations emitted from radioactive materials
Fission and Fusion - Simple ideas.
Principle of nuclear reactor and Stellar energy (energy from star)
Simple numericals based on formulas.
05.06
Ultrasonics
05.06.01
05.06.02
05.06.03
Definition
Piezo electric effect - Simple ideas (No diagram).
Uses in medicine and industry - simple ideas.
05.07
Laser & Optical Fibre
05.07.01
05.07.02
Introduction & Working principle - simple ideas.
Uses in medicine & industry - simple ideas.
05.08
Semiconductor
05.08.01
05.08.02
Intrinsic & Extrinsic Semiconductor - simple ideas.
Tetravalent Structure of intrinsic semiconductor.
Doping material (Impurity) trivalent & pentavalent.
PN junction & simple introduction of forward and reverse bias.
05.08.03
[01]
[01]
[01]
[02]
TOPIC: 06 - ENVIRONMENT & SAFETY:
[02]
06.01
Environment & Safety
06.01.01
06.01.02
06.01.03
Noise pollution and its effect on human health.
Radiation Hazards and Safety thereof.
Non conventional Energy- Solar Energy, Solar battery Cell, Wind Energy, Geothermal Energy.
Books Recommended for Engineering Physics:
Text Books:
1
2
3
Introductory Physics (Vol. I & II)
Intermediate Physics (Vol. I & II)
Physics for Class XI & XII Part I
-
By N.N. Ghosh
By Durga Pd. Singh
By N.K. Bajaj (Tata McGraw Hill)
Reference Books:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
University Physics
Physics Part I & Part II
Applied Physics Vol. I & II
Concepts of Physics Vol. I & II
Intermediate Physics
Intermediate Physics
I.Sc. Physics Vol. I & II
-
By Sears & Zeemansky
By Halliday & Resnik
By TTTI Chandigarh, (Tata McGraw Hill)
By H.C. Verma
By S.C. Roy Chowdhary & Dr. D.B. Singh
By Lakhmer Singh & Subramaniam
By V.P. Bhatnagar (Pitambar Publishing Co., New Delhi)
ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY
Subject Code
01103/ 02203
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
—
—
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale & Objective:
Keeping in view the recent developments in Science and the present needs in Industries, the curriculum of Engineering
Chemistry has been revised so that the Engineers or Technicians may have a better knowledge of Chemistry, especially
regarding the application of the subject in various fields of Industries. An emphasis, in this direction, has been made in the
curriculum.
A new chapter on Environmental Chemistry has been introduced to make the students aquainted with the various pollution
hazards which is becoming more critical everyday.
The following topics are so chosen that through their contents the students are able to develop knowledge, skill and scientific
attitude. It will enable them to distinguish, differentiate, analyse and solve engineering problems.
S.No.
Topics
GROUP - A
1.
Importance of Chemistry for Engineers and its applications in industries
2.
General Chemistry
3.
Atomic Structure
4.
Chemical Bonding
5.
Chemical Equilibrium
6.
Metallurgical Operations
7.
Water Treatment
8.
Fuel & Combustion
9.
Lubricants
10.
Paints and Varnishes
11.
Environmental Chemistry
Periods
(02)
(05)
(03)
(03)
(03)
(08)
(08)
(08)
(02)
(02)
(06)
CONTENTS:
GROUP - A
Topic: 01 - Introduction
Importance of Chemistry for Engineers and its application in industries.
[02]
01.01
Topic: 02 - General Chemistry
Atomic Wt. Equivalent Wt., Molecular Wt. and their determination, Numerical Problems.
Mole Concept, Avogadro's number, Numerical Problems.
[05]
02.01
02.02
[03]
03.02
Topic: 03 - Atomic Structure
Basic idea of fundamental particles, Atomic Number, Mass Number, Rutherford model & Bohr's
model.
Electronic congiguration in s, p, d, f notation.
Topic: 04 - Chemical Bonding
Ionization Potential, Electron affinity, electronegativity.
Types of Chemical Bonds - Electrovalent, Covalent (Polar and non-polar) and Co-ordinate bonds.
[03]
04.01
04.02
Topic: 05 - Chemical Equilibrium
Reversible and Irreversible reaction, Chemical Equilibrium.
Law of mass action.
Ionic product of water, PH-scale, Common Ion Effect and Numerical problems.
[03]
05.01
05.02
05.03
03.01
Topic: 06 - Metallurgical Operations
General metallurgical operations, Concentration of metal ore, Roasting, Calcination, Smelting,
refining of metals.
Extraction of Iron, Aluminium and Copper.
Manufacture of steel - (a) Bessemer process, (b) Open Hearth process, effect of impurities such as Mn,
P, S and Si. Heat treatment of steel, Anealing, Hardening, Tempering, Normalising, Case hardening,
Nitriding and Cyaniding
Introduction, Importance, Classification and uses of alloys with examples.
06.01
06.02
06.03
06.04
[08]
GROUP - B
Topic: 07 - Water Treatment
Introduction - Use of water for Industrial and domestic purposes, sources of water supply.
Hardness of water, degree of hardness and its estimation (Hehner and EDTA methods). Numerical
problems on degree of hardness. PH-value of water, disinfection of water and Municipal Supply.
Softening of hard water (Lime-Soda method, Permutit, Ion Exchange and calgon methods).
[08]
Topic: 08 - Fuel and Combustion
Introduction - Importance of fuels in Industries, classification of fuels, calorific values, Determination
of calorific value and Numerical problems. Characteristics of an ideal fuel.
Refining and cracking of petroleum, knocking. Octane Number and Cetane Number. Merits and
demerits of fuels, L.P.G., Coal gas, Oil gas and Producer gas.
[08]
Topic: 09 - Lubricants
Introduction & Classification of lubricants.
Properties of lubricants, Lubricants Oil, grease, emulsions.
[02]
10.01
10.02
Topic: 10 - Paints and Varnishes
Characteristics of a good paint, brief study of various constituents of a paint.
[02]
11.01
Topic: 11 - Environmental Chemistry
Introduction:
Effect of pollution on human health (Name of diseases) and plant.
Air Pollution:
Causes of air pollution like factory Smoke discharge, Automobile exhaust gas, Deforestation etc.
Brief idea of pollution effects like Acid rain, Green house effect, Action of Ozone layer which causes
green house effect on earth, effect of chloroflurocarbon on depletion of ozone layer.
Water Pollution:
Standard prescribed by WHO, IMC and Bureau of Indian Standard for pure drinking water.
[06]
07.01
07.02
07.03
08.01
08.02
13.01
13.01.01
13.02
13.02.01
13.02.02
13.03
13.03.01
Books Recommended:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
a.
b.
a.
b.
a.
Text Book of Engineering Chemistry
Text Book of Engineering Chemistry
Text Book of Engineering Chemistry
Pradyogiki Rasayan (Hindi)
Takniki Rasayan Bhag 1 evam 2 (Hindi)
Inorganic Chemistry
Physical Chemistry
Inorganic Chemistry
Physical Chemistry
Inorganic Chemistry
Environmental Chemistry
-
M.M. Uppal
C.V. Agrawal
P.C. Jain
S.Z. Aahmad & Prof. Subuktgin
Roop Prakashan
P.L. Soni
P.L. Soni
Biltu Singh
Biltu Singh
Ram Ratan Pd.
ELEMENTARY MECHANICAL ENGINEERING AND ENGINEERING MATERIAL
Subject Code
01104/ 02204
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
-
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale & Objective:
The technicians have to handle and deal with so many materials to be used in construction of Engineering product and making
machine tools and structures etc. They have to face many problems involving general mechanical, electrical, electronics and civil
Engg. As such the knowledge of general Engg. principles of different branches is essential for a Diploma holder.
The course has been designed with a view to include various materials commonly used in Engineering Constructions and general
principles of working of different machine tools.
S.No.
Topics
GROUP - A (Mechanical Engineering)
1.
Simple machines
2.
Introduction of ferrous & Non ferrous metals
3.
General Process
4.
Heat Engines & fluid machines
5.
Power Transmission
6.
Boilers
Seperate answer books for group A & group B should be given in examination & answer books
should be examination by Mechanical & Civil Engg. Teachers separately.
GROUP - B (Engineering Material)
7
Stones
8.
Clay Products
9.
Cement & their products
10.
Timber
11.
Miscellaneous Material
Periods
(06)
(05)
(03)
(06)
(07)
(03)
[30]
(03)
(03)
(05)
(03)
(16)
[30]
CONTENTS:
GROUP - A (MECHANICAL ENGINEERING)
TOPIC: 01 – SIMPLE MACHINES
Introduction to simple machines, M.A, U.R, & ŋ of simple wheel & Axle, Compound wheel & Axle,
Screw jack, worm & worm wheel, Rack & pinion (simple numericals only)
TOPIC: 02 -: Introduction to ferrous & non ferrous metals Physical & mechanical properties & uses of ferrous
metals &Alloys & non ferrous metals like,Al, Cu, Zn, & their alloys Properties & uses.
TOPIC: 03 -: GENERAL PROCESS
03.01
Introduction to Soldering, brazing & welding.
03.02
Application of soldering, brazing & welding.
03.03
Flame Cutting and Welding.
03.04
Different types of flames used
03.05
Safety precautions in Welding.
TOPIC: 04 - HEAT ENGINES & FLUID MACHINES
04.01
Introduction to External & Internal Combustion engines.
04.02
Difference between External & Internal Combustion engines.
04.03
Concept of Heat work and Energy. Thermodynamic system and their properties. (Introduction only)
04.04
Introduction of Two-stroke and four-stroke I.C. engine, their working principles. water wheel, Introduction
to Inpulse & reaction turbine ,(Pelton, francis & Kaplan Turbine, working Principle only.)
TOPIC: 05 - POWER TRANSMISSION
05.01
Power transmission by belt
05.02
Rope chain & geardrive
05.03
Open & cross belt drive
05.04
Relation between tight side & slack side tension
05.05
Centrifugal tension, simple & compound
05.06
Gear drive, gear train.
[06]
[05]
[03]
[06]
[07]
TOPIC: 06 – BOILERS(Steam Generatars)
06.01
Classification of boilers - Fire tube & water tube boiler. Working principle of classification
boilers,working principle of cochran boiler.
06.02
Boiler accessories & Mounting, their functions.
GROUP - B (ENGINEERING MATERIAL)
TOPIC: 07 - STONES:
07.01
Introduction of stones as engineering materials
07.02
Classification of Rocks, qualities, selection and uses of different types of stones in various engineering
construction works.
07.03
List of tests on stones,
- Dressing of stones & quarrying of stones.
TOPIC: 08 - CLAY PRODUCTS:
08.01
Common Clay products, (Vitrified, Porcelain) their manufacture and application.
08.02
Uses of brick and characteristics of good bricks.
TOPIC: 09 - CEMENT & THEIR PRODUCTS
09.01
Lime:
- Introduction , Manufacturing Process
- Different types of limes & its applications,
09.02
Cement:
- Introduction, Manufacturing process
- Different types of cements, their ingredients and applications, grade of cements, storage of cement.
TOPIC: 10- TIMBER
10.01
Classification of Timber
10.02
Characteristics of good timber
10.03
Introduction of seasoning of timber
10.04
Preservation of timber and its uses
TOPIC: 11 - MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
11.01
Plastics:
- Introduction, important commercial products of plastics used in engineering works
- Types of plastics - Themoplastic & Thermosetting, Epoxy Resins
11.02
Glass:
- Types of glass
- Composition of glass
- Uses of glass as industrial material
11.03
Adhesive:
- Types of Adhesive
- Its ingredients and uses sealant & joints fillers
11.04
Rubber:
- Characteristics of Rubber
- Types and uses of Rubber
11.05
Available forms of Aluminum as structural cladding & partition
Different type of bar section & their uses.
Books Recommended:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Workshop Technology
Heat Engine
Engineering Material
Engineering Material
6.
7.
Electrical Engineering
bathfu;fjax inkFkZ
oS|qr vfHk;kaf=dh
-
By Hazare and Choudhary
By Pandey & Saha
By Banga & Sharma
By Narang
-
By Uppal
tuknZu >k
Mhñvkjñ ukjk;.k
[03]
[03]
[03]
[05]
[03]
[16]
LANGUAGE & COMMUNICATION SKILL (ENGLISH & HINDI)
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
-
Subject Code
01105/ 02205
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale & Objective:
The primary aim of this course is to help technical students studying in Polytechnics and Engineering Institutes acquire
the skills of language and communication in order to be successful in their studies and subsequent professional life. It has been
found that in the world of work of diploma holder they have to perform various job functions like Letter Writing, maintaining
office records, drawing up tender notices, writing technical reports, communicating with sub-ordinate staff and/or labourer and
with superiors.
The curriculum has been designed to improve the knowledge of the Language, comprehension and its application to
develop communication skill.
The curriculum also seeks to develop the student's power of oral communication through effective use of body language
and necessarily puts knowledge to practice through exposure in varied form.
The curriculum has been designed both in English & Hindi languages.
S.No.
Group
1
2
A
B
Topic
ENGLISH
HINDI
Periods
Marks
30
30
50
50
Total:
60
GROUP - A [ENGLISH]
S.No.
01
02
03
04
05
06
100
Topic
A.
B.
Periods
Language Practice
Oral Communication
Comprehension
Paragraph Writing
Letter Writing
Tender Notice & Advertisement
Report Writing
[08]
[05]
[03]
[02]
[04]
[04]
[04]
Total:
CONTENTS:
TOPIC 01(A) - Language Practice:
01.01
Tenses of verbs
01.01.01
Writing about the Present
- Subject verb agreement
- Negative statements
- Is/ Are VERB - ed (is needed, are powered etc.)
01.01.02
Writing about the Past
- VERB - ed (Past Simple)
- Was/ Were VERB - ed (Past simple passive)
- Has/ Have VERB - ed
- Has/ Have been VERB - ed
- Has VERB - ed + VERB - ed (Past perfect + Past simple)
(The demonstration has already started before the office broke for lunch)
- Was/ Were VERB - ed + VERB - ed
(Past continuous + past simple)
30
[08]
01.01.03
01.02
01.03
01.04
01.05
01.06
Writing about the Future
- Shall/ Will VERB (Future simple)
- Shall/ Will be VERB - ed (Future simple passive)
Auxiliaries
- Use of can could, will would, shall should, may might etc.
(Drilling exercise with suitable examples to be done)
Word Formation
- Common roots in Technical English
- Noun endings, -tion, -ment, -ance, -ity, -logy, -meter, -metry, -or, -er etc.
- Prefixes that mean NOT: in, on, non, il, im, de, dis, mis, mal
- Words that end with: -ize, -ate, -ify
- Adjectives that end with: -al, -ic, -ical, -ar, -ary, -ory, -ing
Single Word Substitution
- Drilling of exercise
(Page No. 147 to 151 of Text Book)
Sentence Structure
- Completing, joining, reframing (for emphasis) and transformation of sentences
Punctuation
- Correct use of comma, semi-colon, colon, full stop, apostrophe, inverted commas, note of
exclamation, note of interruption, dash, brackets, hyphen, capital letters and italics.
TOPIC 01(B) - Oral Communication:
- Manners & basic etiquettes
- Body Language - the role of body postures, movements, gestures, facial expressions, dress
& make up in effective communication
- Information/ Desk/ Front Office/ Telephone conversation
(Practice with audio/ video cassettes
- Conduct while facing interviews (Mock Interview)
- Group discussions, debates, elocution
[05]
TOPIC 02 - Comprehension:
02.01
Prescribed unit from communication in English for Technical Students (Orient Longman):
i.
Uses of Mango Wastes
ii. Making Money in India
iii. Radar: its operation and benefits
iv. Technology for Mankind
[03]
TOPIC 03 - Paragraph Writing:
03.01
General – Specific
03.02
Process – Description
03.03
Problem – Solution
03.04
Data – Comment
[02]
TOPIC 04 – Letter/ Application Writing:
04.01
Official letters to an from higher authorities/ departments regarding administrative/
establishment/ financial matters.
04.02
Commercial letters regarding enquiries/ proposals for purchase/ service.
04.03
Drafting application for jobs - format, style & contents
[04]
TOPIC 05 - Tender Notice & Advertisement:
05.01
Inviting Tenders/ Quotations - format & contents, formalities involved, placing orders.
05.02
Drafting advertisements for 'situation vacant'/ 'situation wanted' columns, for sale/ purchase of
items etc.
[04]
TOPIC 06 - Report Writing:
06.01
Types, structure and utility of reports
06.02
Technical reports
06.02.01 Project reports
06.02.02 Enquiry reports
06.02.03 Stock verification reports etc.
(The teacher should help the students in the preparation of their project report)
[04]
Books Recommended:
Text Book:
1.
Communication in English for Technical Students
-
prepared by C.D.C., T.T.T.I.
Calcutta (Orient Longman)
Reference Books:
1.
An Intermediate English Practice Book
2.
Living English Structure
3.
Advance Learner's Dictionary
-
by S. Pit Corder (Orient Longman)
by W.S. Allen (Orient Longman)
by A.S. Hornby (O.U.P.)
GROUP - B [HINDI]
Øe lañ
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
ikB~;
Hkk"kk vH;kl
ekSf[kd lEçs"k.k
vifBr x|ka'k vkSj ç'uksÙkj
vuqPNsn ys[ku
i=@ vkosnu ys[ku
fufonk lwpuk ,oa foKkiu
çfrosnu ys[ku
O;k[;ku
[08]
[05]
[03]
[02]
[04]
[04]
[04]
dqy%
[30]
CONTENTS:
ikB~; 01 & Hkk"kk vH;kl%
01-01
01-01-01
01-01-02
01-01-03
01-02
01-02-01
01-03
01-04
'kCn jpuk
fo'ks"k.k
fo'ks"; vkSj fo'ks"k.k dh jpuk, fo'ks"k.k cukus ds dqN fu;e] in okpd fo'ks"k.k
ewy 'kCn] milxZ] çR;;
fons'kh 'kCnksa dk fgUnh ç;ksx
okD; jpuk
okD; dk :ikUrj] lkekU; okD;] okD; miokD;] okD; dh v'kqf);k¡] okD; esa dÙkkZ vkSj fØ;k
dk esy] laKk vkSj loZuke dk esy] okD;Kr ç;ksxA
fojke fpUgÐÐ
- foijhrkFkZd 'kCn
- ;qXe 'kCn
- vusd 'kCnksa ds fy, ,d 'kCn
- ,d 'kCn vkSj fofHké ç;ksx
- ,d 'kCn dk fofHké 'kCn Hksnksa esa ç;ksx
- la{ksi.k
[08]
ikB~; 02 & ekSf[kd laçs"k.k%
02-01
rkSj rjhds ,oa vk/kkjHkwr f'k"Vkpkj
02-02
'kkjhfjd Hkk"kk & 'kkjhfjd HkkoHkafxek }kjk lEçs"k.k] vfrfofgr] lafdr eq[kkd`fr }kjk lEçs"k.k]
iks'kkd rFkk çlk/ku }kjk çHkkodkjh lEçs"k.k
02-03
tkudkjh@ MsLd@ dk;kZy; dk vxzHkkx@ VsyhQksu okÙkkZyki
¼J"Vk@ n`'; dSlsVksa }kjk vH;kl½
02-04
vUrohZ{kk ds le; vkpj.k
02-05
lkewfgd ifjppkZ] okn&fookn] oDr`rk
ikB~; 03 & vifBr x|ka'k vkSj ç'uksÙkj%
lEc) ikB~;Øe lelkef;d if=dk] v[kokj ,oa iqLrd esa lEikndh; rFkk ys[k ij vk/kkfjr gksxsaA ijh{kk
vifBr vorj.kksa ij vk/kkfjr gksxh] 'kCnkFkZ] rdZ] fopkj] okD; lajpuk] okD; lajpuk ,oa ç;ksx ds lEcU/k
esa fo'ks"kdj oLrqfu"B ç'u iwNs tk;sxsaA
ikB~; 04 & vuqPNsn ys[ku%
04-01
lkekU; & fo'ks"k
04-02
çfØ;k & o.kZu
04-03
leL;k & lek/kku
04-04
vfdaNk & leh{kk
ikB~; 05 & i=@ vkosnu ys[ku%
05-01
mPpkf/kdkfj;ksa@ foHkkxksa ds lkFk ç'kklfud@ LFkkiuk@ foÙkh; ekeyksa ls lEcfU/kr i=kpkjA
05-02
iwNrkN@ Ø;@ lsok ls lEcfU/kr i=kpkjA
05-03
fu;kstu gsrq vkosnu
ikB~; 06 & fufonk lwpuk ,oa foKkiu%
06-01
fufonk@ dksVs'ku vkeaf=r djuk & :ijs[kk ,oa lanHkZ lEc) vkSipkfjdrk] vkns'kA
06-02
fjfDr;k¡@ vko';drk@ Ø;@ foØ; vkfn ds fy;s foKkiu dk çk:iA
ikB~; 07 & çfrosnu ys[ku%
07-01
çfronsu ds çdkj] lajpuk ,oa mi;ksfxrkA
07-02
rduhdh çfrosnu & ifj;kstuk çfrosnu] tk¡p çfrosnu vkfn ¼ifj;kstuk çfrosnu rS;kj djus
esa f'k{kd dks fo|kfFkZ;ksa dh enn djuh pkfg,½
fu/kkZfjr iqLrdsa
VsDLV cqd¼ikB~; iqLrd½@ jfnxZ iqLrdsa
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
vk/kqfud fgUnh O;kdj.k vkSj jpuk
fgUnh esa mUur fVIi.k vkSj lkj
fgUnh esa ç'kklfud i= ys[ku
fgUnh çk:i.k vkSj fVIi.k
f'k{kkFkhZ fgUnh 'kCndks'k
vaxzsth fgUnh 'kkldh; ç;ksx dks'k
-
Mkñ oklqnso uUnu çlkn] Hkkjrh Hkou] iVuk
jke fouk;d flag] yksd Hkkjrh çdk'ku] bykgkckn
jke fouk;d flag] yksd Hkkjrh çdk'ku] bykgkckn
eYgks=k] Ýstj jksM] iVuk
Mkñ gjnso okgjh] jkeiky ,.M lUl
xksihukFk JhokLro] le iky ,.M lUl
[05]
[03]
[05]
[04]
[04]
[04]
ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB
Subject Code
01106/ 02206
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
—
—
04
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
At Least ten experiments to be performed:
S.No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Experiment
Determination of diameter using Slide Callipers.
Determination of depth using Slide Callipers.
Measurement of diameter of wire using Screw Gauge.
Measurement of thickness using Screw Gauge.
Determination of thickness of a plate using Spherometer.
Measurement of radius of curvature of a Convex Surface using Spherometer.
Study the relation between length of a Simple pendulum and square of its time period.
Measurement of resistance using Post Office Box.
Verification of Laws of Series and parallel grouping of resistances using P.O. Box.
Determination of resistance using meter bridge.
Study relationship between current and potential difference at different lengths of meter
bridge (or potentiometer) wire.
Comparison of e.m.fs two cells using potentiometer.
Determination of angle of repose using inclined plane friction table and to find co-efficient of
friction.
Study of junction diode.
Comparison of illuminating power (luminous intensity) of two light sources using
Photoelectric Cell.
Books Recommended for Engineering Physics (Lab.):
1
2
Practical Physics
Practical Physics
-
3
4
Practical Physics
Practical Physics
-
5
Practical Physics
-
By N.N. Ghosh
Sharma Singh & Prasad
Bharti Bhawan Publication
By Durga Pd. Singh
By C.L. Arora
S. Chand & Co.
By K.K. Mahindroo
Pitambar Publishing Co., New Delhi
ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB
Subject Code
01107 02207
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
—
—
04
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
Rationale & Objective:
The Chemistry Lab. Practical has been introduced with a view to develop scientific attitude among the students. The topics (experiments) have
been chosen to develop skill among the students so that they can measure, differentiate and analyse the best results. This will help them solve
the engineering problems in their world of work.
S.No.
Topics
(At least ten experiments are to be performed)
1
Preparation of derivatives
2
Titration
3
Quantitative Analysis
4
Quantitative Analysis of Simple Inorganic Salts
5
Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis of drinking water
Periods
CONTENTS:
Topic: 01 - Preparation of derivatives
01.01
Preparation of Barium Sulphate from Barium Chloride.
01.02
Preparation of Copper Sulphate from Copper Carbonate.
01.03
Preparation of Copper Sulphate from Copper Nitrate.
01.04
Preparation of Copper Chloride from Copper Sulphate.
01.05
Preparation of Calcium Carbonate from Calcium Oxide.
Topic: 02 - Titration
02.01
Preparation N/10 solution of oxalic acid and Sodium Carbonate
02.02
Standarisation of the given solution of NaOH or KOH with the help of N/10 Oxalic acid solution.
02.03
Determination of the volume of a drop of water.
02.04
To determine the quantity of Na2CO3/litre in a mixture of Na2CO3 and NaOH solution.
Topic: 03 - Quantitative Analysis
03.01
Determination of percentage of calcium or calcium carbonate in a given sample of calcium carbonate.
03.02
Determination of percentage of moisture in a given sample of coal..
Topic: 04 - Qualitative Analysis
04.01
Analysis of simple inorganic salts containing not more than two radicals among the following :Pb++,
Hg++,
Cu++,
Cd++,
Bi+++,
As+++,
Sb+++,
Fe++
Al+++,
Cr+++,
Mn++,
Zn++,
Co++,
Ca++,
Sr++,
Ba++,
+
++
-K,
NH4 ,
Ci ,
Br ,
I,
NO3 ,
CO3 ,
SO4--,
NO2-
or
Mg++,
S--,
Topic: 05 - Qualitative & quantitative Analysis of Drinking Water
Note :Water samples from five different sources, Well, handpump, water supply etc. from neighbourhood to be
collected by each group of two students and following tests to be conducted :Qualitative Analysis (with the help of field test kits available) or the following :i.
Total Solid dissolved.
ii.
Chlorine.
iii.
Flourine.
iv.
Iron.
v.
Nitrite.
vi.
Nitrate.
vii.
Sulphide/Sulphate.
Quantitative Analysis in the laboratory
i.
ii.
iii.
pH-Value-By pH meter.
Chlorine- By Gravimetric method.
Sulphate- By Gravimetric method.
Fe+++,
Na+,
and
WORKSHOP PRACTICE
Subject Code
01108 /02208
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
—
—
04
No of Period in one session : 120
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
Rationale & Objective:
A Diploma holder technician must know how to work on shop floor. This helps to develop psychomotor skill and attitude. The
knowledge & skill to use machines, equipment, tools and measuring instruments is required to be developed. Safe handling of
machines and tools is also very important. So, it is essential for students of 1 st year to undergo basic workshop practical training.
The topics include practical works in carpentry, welding, fitting, smithy sheet metal shop & machine shop. It is required to
inculcate safe habits and attitude so that accidents are avoided at every step. Topics have been prescribed to fulfil these
objectives.
The students are supposed to come in proper workshop dress. Wearing shoes in the workshop is compulsory.
S.No.
Topic
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
Safety precautions and knowledge of hand tools
Duty & Responsibility of staffs working difference section.
Wood working (carpentry section)
Fitting Section
Blacksmithy Section
Welding
Sheet metal work
No. of Jobs
No. of Periods
-02
02
02
02
02
02
(03)
(03)
(30)
(30)
(20)
(19)
(15)
(120)
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 - SAFETY PRECAUTIONS & KNOWLEDGE OF HAND TOOLS:
01.01
01.02
[03]
Importance, general safety precautions on different shop floors.
Personal, tools and general safety.
TOPIC:02 Dution & responsibility of staff working in different sections
TOPIC: 03 - WOOD WORKING (CARPENTRY SECTION):
(03)
[30]
02.01
02.01.01
[03]
02.01.02
02.02
02.03
02.03.01
02.03.02
Carpentry Practice
Use of hand tools for holding drilling, cutting, marking & mixed tools such as vice, clamps, saw,
hammers, mallet, screwdriver etc.
Different carpenter joints & their application (Mortish & Tanon, Dovetail, half lap etc.
Identification of joint in a particular job articles of furniture items.
Jobs to be made:
Wall hanger
Pulse mixer
[03]
[04]
[20]
TOPIC: 04 - FITTING SECTION:
[30]
03.01
03.02
[03]
[05]
03.03
Importance of fitting operation such as chipping, sawing, filling, scraping, drilling, reaming etc.
Functions, classification of tools, work holding and clamping specific tools for example File
(length, type, grade of cut etc.) vices, cold chiesel, hand tools etc.
Use of hand dies & tape for pipe work (water and sans)
03.04
03.04.01
03.04.02
03.04.03
Fitting practice & jobs
Male female joint - 01
Chipping, Filling, Scraping - 01
Marking, fitting
[19]
[03]
TOPIC: 05 - BLACKSMITHY SECTION:
[20]
04.01
04.02
04.02.01
Introduction to smithy tools and their uses
Smithy Practice (forging)
Smithy operation such as offsetting, drawing, bending, welding round to square section and viceversa.
Jobs to be made:
Chiesel
Ring
Punch
Screw Driver
[03]
[03]
TOPIC: 06 - WELDING:
Before starting welding, the Foreman/ Instructor should show to the students the methods of line
testing, working of iron clad switches, knife switches.
By observation a student is able to:
- Identify welding materials
- Understand difference between gas welding & electric welding
- Understand difference between welding & soldering
- Know the materials which can be welded and materials which can not be welded.
[19]
[03]
05.01
05.02
[05]
04.03
04.03.01
04.03.02
04.03.03
04.03.04
05.03
05.03.01
05.03.02
05.04
Introduction to gas welding.
Use of welding equipment and tools and accessories including Personal Protective requirement
such as Boot, Gloves, safety goggles, Apron etc.
Welding Practice
Butt joint
'T' joint
Introduction to brazing process, filler material and fluxes application of brazing.
[14]
[11]
TOPIC: 07 - SHEET METAL WORK:
[15]
06.01
06.02
06.03
06.03.01
06.03.02
06.03.03
06.03.04
[03]
Introduction to sheet metal, procedure and safety precautions.
Aquaintance with sheet metal tools and their safe use.
Sheet metal practice.
Simple Development and cutting, bending and shearing of sheet metal
Marking
Filing & Finishing
Fabrication of a sheet metal:
- Cabinet
- Conical funnel
Books Recommended for Workshop Practice (Practical):
1.
2.
3.
Shop Theory
Workshop and Tools Hand Book
Workshop Technology
Reference Books:
1.
Workshop Practice
2.
Workshop Practice
-
By Anderson (Tata McGraw Hill)
Audel Series
Hajra & Choudhary
-
Rajeev Upadhayay,
by N.T.T.T.I. Chanandigarh
[03]
[09]
WORKSHOP PRACTICE
Subject Code
01109 /02209
Sessional
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
—
—
—
No of Period in one session :
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
60
Internal Exam.
:
40
S.No.
Topic
No. of Jobs
1.
Wood Work (carpentry section):
(a) Wall Hanger
(b) Pulse Mixer
01
01
Fitting Section:
(a) Male-Female joint
(b) Chipping, filing and scraping
01
01
Blacksmithy Section:
(a) Chiesel
(b) Ring
01
01
Welding Section:
(a) Butt joint
(b) "T" joint
01
01
Sheet Metal Work:
(a) Fabrication of a sheet metal cabinet
(b) Conical Funnel
01
01
2.
3.
4.
5.
(10) jobs
Scheme of Teaching and Examination for
III Semester DIPLOMA in CIVIL ENGINEERING BRANCH
THEORY
TEACHING
SCHEME
SL.
No
1
2
3
Periods
per
Week
Periods
in one
Session
Hours
of
Exam.
Terminal
Exam.
(A)
Marks
Final
Exam.
(B)
Marks
Total
Marks
(A+B)
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
Pass
Marks
in the
Subject
00301
6
60
3
20
80
100
26
36
00302
4
50
3
20
80
100
26
36
00303
4
50
3
20
80
100
26
36
SUBJECT
CODE
SUBJECTS
Professional
Mathematics
Engineering
Mechanics
Computer
Programming
Through 'C
EXAMINATION SCHEME
4
Hydraulic & Fluid
Mechanics
15304
4
60
3
20
80
100
26
36
5
Soil Mechanics
15305
4
60
3
20
80
100
26
36
Total :-
22
500
PRACTICAL
TEACHING
SCHEME
SL.
No.
SUBJECTS
SUBJECT
CODE
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Period
s per
Week
Periods
in one
Session
Hours of
Exam.
Marks
Internal
Exam.
(A)
Marks
External
Exam.
(B)
Total
Marks
(A+B)
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
Pass
Marks
in the
Subje
ct
6
Engineering
Mechanics
Lab.
00306
4
50
3
10
40
50
16
21
7
Computer
Programming
Through 'C
00307
6
60
3
10
40
50
16
21
Total :-
10
100
SESSIONAL
TEACHING
SCHEME
SL.
No.
SUBJECTS
SUBJECT
CODE
8
Hydraulic & Fluid
Mechanics
9
10
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Periods
per
Week
Periods
in One
Session
Marks of
Internal
Examiner (X)
Marks of
External
Examiner (Y)
Total
Marks
(X+Y)
Pass
Marks in
the
Subject
15308
4
50
20
30
50
25
Soil Mechanics
Lab.
15309
4
50
20
30
50
25
Disaster
management
15310
2
30
20
30
50
25
Total :-
Total Periods per Week
42
10
150
Total Marks
750
PROFESSIONAL MATHEMATICS
Subject Code
00301
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
00
00
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
A technical diploma holder is engaged generally as first line supervisor. He forms a bridge between workers and
management. He has to understand the language of the modern management and communicate with the workers in their
language. This subject will help accomplishment of the task in stipulated time, develop attitude towards cost effectiveness,
selection of most effective alternative methods. This course will also help the student to tackle different numerical methods
and computational techniques for problem solving in research organization as a programmer.
Objective:
The course enables students to.
•
Managerial skill based on mathematical footing
•
The ability to find approximate solutions and/or answers to the problems where analytical methods become more
complex.
•
To choose correct numerical techniques for a given problem.
Topics
Periods
S.No.
01
GROUP –A (Numerical Methods)
(20)
02
GROUP-B (Statistical Techniques)
(20)
03
GROUP-C (Management Techniques)
(20)
Total:
(60)
CONTENTS:
GROUP-A (NUMERICAL METHODS)
01.01
Introduction to Numerical methods: Approximation and errors (Truncation & Round off).
01.02
Numerical solutions of non-linear and Transcendental equations: Iterative methods. Newton-Raphson’s
method. Bisection method and Regula-Falsi method.
01.03
Solution of Linear Simultaneous Equations: Gaussian Elimination method and Gauss-Jordan method.
01.04
Finite Difference: Backward and forward Differences. Finite Difference Interpolation Formula. Newton’s
Forward Difference formula and Newton’s Backward Difference formula.
01.05
Numerical Differentiation & Integration: Newton’s forward and backward differentiation formula.
Trapezoidal Rule and Simpson’s 1/3 rule for numerical integration.
01.06
Difference equations. simple problem Only
GROUP-B
02.01
02.02
02.03
GROUP-C
03.01
03.01.01
03.01.02
03.01.03
03.01.04
03.01.05
03.02
(20)
(STATISTICAL TECHNIQUES)
Introduction to statistics: Measure of central tendencies: measures of dispersions: standard deviation and
variance for discrete and grouped data: assumed mean and step deviation methods.
Theory of Probability: Random events and their types. Probability of Events. Definitions. Laws of
Probability (Addition and Multiplication Laws)
Probability Distribution: Introduction to Arithmetic Mean and Standard Deviation of a probability
distribution. Important probability distribution – Binomial distribution. Poisson’s distribution & Their means
and variance.
[20]
(MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES)
Linear Models
Introduction to Operations Research (O.R) Steps of O.R.
Linear Programming Problems: Formulation of a LPP. Mathematical Modelling and Solution by graphical
method.
Solution by Simplex Method: Basic Feasible Solution (Degenerator and Non-degenerator)
Transportation problem: Introduction and Solution Procedure(i)
Finding the initial basic feasible solution by N-W Corner Rule, Least cost method and Vogel’s
Approximation Method.
(ii)
Test of optimality by u-v method only.
[20]
Assignment Problem: Introduction and Solution Procedure–Fundamental theory underlying Hungarian
Method.
Network Analysis. CPM & PERT: Introduction.
2
03.02.01
03.02.02
Basic concepts – Activities. Nodes. Edges. Networking of a project. Various times calculations. CPM to
determine the optimal project schedule.
PERT- Definition, difference between CPM & PERT. Pessimistic times, optimistic times. Most likely times
of various activities.
Books Recommended: Text Books
1.
Operations Research. Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 1990
2.
Operations Research. Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 1990
3.
Operations Research. Macmillan Publishing Co. New York, 1982
4.
Computer based numerical algorithm, East West Press, 1975
5.
Computer oriented numerical method, Prentice Hall India, 1980
3
-
Kanti Swaroop. P.K Gupta and Man Mohan
Heera & Gupta
H.A.Taha
E.V Krishna Murthy & S.V. Sen
V. Rajaraman
ENGINEERING MECHANICS
Subject Code
00302
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
00
00
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
The subject forms an important part of Engineering curricula for developing the concepts required in the design of
various structures. The subject deals with the basic concept of mechanic of body and the behaviour of material used in
practice and in structures under varying load conditions. The first part of the subject deals with the applied mechanics
science. Which describe the condition of body in rest or motion under the action of forces. In its preview come variety of
general and specialized engineering disciplines concerned with analysis of structures and machines and the mechanism of
their parts.
In the Second part, the principles of strength of materials is introduced in which the student will learn to
distinguish between different types of stress and strain and also the qualitative assessment of stress and strains in material
element under the action of internal forces.
Objective:
Knowledge Workers will be able to:
• Analyze and understand the physical behaviour of members of engineering structures.
• Acquire knowledge of various elements of structures.
• Utilise the basic principles.
• Develop skill to tackle field problem.
• Solve the problems by the application of basic principles.
• Judge the suitability of materials in design process.
S.No.
Topics
Periods
PART-A
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
Introduction
Vector Methods
Introduction to system of forces and equilibrium
Friction
Kinematics and kinetics of a particle
Kinematics and kinetics of rigid body
Impulse and Momentum
Work, Energy and Power
Total :
(02)
(02)
(06)
(04)
(03)
(02)
(02)
(04)
(25)
Total :
(07)
(03)
(02)
(05)
(08)
(25)
(50)
PART-B
01
02
03
04
05
Simple stress and strains
Elastic constants
Center of Gravity (Centroid)
Moment of Inertia
Shearing force and bending moments
CONTENTS:
PART-A
TOPIC: 01 – INTRODUCTION:
Idealisation of mechanics; Concept of rigid body; External forces (Body forces & surface forces) Law of Mechanics.
TOPIC: 02 VECTOR METHODS:
Equality and equivalence of vectors; Free and Bound vector; Moment of a force about a point and a line; Couple and moment of
a couple.
TOPIC: 03 – INDTRODUCTION TO SYSTEM OF FORCES AND EQUILIBRIUM:
Statically equivalent force system; simplest equivalent of a system of forces; force analysis, free body diagram,
equation of equilibrium.
4
[02]
[02]
[06]
TOPIC: 04 – FRICTION:
Basic Concept of different Friction (Static, Dynamic, Sliding, Rolling, Fluid).
TOPIC: 05 – KINEMATICS AND KINETICS OF A PARTICLE:
Rectilinear and curvilinear translations; normal and tangential component of acceleration.
TOPIC:06 – KINEMATICS AND KINETICS OF RIGID BODY:
Simple concept of Angular Velocity and angular acceleration. Effective forces on a rigid body. D’ Alembert’s
principle.
TOPIC:07 – IMPULSE AND MOMENTUM:
Linear impulse and linear momentum, angular impulse and angular momentum, definitions only;
TOPIC: 08 – WORK, ENERGY AND POWER:
Work done by forces and couples, potential and kinetic energy, work-energy; conservation of energy; concept of
power and efficiency.
[04]
[03]
[02]
[02]
[04]
PART-B
TOPIC: 01 – SIMPLE STREES & STRAIN:
01.01
01.02
01.03
01.04
[07]
Definition of various terms and their units (S.I. Units)
Stress and strain due to axial load and transverse load relation between stress and strain. Hook’s law. Studies of
stress strain curve. Factor of safety & working stress. Concepts of isotropic materials.
Stress & strain in simple section & composite bar. Stress & strain due to temperature variation.
Shrinking on hoop’s stresses.
TOPIC: 02 – ELASTIC STRESS & STRAIN:
02.01
Linear strain and lateral strain, poisson’s ratio, volumetric strain
02.02
Change in volume due to axial, biaxial & triaxial loading. Bulk modulus.
02.03
Shear stress and strain, modulus of rigidity.
02.04
Simple shear. Complementary shear stress.
02.05
Various Relations among modulus of elasticity, modulus of rigidity & bulk modulus.
[03]
TOPIC: 03 – CENTER OF GRAVITY (CENTROID):
03.01
Definition of center of gravity & centroid.
03.02
Determination of C.G of various sections symmetrical and unsymmetrical sections.
03.03
Determination of C.G. of perforated sections.
TOPIC: 04 – MOMENT OF INERTIA:
04.01
Definition of M.I.; radius of gyration, second moment of area.
04.02
Parallel axis theorem & perpendicular axis theorem.
04.03
Derivation of M.I. of regular area-rectangular, triangular circular about centroidal axis.
04.04
M.I. of built up section, symmetrical and unsymmetrical about centroidal axis, modulus of sections.
[02]
TOPIC: 05 – SHEARING FORCE & BENDING MOMENT:
05.01
Types of beams and types of supports, types of loading.
05.02
Concept and definitions of shear force and bending moment, sign convention.
05.03
Shear force and bending moment diagrams for cantilever, simply supported beam, over hanging beam
for various types of loading & couples, point of contraflexure.
05.04
Relation between B.M, S.F. and rate of loading.
[08]
Books Recommended:
Text Books
1.
Strength of Materials
2.
Mechanics of Structure
3.
Strength of Materials
4.
Theory of Structure
5.
Strength of Materials & Mechanics of Structure.
6.
Teaching plans of Strength of Material
nzO; lkeF;Z
7.
8.
Engineering Mechanics
9.
Engineering Mechanics
-
R.S. Khurmi
S.B. Junarkar
Ramamrutham
Vazirini & Ratwani
Punamia
T.T.T.I. Madras
xq:pj.k flag
I.H. Shames
Beer & Johnson
10.
-
S.K. Singh
Strength of material
5
[05]
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING THROUGH C
Subject Code
00303
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
00
00
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
Computers play a vital role in present day life, more so, in the professional life of technician engineers. In order to
enable the students use the computers effectively in problem solving, this course offers the modern programming language
C along with exposition to various engineering applications of computers.
Objective:
The objectives of this course are to make the students able to:
•
Develop efficient algorithms for solving a problem.
•
Use the various constructs of a programming language viz. conditional, iteration and recursion.
•
Implement the algorithms in “C” language.
•
Use simple data structures like arrays, stacks and linked list solving problems.
•
Handling File in “C”.
S.No.
Topics
Periods
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
Introduction to Programming
Algorithm for Problem Solving
Introduction to ‘C’ Language
Condition and Loops
Arrays
Functions
Structures and Unions
Pointers
(03)
(08)
(08)
(07)
(07)
(07)
(04)
(06)
(50)
Total :
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 – INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING:
The Basic Model of Computation, Algorithms, Flow-charts, Programming Languages, Compilation, Linking
and Loading, Testing and Debugging, Documentation. Programming Style-Names, Documentation & Format,
Refinement & Modularity.
TOPIC: 02 – ALGORITHM FOR PROBLEM SOLVING:
Exchanging values of two variables, summation of a set of numbers. Reversing digits of an integer, GCD
(Greatest Common Division) of two numbers. Test whether a number is prime. Organize numbers in
ascending order. Find square root of a number, factorial computation, Fibonacci sequence. Compute sine
Series. Check whether a given number is Palindrome or not. Find Square root of a quadratic equation.
multiplication of two matrices,
TOPIC: 03 – INTRODUCTION TO ‘C’ LANGUAGE:
03.01
Character set, Variable and Identifiers, Built-in Data Types, Variable Definition, Declaration, C
Key Words-Rules & Guidelines for Naming Variables.
03.02
Arithmetic operators and Expressions, Constants and Literals, Precedence & Order of Evaluation.
03.03
Simple assignment statement. Basic input/output statement.
03.04
Simple ‘C’ programs of the given algorithms
TOPIC: 04 – CONDITIONAL STATEMENTS AND LOOPS:
04.01
Decision making within a program
04.02
Conditions, Relational Operators, Logical Perator.
04.03
If statement, it-else statement.
04.04
Loop statements
04.05
Break, Continue, Switch
TOPIC: 05 – ARRAYS:
What is an Array?, Declaring an Array, Initializing an Array.
One dimensional arrays: Array manipulation: Searching, Insertion, Deletion of an element from an array;
Finding the largest/smallest element in array; Two dimensional arrays, Addition/Multiplication of two
matrices.
6
[03]
[08]
[08]
[07]
[07]
TOPIC: 06 – FUNCTIONS:
Top-down approach of problem solving. Modular programming and functions, Definition of Functions
Recursion, Standard Library of C functions, Prototype of a function: Formal parameter list, Return Type,
Function call, Passing arguments to a Function: call by reference; call by value.
TOPIC: 07 – STRUCTURES AND UNIONS:
Basic of Structures, Structures variables, initialization, structure assignment, Structures and arrays: arrays of
structures,
TOPIC: 08 – POINTERS:
Concept of Pointers, Address operators, pointer type declaration, pointer assignment, pointer initialization
pointer arithmetic.
Book Recommended:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Programming with C. Second Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill,
2000
How to solve by Computer, Seventh Edition, 2001, Prentice
hall of India.
Programming with ANSI-C, First Edition, 1996, Tata
McGraw hill.
Programming with ANSI & Turbo C. First Edition, Pearson
Education.
Programming with C. First Edition, 1997, Tara McGraw
hill.
The C Programming Language, Second Edition, 2001,
Prentice Hall of India.
Programming in C, Vikash Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,
Jungpura, New Delhi.
Programming with C Language, Tara McGraw Hill, New
Delhi.
Elements of C, Khanna Publishers, Delhi.
Programming in C.
Programming in C, khanna Publishers, Delhi.
Let us C, BPB Publication, New Delhi.
Programming in C, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd.
Dariyaganj, New Delhi.
The Art of C Programming, Narosa Publishing House, New
Delhi.
Problem Solving and Programming. Prentice Hall
International.
C made easy, McGraw Hill Book Company, 1987.
Software Engineering, McGraw Hill, 1992.
Pointers in C, BPB publication, New Delhi.
7
-
Byron Gottfried
-
R.G. Dromey
-
E. Balaguruswami
-
A. Kamthane
-
Venugopla and Prasad
-
B. W. Kernighan & D.M. Ritchie
-
R. Subburaj
-
C. Balagurswami
-
M. H. Lewin
Stephen G. Kochan
B. P. Mahapatra
Yashwant kanetkar
Kris A. Jamsa
-
Jones, Robin & Stewart
-
A.C. Kenneth
-
H. Schildt
R.S. Pressman
Yashwant Kanetkar
[07]
[04]
[06]
Hydraulics & Fluid Mechanics
Subject Code
15304
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
0
0
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
The Civil Engineering studies involve behaviour of fluids both in static & dynamic stages. The behaviour of fluid
and its pressure characteristics when flowing in closed conduit or in open channels has to be studied & analysed for its
proper handling. Hydraulics & Hand Machines’’ is to be introduced in the curriculum.
Objective:
The study is to introduce the student with topics of fluid properties, fluid statics & dynamics, its flow
characteristics in close conduits & open channels. This will enable the student understand the flow in pipes as encountered
in planning & sanitary arrangements and open channel flow as open encountered in irrigation channels.
The curriculum has been divided into the following topics, given below:
S.No.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
Topics
Fluid Properties
Hydrostatics
Buoyancy
Hydro-Kinematics
Measurement of flow
Flow over notch and weirs
Flow in Pipes
Flow through open channel
Pumps & Hydraulics Machines
Total :
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 – FLUID PROPERTIES:
01.01
Basic ideas of fluid.
01.02
Physical Properties of fluid.
01.03
Brief study of fluid Properties like density, specitic weight, Surface tension, visocosity.
01.04
Liquid commonly used in hydraulics.
01.05
Normal values of parameters for water.
01.06
Definition of fluid Mechanics and ideal fluids.
01.07
Knowledge of units and dimensions of various Parameters like discharge, Pressure, Pressure head, energy and
Power.
TOPIC: 02 – HYDROSTATICS:
02.01
Total liquid pressure.
02.02
Intensity of liquid pressure and pressure head.
02.03
Atmospheric pressure, pressure gague, Negative pressure and absolute pressure.
02.04
Laws of Liquid pressure.
02.05
Piezometer, simple manometer, Different manometer, inverted manometer.
02.06
Total pressure on plane immersed surface.
02.07
Centre of pressure and its location for horizontal vertical and inclined surfaces.
TOPIC: 03 – BUOYANCY:
03.01
Buoyent force and center of buoyancy.
03.02
Kinds of equilibrium of a floating Buoyancy Stable, unstable and neutral Equilibrium.
03.03
Concept of Meta-centre and Meta-centric Height.
TOPIC: 04 – HYDRO-KINEMATICS:
04.01
States of Flow-Laminar and Turbulent,
04.02
Types of Flow-Steady and unsteady, uniform and non-uniform sub critical and super critical, compressible and
non compressible.
04.03
Reylonds Number, Frounds Number and Webber Number.
04.04
Equation of continuity for one dimensional steady flow.
04.05
Datum head, velocity head, Pressure head and total head.
04.06
Bernoulli’s Equation and its proof, Modified Bernoulli’s Equation.
04.07
Pitot tube-Principle and its use.
04.08
Venturimeter.
04.08.01
Coefficient of Venturimeter.
04.08.02
Discharge of Venturimeter.
8
Periods
(06)
(10)
(04)
(09)
(05)
(05)
(04)
(12)
(05)
(60)
[06]
[10]
[04]
[09]
04.08.03
Application of Venturimeter.
TOPIC: 05 – MEASUREMENT OF FLOW:
05.01
Orifice.
05.01.01
Orifices and its types-small and orifices, free and drowned orifices.
05.01.02
Flow through
(a)
Sharp edged small orifices & loss of head at sharp edged small orifices.
(b)
Sharp edged Large orifice of Rectangular shape.
(c)
Drowned orifice (sharp edged or bell mouthed) of any shape.
(d)
Partially submersed Rectangular orifice.
05.01.03
Velocity or Approach and its effect.
05.01.04
Mouth Piece-External Cylindrical Mouth Piece.
[05]
TOPIC: 06 – FLOW OVER NOTCHES AND WEIRS:
06.01
Notches & weirs, its shape.
06.02
Narrow crested, Broad Crested and submerged weir.
06.03
Flow through Rectangular, triangular, and trapezoidal notches, cipalleti, Francis Formula and contraction.
TOPIC: 07 – FLOW IN PIPES:
07.01
Definition of Hydraulic gradient line & Total energy line.
07.02
Losses in pipe.
07.03
Concept of equivalent pipe .
07.04
Simple idea of water hammer (excluding Numerical problems).
[05]
TOPIC: 08 – FLOW THROUGH OPEN CHANNEL:
08.01
Steady uniform flow through rectangular and trapezoidal channels
08.02
Chazy’s and Minning’s formula.
08.03
Channel of most efficient cross section-Rectangular and Trapezoidal.
08.04
Specific energy diagram.
08.05
Super critical, sub critical and critical depth of Flow.
08.06
Hydraulic jump.
08.06.01
Hydraulic jump with the help of specific energy diagram.
08.06.02
Formation and use of Hydraulic jump.
08.06.03
Elementary idea of standing wave flume without Mathematical treatment.
TOPIC: 09 – PUMPS & HYDRAULIC MACHINE:
09.01
Pumps and its type. (Working principle only, excluding numerical problems).
TOPIC: 10 – HYDRAULIC MACHINE:
10.01
Hydraulics transmission of power. Hydraulic Power system.
10.05
Impulse and reaction turbine.
10.06
Power Station-Components. Working principle and their uses only.
[12]
[04]
[06]
Books Recommended:
Text Books
1.
Hydraulics, Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machine (Hindi). M. B. K.
2.
Hydraulics, Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machine, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi.
3.
Fundamental Principle of Hydraulics, Charotar Book Stall, Anand.
4.
Hydraulics & Hydraulic Machinery, T.M.H.
5.
Hydraulics & Fluid Mechanics.
Reference Books
-
J. Lal
Shariff
V. B. Priyani
T.T.T.I.
Dr. Jagdish Lal
1.
2.
-
S. Nagaratnam
Modi and Seth
Fluid Mechanics,
Hydraulics, Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machine, S. B. H.
9
[04]
SOIL MECHANICS
Subject Code
15305
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
00
00
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale & Objective:
Soil Mechanics is a well recognized subject of Civil Engineering now a days and its study is considered
essential for technicians in effective execution and maintenance of a number of Civil Engineering activities like
foundation, rigid and flexible pavements, underground dams etc. the mission of technical education is to
develop technical man-power which can be utilized for effective and efficient implementation of modern Civil
Engineering Projects by theoretical and practical analysis of soil under project area. For fulfillment of this
primary objective, the following topics with the contents are included in this curriculum. This curriculum will
be able to generate multiple effects in developing knowledge as well as appropriate skill of technicians and it
will be helpful in creation of attitude of this towards application of Soil Mechanics in Civil Engineering works
for strength and durability of the structures.
S.No.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
Topics
Introduction
Basic Properties of Soil
Determination of Index Properties of Soil
Classification of Soil
Soil Structure
Permeability
Compaction
Shear Strength of Soil
Earth Pressure
Bearing Capacity
Foundation Engineering
Miscellaneous Topics
Periods
(02)
(05)
(07)
(04)
(03)
(06)
(04)
(04)
(06)
(05)
(08)
(06)
Total :
(60)
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 – INTRODUCTION:
01.01
Basic concept of Soil and its formation.
01.02
Definition of Soil Mechanics & its application in Civil Engineering Works.
01.03
Acquaintance with Indian Soil in general & Soil of Bihar in particular
TOPIC: 02 – BASIC PROPERTIES OF SOIL:
02.01
Soil mass as a three phase system.
02.02
Definition and brief explanation of Water content, unit weights, specific gravity, void ratio, Porosity, degree of
saturation, percentage of air voids, air content and Density index.
02.03
Functional Relationship among above parameters.
02.04
Numerical problems based on above topics.
TOPIC: 03 – DETERMINATION OF INDEX PROPERTIES OF SOIL:
03.01
Water content determination by (i) even drying methods, (ii) Sand Bath Method and (iii) Pycnometer method.
03.02
Laboratory Method for determination of Specific gravity.
03.03
Particle Size Distribution-Basic Concept.
03.03.01
Methodology of Sieve analysis.
03.03.02
Sedimentation Analysis-Theory and Limitation, Stoke’s law
03.03.03
Consistancy of Soil-Brief idea including Atterberg limits.
03.04
Fundamental concept of Liquid limit, plastic limit & shrinkage limit and their determination in the laboratory.
03.04.01
Simple idea of plasticity, consistency index.
03.04.02
Simple Numerical Problems related to above topics.
TOPIC: 04 – CLASSIFICATION OF SOIL:
04.01
Objects of Classification.
04.02
Properties of Soil Classification.
04.03
System of Soil Classification :(i)
Particle Size Classification
(ii)
Textural Classification.
(iii)
Highway Research Board Classification
(iv)
Indian Soil Classification
[02]
TOPIC: 05 – PERMEABILITY:
[06]
06.01
Introduction-Discharge Velocity & Seepage Velocity.
10
[05]
[07]
[04]
06.02
Head, Gradient & Potential.
06.03
Darcy’s law and its limitations.
06.04
Factors affecting permeability.
06.05
Laboratory methods for determination of coefficient of permeabilithy-Constant head & falling head methods.
06.06
Simple Numerical Problems on above topics.
TOPIC: 06 – COMPACTION & CONSOLIDATION:
07.01
Theory of Compaction and factors influencing compacted density of soil.
07.02
Brief description of laboratory tests related to compaction of soil-Standard Proctor test & Modified Standard
Proctor Test.
07.03
Effect of Compaction on Soil Properties.
07.04
BASUC CONCEPT OF CONSOLIDATION & Coefficient of consolidation.
TOPIC: 07 – SHEAR STRENGTH OF SOIL:
08.01
Brief idea of Shear strength and Stress Analysis by Mohr’s Circle.
08.02
Mohr-Coulomb Failure Theory.
08.03
Measurement of Shear Strength of soil by
(i)
Direct Shear Test
(ii)
Triaxial Compression Test.
TOPIC: 08 – EARTH PRESSURE:
09.01
Basic Concept of active earth pressure, Passive earth pressure and Earth pressure at rest.
09.02
Rankine’s theory-its assumptions and application in the determination of active earth pressure & passive earth pr.
Simple cases.
TOPIC: 09 – BEARING CAPACITY:
10.01
Definition of bearing capacity, Gross pressure intensity, Net pressure intensity, ultimate bearing capacity, Net
ultimate bearing capacity, Net safe bearing capacity and allowable bearing pressure etc.
10.02
Rankine’s Analysis for determination of minimum depth of foundation.
10.03
Terzaghi’s Analysis-Assumptions & Limitations.
TOPIC: 10 – FOUNDATION ENGINEERING:
11.01
Pile Foundations-Common types of piles.
11.01.01
Pile Driving-types of hammer
11.01.02
Load carrying capacity of piles by static & dynamic formulae-Basic numerical problems related to it.
11.01.03
Pile Load Test & Cycle Load Test.
11.01.04
Group Action in Pile-Efficiency of Pile group & settlement of pile group in clay.
11.01.05
Under-reamed Pile.
11.02
Concept of well foundation.
TOPIC: 11 – MISCELLENEOUS TOPICS:
12.01
Clay Mineralogy- Kaolinite, Montimorillonite & Illite, Minerals of clay.
12.02
Soil Stabilisation- Brief introductions.
Books Recommended:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering Standard Book
House, Delhi – 110006
Soil Engineering in Theory and Practice Volume 1 & 2. C.
B. S. Publishers & Distributors, Delhi-110006
Engineering Properties of Soil. T. M. H.
Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering, Khanna
Publishers, Delhi- 110006
Soil Testing, Khanna Publishers, Delhi -110006
Problems on Soil Mechanics, khanna Publishers, Delhi110006
Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering, Standard
Publishers Distributors, Delhi- 110006
e`nk ;kaf=dh ,oa uhao baftfu;kjh] Standard Publishers
Distributors, Delhi- 110006
e`nk ;kaf=dh
Relevant B. I. S. Codes
11
-
Dr. B. C. Punamia
-
Dr. G. R. Choudhary
-
S. K. Gulati
S. K. Gerg
-
S. Mithal
B. P. Verma
-
K. R. Arora
-
HkxhjFk yky xqIrk
-
MkWñ tsñ >k
[07]
[04]
[06]
[05]
[08]
[06]
ENGINEERING MECHANICS Lab.
Subject Code
00306
L
04
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
T
P/S
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
Rationale & Objectives:
The Engineering Mechanics Laboratory is a subject which will help technician to understand the application of
theory that he has studied in practice by performing experiments and verifying results.
Besides the above the objective of the curriculum with effective skill will be developed in them to observe
experimental data, and to analyse the results.
These topics of this curriculum will certainly build their confidence in performing the utilization of principle of
mechanics in Civil Engineering works.
CONTENTS:
Eight experiments to be performed in the Laboratory:
1.
Determination of elongation of wire under external load.
2.
Tensile Test on mild steel specimen.
3.
Tensile Test on high tensile specimen.
4.
Compression Test on metal.
5.
Compression Test on bricks.
6.
Determination of Young’s Modulus of Elasticity of wire.
7.
Determination of reaction at the support of beam.
8.
Determination of bending moment of a simply supported beam.
9.
Determination of reaction at the support of roof truss.
10.
Determination of deflection of beams.
11.
Determination of moment of inertia of fly wheel.
12.
Determination of bending moment of a over hanging beam.
13.
Verification of Polygon Law of forces.
14.
Verification of Triangle Law of forces.
15.
To find moment of inertia of fly wheel.
16.
Compression Test on metal.
17.
Tensile Test on M. S. specimen
18.
Determination of co-efficient of friction on inclined plane.
Books Recommended:
Text Books
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
vfHk;kaf=d ;kaf=dh
-
tsñ dsñ diwj
Strength of Materials
Mechanics of Structure, Vol. I
Strength of Materials
Engineering Mechanics and Strength of Materials
Teaching plans of Strength of Material
-
Bininder Singh
S.B. Junarkar.
R.S. Khurmi.
I.B. Prasad.
T.T.T.I. Madras
12
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING THROUGH ‘C’
Subject Code
00307
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
00
03
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
CONTENTS:
List of Practicals:
1.
Programming exercise on executing a C program.
2.
Programming exercise on editing C program.
3.
Programming exercise on defining variables and assigning values to variable.
4.
Programming exercise on arithmetic and relational operations.
5.
Programming exercise on arithmetic expressions and their evaluation
6.
Programming on infix, postfix, transformation using stack.
7.
Programs on array implementation.
Books Recommended:
1.
How to solve it by Computer, Prentice Hall of India, 1992.
- R.G. Dromey.
2.
The C Programming Language, Prentice Hall of India, 1989.
-B.W. Kernighan & D.M.
Ritchie.
3.
The Spirit of C Programming, Jaico Publishing House, New Delhi, 1987.
- Cooper, Mullish
4.
Application Programming in C. Macmillain International editions, 1990.
- Richa’d JohnsonBaugh & Martin Kalin
5.
The Art of C Programming, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi.
- Jones, Robin & Stewart
6.
Problem Solving and Programming. Prentice Hall International.
- A.C. Kenneth.
7.
C made easy, McGraw Hill Book Company, 1987.
- H. Schildt
8.
Software Engineering, McGraw Hill, 1992.
- R.S. Pressman
9.
Programming in C, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Jungpura, New Delhi
- R. Subburaj
10.
Programming with C language, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
- C. Balaguruswami
11.
Elements of C, Khanna Publishers. Delhi
- M. H. Lewin
12.
Programming in C
- Stephan G. Kochan.
13.
Programming in C, Khanna Publishers. New Delhi
- B.P. Mahapatra
14.
Let us C, BPB Publication. New Delhi
- Yashwant Kanetkar
15.
Programming in C, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd. Dariyaganj, New Delhi.
- Kris A. Jamsa
13
HYDRAULICS LAB.
Subject Code
15308
SESSIONAL
L
04
No. of Periods Per Week
T
P/S
00
02
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
30
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
Experimental verification of the mathematical calculations in operation of some of the hydraulic machines in
theory will be useful in service area.
Objective:
It will help student to conduct and operate the hydraulic equipments and know the results, then he can compare
their results with mathematical calculations. He will also be able to find out the experimental errors which normally occurs.
CONTENTS
Journals based on any eight experiments performed in the Laboratory is to be prepared.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Measurement of pressure by piezometre and pressure gauges.
Verification of Bernouli’s theorem.
Discharge through venturimeter.
Determination of Cv, Cc and Cd through sharp edged circular orifice.
Determination of Coefficient of discharge through a rectangular notch.
Determination of Coefficient of discharge through a triangular notch.
Determination of Coefficient of discharge through a rectangular weir or trapezoidal weir.
Determination of loss of head due to friction for a given pipe.
Determination of metacentric height of a floating body.
Determination of critical value of Reynold’s number.
Determination of time o emptying a tank.
Determination of velocity head by Pitot tube.
Study of working principle of centrifugal pump.
Study of working principles of Reciprocating pump.
Study of working principle of a pelton wheel.
Study of working principles of a francis turbine.
14
SOIL MECHANICS LAB.
Subject Code
15309
SESSIONAL
L
04
No. of Periods Per Week
T
P/S
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
30
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale & Objective:
The Soil Mechanics Laboratory is essential as soil posses a variety of physical properties, most of, which are not
constant. This diversity in the nature of the soil need experimental analysis of the soil be performed by the technicians. For
this purpose, the present curriculum envisages the skill development of the technicians in performing experiments as well
as the presentation and analysis of the experimental data. It will be helpful in building confidence among the technicians in
selecting/designing the appropriate components of Civil Engg. works.
CONTENTS
P r epa rat ion of Jo urnal bas ed o n any Eig ht e x p e r im en t s o f t h e f o l lo w i n g :
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Determination of water content by Oven Drying Method.
Determination of water content by Sand Bath Method.
Determination of Specific gravity of soil by Density Bottle.
Determination of Specific gravity of soil by Pycnometer.
Determination of Field Density by Water Displacement Method.
Determination of Field Density by Core Cutter Method.
Determination of Field Density by Sand Replacement Method.
Determination of Grain Size Distribution by Sieving.
Determination of Grain Size Distribution by Hydrometer.
Determination of Liquid Limit of Soil.
Determination of Plastic Limit of Soil.
Determination of Shrinkage Limit of Soil.
Determination of Permeability by Constant Head Test.
Determination Permeability by Falling Head Test.
Determination of Compaction of Soil by Standard Proctor Test.
Determination of Compaction of Soil by Modified Proctor Test.
Books Recommended:
Text Books
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering, Standard Book House, Delhi-110006
Soil Engineering in Theory and Practice Volume-1 & 2, C. B. S. Publishers & Distributors,
Delhi-110006
Engineering Properties of Soil, T. M. H.
Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering, Khanna Publishers, Delhi- 110006
Soil Testing, Khanna Publishers, Delhi-110006
Problems on Soil Mechanics, Khanna Publishers, Delhi-110006
Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering, Standard Publishers Distributors, Delhi-110006
e`nk ;kaf=dh ,oa uhao baftfu;jh] Standard Publishers Distributors, Delhi-110006
e`nk ;kaf=dh
Relevant B. I. S. Codes
15
-
Dr. B. C. Punamia
Dr. Alam Singh &
Dr. G. R. Choudhary
S. K. Gulati
S. K. Gerg
S. Mithal
B. P. Verma
K. R. Arora
HkxksjFk yky xqIrk
MkWñ tsñ >k
DISASTER MANAGEMENT
Subject Code
15310
SESSIONAL
L
-
No. of Periods Per Week
T
P/S
02
No of Period in one session :
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
30
Internal Exam.
:
20
Course Objective:
The Course would focus on types of hazards Disasters. The main objective is to study the emerging
approaches in Disaster Reduction & Management. The emphasis will be on programmes of National &
International organization for Disaster preparedness, Mitigation and awareness.
Expected Learning Outcome:
The students who shall take this course can prepare hazard zonation maps through education on
Disasters and Community Involvement. Teaching will include field trip & interaction with
programmes of disaster research & mitigation by national organizations
Journal will be Prepared on each unit
Unit-I
Types of Environmental hazards & Disasters
a)
b)
Natural hazards and Disasters
Man induced hazards & Disasters
Earthquake Hazards/ disasters
Causes of Earthquakes
Distribution of earthquakes
Hazardous effects of earthquakes
Earthquakes Hazards in India
Human adjustment, perception & mitigation of earthquake.
Floods Hazards/ disasters
Causes of floods
Flood hazards India
Flood control measures (Human adjustment, perception & mitigation)
Unit –II
Emerging approaches in Disaster Management- Three Satges
1.
Pre- disaster stage (preparedness)
a)
b)
c)
d)
Preparing hazard zonation maps, Predictability/ forcasting & warning
Preparing disaster preparedness plan
Land use zoning
Preparedness through (IEC) Information, education & Communication Predisaster stage (mitigation)
16
e)
f)
g)
2.
Emergency Stage
a)
b)
c)
3.
Disaster resistant house construction
Population reduction in vulnerable areas
Awareness
Rescue training for search & operation at national & regional level
Immediate relief
Assessment surveys
Post Disaster stage-Rehabilitation
a)
b)
c)
d)
Political Administrative Aspect
Social Aspect
Economic Aspect
Environment Aspect
Unit-III
Natural Disaster Reduction & Management
a)
b)
c)
Provision of Immediate relief measures to disaster affected people
Prediction of Hazards & Disasters
Measures of adjustment to natural hazards
References
R.B. Singh (Ed) Environmental Geography, Heritage Publishers New Delhi, 1990
Savinder Singh Environmental Geography, Prayag Pustak Bhawan,1997
Kates, B.I & white, G.F The Environment as Hazards, oxford, New York, 1978
R.B. Singh (Ed) Disaster Management, Rawat Publication, New Delhi, 2000
H.K. Gupta (Ed) Disaster Management, Universiters Press, India, 2003
R.B. Singh, space Technology for Disaster Mitigation in India (INCED), University of Tokyo, 1994
Dr. Satender, Disaster Management in Hills, Concept Publishing Co., New Delhi, 2003
A.S. Arya Action Plan for Earthquake,Disaster, Mitigation in V.K. Sharma (Ed) Disaster Management
IIPA Publication New Delhi,1994
R.K. Bhandani An overview on Natural & Man made Disaster & their Reduction, CSIR, New Delhi
M.C. Gupta Manuals on Natural Disaster Management in India, National Centre for Disaster
Management, IIPA, New Delhi, 2001
17
Scheme of Teaching and Examination for
III Semester DIPLOMA in COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING BRANCH
THEORY
TEACHING
SCHEME
SL.
No
1
2
3
4
5
SUBJECTS
Professional
Mathematics
Engineering
Mechanics
Computer
Programming
Through 'C'
Computer
Organisation &
Architecture
Operating
System
SUBJECT
CODE
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Periods
per
Week
Periods
in one
Session
Hours
of
Exam.
Terminal
Exam. (A)
Marks
Final
Exam. (B)
Marks
Total
Marks
(A+B)
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
Pass
Marks
in the
Subject
00301
6
60
3
20
80
100
26
36
00302
4
50
3
20
80
100
26
36
00303
4
50
3
20
80
100
26
36
18304
4
50
3
20
80
100
26
36
18305
4
50
3
20
80
100
26
36
Total :-
22
500
PRACTICAL
TEACHING
SCHEME
SL.
No.
6
7
8
SUBJECTS
Engineering
Mechanics Lab.
Computer
Programming
Through 'C'
Computer
Organisation &
Architecture
SUBJECT
CODE
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Periods
per
Week
Periods
in one
Session
Hours
of
Exam.
Marks
Internal
Exam.
(A)
Marks
External
Exam.
(B)
Total
Marks
(A+B)
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
Pass
Marks in
the
Subject
00306
4
50
3
10
40
50
16
21
00307
6
60
3
10
40
50
16
21
18308
4
50
3
10
40
50
16
21
Total :-
14
150
SESSIONAL
TEACHING
SCHEME
SL.
No.
9
SUBJECTS
Operating
System
SUBJECT
CODE
18309
Total :-
Total Periods per Week
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Periods
per
Week
Periods
in One
Session
Marks of Internal
Examiner (X)
Marks of External
Examiner (Y)
Total
Marks
(X+Y)
Pass
Marks in
the
Subject
6
60
40
60
100
50
6
42
100
Total Marks
750
PROFESSIONAL MATHEMATICS
Subject Code
00301
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
00
00
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
A technical diploma holder is engaged generally as first line supervisor. He forms a bridge between
workers and management. He has to understand the language of the modern management and communicate with the
workers in their language. This subject will help accomplishment of the task in stipulated time, develop attitude
towards cost effectiveness, selection of most effective alternative methods. This course will also help the student to
tackle different numerical methods and computational techniques for problem solving in research organization as a
programmer.
Objective:
The course enables students to.
•
Managerial skill based on mathematical footing
•
The ability to find approximate solutions and/or answers to the problems where analytical methods become
more complex.
•
To choose correct numerical techniques for a given problem.
Topics
Periods
S.No.
01
GROUP –A (Numerical Methods)
(20)
02
GROUP-B (Statistical Techniques)
(20)
03
GROUP-C (Management Techniques)
(20)
Total:
(60)
CONTENTS:
GROUP-A (NUMERICAL METHODS)
01.01
Introduction to Numerical methods: Approximation and errors (Truncation & Round
off).
01.02
Numerical solutions of non-linear and Transcendental equations: Iterative methods.
Newton-Raphson’s method. Bisection method and Regula-Falsi method.
01.03
Solution of Linear Simultaneous Equations: Gaussian Elimination method and GaussJordan method.
01.04
Finite Difference: Backward and forward Differences. Finite Difference Interpolation
Formula. Newton’s Forward Difference formula and Newton’s Backward Difference
formula.
01.05
Numerical Differentiation & Integration: Newton’s forward and backward differentiation
formula. Trapezoidal Rule and Simpson’s 1/3 rule for numerical integration.
01.06
Difference equations. simple problem Only
GROUP-B
02.01
02.02
02.03
GROUP-C
03.01
03.01.01
03.01.02
03.01.03
03.01.04
(20)
(STATISTICAL TECHNIQUES)
Introduction to statistics: Measure of central tendencies: measures of dispersions:
standard deviation and variance for discrete and grouped data: assumed mean and step
deviation methods.
Theory of Probability: Random events and their types. Probability of Events. Definitions.
Laws of Probability (Addition and Multiplication Laws)
Probability Distribution: Introduction to Arithmetic Mean and Standard Deviation of a
probability distribution. Important probability distribution – Binomial distribution.
Poisson’s distribution & Their means and variance.
[20]
(MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES)
Linear Models
Introduction to Operations Research (O.R) Steps of O.R.
Linear Programming Problems: Formulation of a LPP. Mathematical Modelling and
Solution by graphical method.
Solution by Simplex Method: Basic Feasible Solution (Degenerator and Nondegenerator)
Transportation problem: Introduction and Solution Procedure(i)
Finding the initial basic feasible solution by N-W Corner Rule, Least cost
method and Vogel’s
Approximation Method.
(ii)
Test of optimality by u-v method only.
[20]
03.01.05
03.02
03.02.01
03.02.02
Assignment Problem: Introduction and Solution Procedure–Fundamental theory
underlying Hungarian Method.
Network Analysis. CPM & PERT: Introduction.
Basic concepts – Activities. Nodes. Edges. Networking of a project. Various times
calculations. CPM to determine the optimal project schedule.
PERT- Definition, difference between CPM & PERT. Pessimistic times, optimistic
times. Most likely times of various activities.
Books Recommended: Text Books
1.
Operations Research. Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 1990
-
2.
3.
4.
5.
-
Operations Research. Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 1990
Operations Research. Macmillan Publishing Co. New York, 1982
Computer based numerical algorithm, East West Press, 1975
Computer oriented numerical method, Prentice Hall India, 1980
Kanti Swaroop. P.K Gupta and
Man Mohan
Heera & Gupta
H.A.Taha
E.V Krishna Murthy & S.V. Sen
V. Rajaraman
ENGINEERING MECHANICS
Subject Code
00302
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
00
00
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
The subject forms an important part of Engineering curricula for developing the concepts required in the
design of various structures. The subject deals with the basic concept of mechanic of body and the behaviour of
material used in practice and in structures under varying load conditions. The first part of the subject deals with the
applied mechanics science. Which describe the condition of body in rest or motion under the action of forces. In its
preview come variety of general and specialized engineering disciplines concerned with analysis of structures and
machines and the mechanism of their parts.
In the Second part, the principles of strength of materials is introduced in which the student will learn to
distinguish between different types of stress and strain and also the qualitative assessment of stress and strains in
material element under the action of internal forces.
Objective:
Knowledge Workers will be able to:
• Analyze and understand the physical behaviour of members of engineering structures.
• Acquire knowledge of various elements of structures.
• Utilise the basic principles.
• Develop skill to tackle field problem.
• Solve the problems by the application of basic principles.
• Judge the suitability of materials in design process.
S.No.
Topics
Periods
PART-A
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
Introduction
Vector Methods
Introduction to system of forces and equilibrium
Friction
Kinematics and kinetics of a particle
Kinematics and kinetics of rigid body
Impulse and Momentum
Work, Energy and Power
Total :
(02)
(02)
(06)
(04)
(03)
(02)
(02)
(04)
(25)
Total :
(07)
(03)
(02)
(05)
(08)
(25)
(50)
PART-B
01
02
03
04
05
Simple stress and strains
Elastic constants
Center of Gravity (Centroid)
Moment of Inertia
Shearing force and bending moments
CONTENTS:
PART-A
TOPIC: 01 – INTRODUCTION:
Idealisation of mechanics; Concept of rigid body; External forces (Body forces & surface forces) Law of Mechanics.
TOPIC: 02 VECTOR METHODS:
Equality and equivalence of vectors; Free and Bound vector; Moment of a force about a point and a line; Couple and moment of
a couple.
TOPIC: 03 – INDTRODUCTION TO SYSTEM OF FORCES AND EQUILIBRIUM:
Statically equivalent force system; simplest equivalent of a system of forces; force analysis, free body diagram,
equation of equilibrium.
[02]
[02]
[06]
TOPIC: 04 – FRICTION:
Basic Concept of different Friction (Static, Dynamic, Sliding, Rolling, Fluid).
TOPIC: 05 – KINEMATICS AND KINETICS OF A PARTICLE:
Rectilinear and curvilinear translations; normal and tangential component of acceleration.
TOPIC:06 – KINEMATICS AND KINETICS OF RIGID BODY:
Simple concept of Angular Velocity and angular acceleration. Effective forces on a rigid body. D’ Alembert’s
principle.
TOPIC:07 – IMPULSE AND MOMENTUM:
Linear impulse and linear momentum, angular impulse and angular momentum, definitions only;
TOPIC: 08 – WORK, ENERGY AND POWER:
Work done by forces and couples, potential and kinetic energy, work-energy; conservation of energy; concept of
power and efficiency.
[04]
[03]
[02]
[02]
[04]
PART-B
TOPIC: 01 – SIMPLE STREES & STRAIN:
01.01
01.02
01.03
01.04
[07]
Definition of various terms and their units (S.I. Units)
Stress and strain due to axial load and transverse load relation between stress and strain. Hook’s law. Studies of
stress strain curve. Factor of safety & working stress. Concepts of isotropic materials.
Stress & strain in simple section & composite bar. Stress & strain due to temperature variation.
Shrinking on hoop’s stresses.
TOPIC: 02 – ELASTIC STRESS & STRAIN:
02.01
Linear strain and lateral strain, poisson’s ratio, volumetric strain
02.02
Change in volume due to axial, biaxial & triaxial loading. Bulk modulus.
02.03
Shear stress and strain, modulus of rigidity.
02.04
Simple shear. Complementary shear stress.
02.05
Various Relations among modulus of elasticity, modulus of rigidity & bulk modulus.
[03]
TOPIC: 03 – CENTER OF GRAVITY (CENTROID):
03.01
Definition of center of gravity & centroid.
03.02
Determination of C.G of various sections symmetrical and unsymmetrical sections.
03.03
Determination of C.G. of perforated sections.
TOPIC: 04 – MOMENT OF INERTIA:
04.01
Definition of M.I.; radius of gyration, second moment of area.
04.02
Parallel axis theorem & perpendicular axis theorem.
04.03
Derivation of M.I. of regular area-rectangular, triangular circular about centroidal axis.
04.04
M.I. of built up section, symmetrical and unsymmetrical about centroidal axis, modulus of sections.
[02]
TOPIC: 05 – SHEARING FORCE & BENDING MOMENT:
05.01
Types of beams and types of supports, types of loading.
05.02
Concept and definitions of shear force and bending moment, sign convention.
05.03
Shear force and bending moment diagrams for cantilever, simply supported beam, over hanging beam
for various types of loading & couples, point of contraflexure.
05.04
Relation between B.M, S.F. and rate of loading.
[08]
Books Recommended:
Text Books
1.
Strength of Materials
2.
Mechanics of Structure
3.
Strength of Materials
4.
Theory of Structure
5.
Strength of Materials & Mechanics of Structure.
6.
Teaching plans of Strength of Material
nzO; lkeF;Z
7.
8.
Engineering Mechanics
9.
Engineering Mechanics
-
R.S. Khurmi
S.B. Junarkar
Ramamrutham
Vazirini & Ratwani
Punamia
T.T.T.I. Madras
xq:pj.k flag
I.H. Shames
Beer & Johnson
10.
-
S.K. Singh
Strength of material
[05]
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING THROUGH C
Subject Code
00303
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
00
00
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
Computers play a vital role in present day life, more so, in the professional life of technician engineers. In
order to enable the students use the computers effectively in problem solving, this course offers the modern
programming language C along with exposition to various engineering applications of computers.
Objective:
The objectives of this course are to make the students able to:
•
Develop efficient algorithms for solving a problem.
•
Use the various constructs of a programming language viz. conditional, iteration and recursion.
•
Implement the algorithms in “C” language.
•
Use simple data structures like arrays, stacks and linked list solving problems.
•
Handling File in “C”.
S.No.
Topics
Periods
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
Introduction to Programming
Algorithm for Problem Solving
Introduction to ‘C’ Language
Condition and Loops
Arrays
Functions
Structures and Unions
Pointers
(03)
(08)
(08)
(07)
(07)
(07)
(04)
(06)
(50)
Total :
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 – INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING:
The Basic Model of Computation, Algorithms, Flow-charts, Programming Languages, Compilation, Linking
and Loading, Testing and Debugging, Documentation. Programming Style-Names, Documentation & Format,
Refinement & Modularity.
TOPIC: 02 – ALGORITHM FOR PROBLEM SOLVING:
Exchanging values of two variables, summation of a set of numbers. Reversing digits of an integer, GCD
(Greatest Common Division) of two numbers. Test whether a number is prime. Organize numbers in
ascending order. Find square root of a number, factorial computation, Fibonacci sequence. Compute sine
Series. Check whether a given number is Palindrome or not. Find Square root of a quadratic equation.
multiplication of two matrices,
TOPIC: 03 – INTRODUCTION TO ‘C’ LANGUAGE:
03.01
Character set, Variable and Identifiers, Built-in Data Types, Variable Definition, Declaration, C
Key Words-Rules & Guidelines for Naming Variables.
03.02
Arithmetic operators and Expressions, Constants and Literals, Precedence & Order of Evaluation.
03.03
Simple assignment statement. Basic input/output statement.
03.04
Simple ‘C’ programs of the given algorithms
TOPIC: 04 – CONDITIONAL STATEMENTS AND LOOPS:
04.01
Decision making within a program
04.02
Conditions, Relational Operators, Logical Perator.
04.03
If statement, it-else statement.
04.04
Loop statements
04.05
Break, Continue, Switch
TOPIC: 05 – ARRAYS:
What is an Array?, Declaring an Array, Initializing an Array.
One dimensional arrays: Array manipulation: Searching, Insertion, Deletion of an element from an array;
Finding the largest/smallest element in array; Two dimensional arrays, Addition/Multiplication of two
matrices.
[03]
[08]
[08]
[07]
[07]
TOPIC: 06 – FUNCTIONS:
Top-down approach of problem solving. Modular programming and functions, Definition of Functions
Recursion, Standard Library of C functions, Prototype of a function: Formal parameter list, Return Type,
Function call, Passing arguments to a Function: call by reference; call by value.
TOPIC: 07 – STRUCTURES AND UNIONS:
Basic of Structures, Structures variables, initialization, structure assignment, Structures and arrays: arrays of
structures,
TOPIC: 08 – POINTERS:
Concept of Pointers, Address operators, pointer type declaration, pointer assignment, pointer initialization
pointer arithmetic.
Book Recommended:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Programming with C. Second Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill,
2000
How to solve by Computer, Seventh Edition, 2001, Prentice
hall of India.
Programming with ANSI-C, First Edition, 1996, Tata
McGraw hill.
Programming with ANSI & Turbo C. First Edition, Pearson
Education.
Programming with C. First Edition, 1997, Tara McGraw
hill.
The C Programming Language, Second Edition, 2001,
Prentice Hall of India.
Programming in C, Vikash Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,
Jungpura, New Delhi.
Programming with C Language, Tara McGraw Hill, New
Delhi.
Elements of C, Khanna Publishers, Delhi.
Programming in C.
Programming in C, khanna Publishers, Delhi.
Let us C, BPB Publication, New Delhi.
Programming in C, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd.
Dariyaganj, New Delhi.
The Art of C Programming, Narosa Publishing House, New
Delhi.
Problem Solving and Programming. Prentice Hall
International.
C made easy, McGraw Hill Book Company, 1987.
Software Engineering, McGraw Hill, 1992.
Pointers in C, BPB publication, New Delhi.
-
Byron Gottfried
-
R.G. Dromey
-
E. Balaguruswami
-
A. Kamthane
-
Venugopla and Prasad
-
B. W. Kernighan & D.M. Ritchie
-
R. Subburaj
-
C. Balagurswami
-
M. H. Lewin
Stephen G. Kochan
B. P. Mahapatra
Yashwant kanetkar
Kris A. Jamsa
-
Jones, Robin & Stewart
-
A.C. Kenneth
-
H. Schildt
R.S. Pressman
Yashwant Kanetkar
[07]
[04]
[06]
COMPUTER ORGANISATION & ARCHITECTURE
Subject Code
18304
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
00
00
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
This course will enable the students to grasp the working of basic components of computer system. Further the
course will help them to learn as to how the basic components interact with each other to form a working system.
Objective:
Objective of the course is to familiarize students about hardware and software design including logic design, and
basic structure and behavior of the various functional modules of the computers and how they interact to provide the
processing needs of the user.
This subject mainly focuses on the hardware and system software. It aims to describe the following aspects:
•
Building blocks of the computer
•
Computer Design
•
Assembly Language Programming
S.No.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
Topics
Introduction and Background
Register Transfer Language and Micro-operations
Architecture of a Simple Processor
CPU Organization
Assembly Language Programming
Micro programmed Control Unit
Arithmetic Algorithms
I/O Organization
Memory Organization
Total :
Periods
( 04 )
( 05 )
( 06 )
( 06 )
( 07 )
( 07 )
( 04 )
( 05 )
( 06 )
( 50 )
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 – INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND:
01.01 Evolution of Computers
01.02 Stored Program concept and Von Neumann Architecture
01.03 Information Representation and Codes
01.04 Building blocks of Computers(Combinational blocks: gates, multiplexers, decoders, encoders
etc., Sequential Building Blocks: Flip flops, registers, counters, random access memory etc.
[ 04 ]
TOPIC: 02 – REGISTER TRANSFER LANGUAGE AND MICRO-OPERATIONS:
02.01 Concept of bus, Data movement among registers.
02.02 A language to represent conditional data transfer
02.03 Data movement from/to memory
02.04 Arithmetic and logical operations along with register transfer
02.05 Timing in register transfer
[ 05 ]
TOPIC: 03 – ARCHITECTURE OF SIMPLE PROCESSOR:
03.01 A simple computer organization and Instruction set.
03.02 Instruction execution in terms of microinstructions
03.03 Concept of Interrupt and simple I/O organisation
03.04 Implementation of the processor using building blocks
[ 06 ]
TOPIC: 04 – CPU ORGANISATION:
04.01 Address modes Instruction formats.
04.02 Instruction formats
04.03 CPU organisation with large registers
04.04 Stacks and handling of interrupts and subroutines
04.05 Instruction pipelining : stages, hazards and methods to remove hazards
[ 06 ]
TOPIC: 05 – ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE PROGRAMMING:
05.01 Machine and Assembly language.
05.02 Pseudo-Operations
05.03 Subroutines in assembly language
05.04 Interrupt and I/O Programming
05.05 Examples
[ 07 ]
TOPIC: 06 – MICROPROGRAMMED CONTROL UNIT:
06.01 Basic organization of micro programmed controller.
06.02 Horizontal and vertical formats
06.03 Address sequencer
[ 07 ]
TOPIC: 07 – ARITHMETIC ALGORITHMS:
07.01 Addition and Subtraction for sign magnitude and 2’s complement numbers.
07.02 Integer multiplication using shift and add
07.03 Booth’s algorithm
07.04 Integer Division
07.05 Floating point representations and arithmetic algorithms
[ 04 ]
TOPIC: 08 – I/O ORGANISATION:
08.01 Strobe based and handshake based communication.
08.02 Vector and priority interrupts
08.03 DMA based data transfer
[ 05 ]
TOPIC: 09 – MEMORY ORGANISATION:
09.01 Basic cell of static & dynamic RAM.
09.02 Building large memories using chips
09.03 Associative memory
09.04 Cache memory organisation
09.05 Virtual memory organisation
[ 06 ]
Books Recommended:
Text Books
1
Computer System Architecture, Third Edition, 2000, Pearson Education
2
Computer System and Architecture, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi
3
Computer Architecture and Organization, McGraw Hill Company, New Delhi
4
Computer Organization and Architecture, Prentice Hall of India Ltd., New
Delhi
5
Computer System Architecture, Third Edition, 1998, Prentice Hall of India
6
Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and Application, Wiley Eastern
Limited
Reference Books:
1
Computer Architecture & Organization, Third Edition, 1988, McGraw-Hill.
New York
2
Computer Design and Architecture, Second Edition, 1991, Harper Collins
Publishers
3
Computer Organization and Design, Prentice Hill of India Ltd., 1994
-
M.M. Mano
M. Mano
-
J.P. Hayes
W. Stallings
-
M. Morris Mano
Gaonkar
-
J.P. Hayes
-
S.G. Siva
-
P. Pal Choudhary
OPERATING SYSTEM
Subject Code
18305
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
00
00
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
The course provides the students with an understanding of human computer interface existing in computer system
and the basic concepts of operating system and its working. Further, good working knowledge to work in Windows
and Unix environments is provided by this course.
Objective:
The objectives of this course are to make the students able to
•
To teach the requirement of Operating System in Computers.
•
To teach Windows Operating System and to make familiar with special features of Windows Operating
System.
•
To teach multi-user Operating System Unix Operating System and Unix File Structure.
S.No.
01
Topics
Introduction
Periods
(02)
02
Process
(08)
03
Inter-process Communication and Synchronization
(07)
04
Memory Management
(07)
05
File Management
(07)
06
Security and Protection
(04)
07
Multi Processor System
(06)
08
Case Studies
(09)
Total:
(50)
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 – INTRODUCTION:
Evaluation of Operating Systems, Types of Operating Systems, Different views of the Operating
Systems,
TOPIC: 02 –PROCESSES:
The Process Concept, Systems Programmer’s view of Processes, The Operating System view of
Processes, Operating System Services for Process Management, Scheduling algorithms, Performance
Evaluation.
[2]
TOPIC: 03 – INTERPROCESS COMMUNICATION AND SYNCHRONIZATION:
The need for inter process synchronization, mutual exclusion, semaphores, Hardware support for
mutual exclusion, Classical Problems in concurrent programming, Critical region and conditional
critical region, monitors, messages, deadlocks.]
[ 7]
TOPIC: 04 – MEMORY MANAGEMENT:
04.01 Contiguous Allocation
Single Process Monitor, Partitioned memory allocation static, Partitioned
allocation-Dynamic, segmentation
04.02 Noncontiguous Allocation
Paging, Virtual Memory(allocation policies and replacement policies)
[7]
[8]
memory
TOPIC: 05 –FILE MANAGEMENT:
A generalization of file services. Directory structure, command Language uses view of the file System
[7]
TOPIC: 06 –SECURITY AND PROTECTION:
Security threats and goals, penetration, attempts, security policies and mechanisms, authentication,
protection and access control, worms and viruses.
[4]
TOPIC: 07 – MULTI PROCESSOR SYSTEMS:
[6]
Motivation and classification, multi processor interconnection, types of multi processor operating
system, multi processor OS functions and requirements, introduction of parallel computing (distributed
operating system) Introduction to multiprocessor synchronization.
TOPIC: 8 –CASE STUDY:
8.01
LINUX OPERATING SYSTEM
Introduction to Linux Operating System. Linux features & Benefits :Introduction to Linux:- Systems characteristics and requirements with Linux.
Getting Started:-System manger, Password, Log in, Log out, running the system.
8.02
UNIX OPERATING SYSTEM
Introduction to Unix Operating System. Unix features & Benefits :Introduction to Linux:- Systems characteristics and requirements with Linux.
Getting Started:-System manger, Password, Log in, Log out, running the system.
File in the Unix System:- File structure in Unix, Working with file structures, removable file
volumes.
Unix Command Shells:- Issuing commands, Input handling by the shells, The shell
programming language, Running the Unix shells, Pipes, Version of Unix Systems.
The System Kernel:- Nature of the Kernel, Process Co-ordinations and Management, Input
and Output Operations.
Books Recommended:
1
Operating Systems-Concept and Design, McGraw-Hill
international Edition-Computer Science Series, 1992
2
An introduction to Operating Systems, Addition-Wesley
Publishing Company, 1984.
3
Operating System Concepts, Addition-Wesley Publishing
Company, 1989.
4
Modern Operating Systems, Prentice-Hall of India Private
Ltd., 1995.
5
Microsoft Windows Manual
6
First Course in Computers, Vikash Publishing House Pvt.
Ltd., Jungpura, New Delhi.
7
WWW.msn.com and linked sites
-
Milan Milenkovic
-
Harvey M. Deitel
-
James L. Paterson, Abraham
Silberschatz
Andrew S. Tanenbaum
-
Sanjay Saxena
-
[3]
[6]
ENGINEERING MECHANICS Lab.
Subject Code
00306
L
04
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
T
P/S
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
Rationale & Objectives:
The Engineering Mechanics Laboratory is a subject which will help technician to understand the
application of theory that he has studied in practice by performing experiments and verifying results.
Besides the above the objective of the curriculum with effective skill will be developed in them to observe
experimental data, and to analyses the results.
These topics of this curriculum will certainly build their confidence in performing the utilization of
principle of mechanics in Civil Engineering works.
CONTENTS:
Eight experiments to be performed in the laboratory:
1.
Determination of elongation of wire under external load.
2.
Tensile Test on mild steel specimen.
3.
Tensile Test on high tensile specimen.
4.
Compression Test on metal.
5.
Compression Test on bricks.
6.
Determination of Young’s Modulus of Elasticity of wire.
7.
Determination of reaction at the support of beam.
8.
Determination of bending moment of a simply supported beam.
9.
Determination of reaction at the support of roof truss.
10.
Determination of deflection of beams.
11.
Determination of moment of inertia of fly wheel.
12.
Determination of bending moment of a over hanging beam.
13.
Verification of Polygon Law of forces.
14.
Verification of Triangle Law of forces.
15.
To find moment of inertia of fly wheel.
16.
Compression Test on metal.
17.
Tensile Test on M.S.specimen.
18.
Determination of co-efficient of friction on inclined plane.
Books Recommended:
Text Books
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
vfHk;kaf=d ;kaf=dh
- tsŒdsŒ diwj
Strength of Materials
Mechanics of Structure, Vol. 1
Strength of Materials
Engineering Mechanics and Strength of Materials
Teaching plans of Strength of Material
-
Bininder Singh
S.B. Junarkar
R.S. Khurmi
I.B. Prasad
T.T.T.I. Madras
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING THROUGH ‘C’
Subject Code
00307
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
00
03
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
CONTENTS:
List of Practicals:
1.
Programming exercise on executing a C program.
2.
Programming exercise on editing C program.
3.
Programming exercise on defining variables and assigning values to variable.
4.
Programming exercise on arithmetic and relational operations.
5.
Programming exercise on arithmetic expressions and their evaluation
6.
Programming on infix, postfix, transformation using stack.
7.
Programs on array implementation.
Books Recommended:
1.
How to solve it by Computer, Prentice Hall of India, 1992.
-R.G. Dromey.
2.
The C Programming Language, Prentice Hall of India, 1989.
- B.W. Kernighan & D.M.
Ritchie.
3.
The Spirit of C Programming, Jaico Publishing House, New Delhi, 1987.
- Cooper, Mullish
4.
Application Programming in C. Macmillain International editions, 1990.
- Richa’d JohnsonBaugh & Martin Kalin
5.
The Art of C Programming, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi.
- Jones, Robin & Stewart
6.
Problem Solving and Programming. Prentice Hall International.
- A.C. Kenneth.
7.
C made easy, McGraw Hill Book Company, 1987.
- H. Schildt
8.
Software Engineering, McGraw Hill, 1992.
- R.S. Pressman
9.
Programming in C, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Jungpura, New Delhi
- R. Subburaj
10.
Programming with C language, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
- C. Balaguruswami
11.
Elements of C, Khanna Publishers. Delhi
- M. H. Lewin
12.
Programming in C
- Stephan G. Kochan.
13.
Programming in C, Khanna Publishers. New Delhi
- B.P. Mahapatra
14.
Let us C, BPB Publication. New Delhi
- Yashwant Kanetkar
15.
Programming in C, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd. Dariyaganj, New Delhi.
- Kris A. Jamsa
COMPUTER ORGANISATION & ARCHITECTURE
Subject Code
18308
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
List of Practicals:01
Write a program in C-language to implement the digital gates. The program should give the truth table of
the gate, which is selected by the user from the menu displayed by the program.
02
Write a program in C-language to implement division algorithm.
03
Write a program in C-language to generate the r's and (r-1)'s complement for a number given in any
number system r.
04
Give the presentation on 74xx series IC for gates.
05
Give the presentation on combinational circuits such as multiplexer, decoder, encoder etc.
06
Give the presentation on sequential circuits such as registers, counters etc.
07
Give the presentation on the flip-flops i.e. RS-flip-flop, D-flip-flop, JK-flip-flop, T-flip-flop, Master-Slave
JK-flip-flop etc.
08
Give the presentation on Von Neumann Architecture of a computer system.
09
Give the presentation on money management i.e. virtual memory, cache memory, paging etc.
10
Write an assembly language program to find the largest integer from maximum of 15 numbers stored at
NUM, defined as consecutive words. The end of the sequence of number is denoted by-9999.
11
Write an assembly language program to covert the binary number into hexadecimal number.
12
Write an assembly language program to convert binary number to decimal number.
13
Write an assembly language program to add two 8-bits numbers in the memory location called NUM1 and
NUM2. The result is stored in the memory location called RESULT. If there was a carry from the addition
it will be stored as 0000001 in location called CARRY.
14
Write an assembly language program to exchange the data between two variables.
15
Write an assembly language program, which count the frequency of each decimal digit 0 to 9 of the
segment of digits available at DIGIT. The sequence is terminated by character #. Put the frequency of 0 to
9 at FREE in ten consecutive words.
16
Write an assembly language program to convert the lower alphabet character after full stop to capital letter
if it is a small letter in the string available at MSG.
17
Write an assembly language program to multiply the two unsigned binary numbers.
18
Write an assembly language program to find the smallest integer from maximum of 15 numbers stored at
NUM, defined as consecutive words. The end of the sequence of number is denoted by -9999.
19
Write an assembly language program to count the number of spaces character and words in the string
available at MSG.
OPERATING SYSTEM
Subject Code
18309
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
0
03
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
60
Internal Exam.
:
40
LIST OF SESSIONALS:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Demonstrate giving brief history of Operating System, types of Operating Systems in use these days, how it
is necessary for a computer functioning..
Prepare a report on different views of the Operating System, the journey of a command execution, Design
and implementation of Operating System.
Prepare a report on memory management of Operating System.
Prepare a report on file management of Operating System.
Demonstrate the Security and Protection features of an Operating System.
Demonstrate the functions of Multi Processor Systems.
Demonstrate and produce report on computer network algorithms for distributed processing.
Prepare a brief history of Windows Operating System.
Demonstrate features, tools and accessories of Windows 98.
Prepare a brief report on features and benefits of Unix Operating System.
Books Recommended:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Operating Systems-Concept and Design, McGraw-Hill international
Edition-Computer Science Series, 1992
An introduction to Operating Systems, Addition-Wesley Publishing
Company, 1984.
Operating System Concepts, Addition-Wesley Publishing Company,
1989.
Modern Operating Systems, Prentice-Hall of India Private Ltd., 1995.
Microsoft Windows Manual
First Course in Computers, Vikash Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,
Jungpura, New Delhi.
WWW.msn.com and linked sites
Unix Programming
-
Milan Milenkovic
-
Harvey M. Deitel
-
James L. Paterson, Abraham
Silberschatz
Andrew S. Tanenbaum
-
Sanjay Saxena
Bach
Scheme of Teaching and Examination for
III Semester DIPLOMA in ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING BRANCH
THEORY
SL.
No
1
2
3
4
5
TEACHING
SCHEME
SUBJECTS
Professional
Mathematics
Engineering
Mechanics
Computer
Programming
Through 'C '
Electrical
component and
material
Semi-conductor
Devices and
circuit
SUBJECT
CODE
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Periods
per
Week
Periods
in one
Session
Hours of
Exam.
Terminal
Exam. (A)
Marks
Final
Exam. (B)
Marks
Total
Marks
(A+B)
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
Pass
Marks
in the
Subject
00301
6
60
3
20
80
100
26
36
00302
5
50
3
20
80
100
26
36
00303
4
50
3
20
80
100
26
36
20304
6
50
3
20
80
100
26
36
20305
5
60
3
20
80
100
26
36
Total :-
26
500
PRACTICAL
TEACHING
SCHEME
SL.
No.
6
7
8
SUBJECTS
Engineering
Mechanics Lab.
Computer
Programming
Through 'C ' Lab.
Electrical
workshop
practice
SUBJECT
CODE
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Periods
per
Week
Periods
in one
Session
Hours of
Exam.
Marks
Internal
Exam.
(A)
Marks
External
Exam.
(B)
Total
Marks
(A+B)
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
Pass
Marks in
the
Subject
00306
4
50
3
10
40
50
16
21
00307
6
60
3
10
40
50
16
21
20308
6
40
6
10
40
50
16
21
Total :-
16
150
SESSIONAL
SL.
No.
9
SUBJECTS
Electrical workshop
practice
SUBJECT
CODE
TEACHING
SCHEME
Periods
Periods
in One
per Week
Session
20309
_
Total :Total Periods per Week
50
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Marks of
Internal
Examiner (X)
Marks of
External
Examiner (Y)
Total
Marks
(X+Y)
Pass Marks in the
Subject
40
60
100
50
_
42
100
Total Marks
750
PROFESSIONAL MATHEMATICS
Subject Code
00301
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
00
00
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
A technical diploma holder is engaged generally as first line supervisor. He forms a bridge between workers and
management. He has to understand the language of the modern management and communicate with the workers in their
language. This subject will help accomplishment of the task in stipulated time, develop attitude towards cost
effectiveness, selection of most effective alternative methods. This course will also help the student to tackle different
numerical methods and computational techniques for problem solving in research organization as a programmer.
Objective:
The course enables students to.
•
Managerial skill based on mathematical footing
•
The ability to find approximate solutions and/or answers
to the problems where analytical methods
become more complex.
•
To choose correct numerical techniques for a given problem.
Topics
S.No.
01
GROUP –A (Numerical Methods)
02
GROUP-B (Statistical Techniques)
03
GROUP-C (Management Techniques)
Total:
CONTENTS:
GROUP-A (NUMERICAL METHODS)
01.01
Introduction to Numerical methods: Approximation and errors (Truncation & Round off).
01.02
Numerical solutions of non-linear and Transcendental equations: Iterative methods. Newton-Raphson’s
method. Bisection method and Regula-Falsi method.
01.03
Solution of Linear Simultaneous Equations: Gaussian Elimination method and Gauss-Jordan method.
01.04
Finite Difference: Backward and forward Differences. Finite Difference Interpolation Formula. Newton’s
Forward Difference formula and Newton’s Backward Difference formula.
01.05
Numerical Differentiation & Integration: Newton’s forward and backward differentiation formula.
Trapezoidal Rule and Simpson’s 1/3 rule for numerical integration.
01.06
Difference equations. simple problem Only
GROUP-B
02.01
02.02
02.03
GROUP-C
03.01
03.01.01
03.01.02
03.01.03
03.01.04
03.01.05
03.02
03.02.01
Periods
(20)
(20)
(20)
(60)
(20)
(STATISTICAL TECHNIQUES)
Introduction to statistics: Measure of central tendencies: measures of dispersions: standard deviation and
variance for discrete and grouped data: assumed mean and step deviation methods.
Theory of Probability: Random events and their types. Probability of Events. Definitions. Laws of
Probability (Addition and Multiplication Laws)
Probability Distribution: Introduction to Arithmetic Mean and Standard Deviation of a probability
distribution. Important probability distribution – Binomial distribution. Poisson’s distribution & Their means
and variance.
[20]
(MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES)
Linear Models
Introduction to Operations Research (O.R) Steps of O.R.
Linear Programming Problems: Formulation of a LPP. Mathematical Modelling and Solution by graphical
method.
Solution by Simplex Method: Basic Feasible Solution (Degenerator and Non-degenerator)
Transportation problem: Introduction and Solution Procedure(i)
Finding the initial basic feasible solution by N-W Corner Rule, Least cost method and Vogel’s
Approximation Method.
(ii)
Test of optimality by u-v method only.
[20]
Assignment Problem: Introduction and Solution Procedure–Fundamental theory underlying Hungarian
Method.
Network Analysis. CPM & PERT: Introduction.
Basic concepts – Activities. Nodes. Edges. Networking of a project. Various times calculations. CPM to
determine the optimal project schedule.
03.02.02
PERT- Definition, difference between CPM & PERT. Pessimistic times, optimistic times. Most likely times
of various activities.
Books Recommended: Text Books
1.
Operations Research. Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 1990
2.
Operations Research. Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 1990
3.
Operations Research. Macmillan Publishing Co. New York, 1982
4.
Computer based numerical algorithm, East West Press, 1975
5.
Computer oriented numerical method, Prentice Hall India, 1980
-
Kanti Swaroop. P.K Gupta and Man Mohan
Heera & Gupta
H.A.Taha
E.V Krishna Murthy & S.V. Sen
V. Rajaraman
ENGINEERING MECHANICS
Subject Code
00302
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
00
00
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
The subject forms an important part of Engineering curricula for developing the concepts required in the design
of various structures. The subject deals with the basic concept of mechanic of body and the behaviour of material used in
practice and in structures under varying load conditions. The first part of the subject deals with the applied mechanics
science. Which describe the condition of body in rest or motion under the action of forces. In its preview come variety
of general and specialized engineering disciplines concerned with analysis of structures and machines and the
mechanism of their parts.
In the Second part, the principles of strength of materials is introduced in which the student will learn to
distinguish between different types of stress and strain and also the qualitative assessment of stress and strains in material
element under the action of internal forces.
Objective:
Knowledge Workers will be able to:
• Analyze and understand the physical behaviour of members of engineering structures.
• Acquire knowledge of various elements of structures.
• Utilise the basic principles.
• Develop skill to tackle field problem.
• Solve the problems by the application of basic principles.
• Judge the suitability of materials in design process.
S.No.
Topics
Periods
PART-A
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
Introduction
Vector Methods
Introduction to system of forces and equilibrium
Friction
Kinematics and kinetics of a particle
Kinematics and kinetics of rigid body
Impulse and Momentum
Work, Energy and Power
Total :
(02)
(02)
(06)
(04)
(03)
(02)
(02)
(04)
(25)
Total :
(07)
(03)
(02)
(05)
(08)
(25)
(50)
PART-B
01
02
03
04
05
Simple stress and strains
Elastic constants
Center of Gravity (Centroid)
Moment of Inertia
Shearing force and bending moments
CONTENTS:
PART-A
TOPIC: 01 – INTRODUCTION:
Idealisation of mechanics; Concept of rigid body; External forces (Body forces & surface forces) Law of Mechanics.
TOPIC: 02 VECTOR METHODS:
Equality and equivalence of vectors; Free and Bound vector; Moment of a force about a point and a line; Couple and moment of
a couple.
TOPIC: 03 – INDTRODUCTION TO SYSTEM OF FORCES AND EQUILIBRIUM:
Statically equivalent force system; simplest equivalent of a system of forces; force analysis, free body diagram,
equation of equilibrium.
[02]
[02]
[06]
TOPIC: 04 – FRICTION:
Basic Concept of different Friction (Static, Dynamic, Sliding, Rolling, Fluid).
TOPIC: 05 – KINEMATICS AND KINETICS OF A PARTICLE:
Rectilinear and curvilinear translations; normal and tangential component of acceleration.
TOPIC:06 – KINEMATICS AND KINETICS OF RIGID BODY:
Simple concept of Angular Velocity and angular acceleration. Effective forces on a rigid body. D’ Alembert’s
principle.
TOPIC:07 – IMPULSE AND MOMENTUM:
Linear impulse and linear momentum, angular impulse and angular momentum, definitions only;
TOPIC: 08 – WORK, ENERGY AND POWER:
Work done by forces and couples, potential and kinetic energy, work-energy; conservation of energy; concept of
power and efficiency.
[04]
[03]
[02]
[02]
[04]
PART-B
TOPIC: 01 – SIMPLE STREES & STRAIN:
01.01
01.02
01.03
01.04
[07]
Definition of various terms and their units (S.I. Units)
Stress and strain due to axial load and transverse load relation between stress and strain. Hook’s law. Studies of
stress strain curve. Factor of safety & working stress. Concepts of isotropic materials.
Stress & strain in simple section & composite bar. Stress & strain due to temperature variation.
Shrinking on hoop’s stresses.
TOPIC: 02 – ELASTIC STRESS & STRAIN:
02.01
Linear strain and lateral strain, poisson’s ratio, volumetric strain
02.02
Change in volume due to axial, biaxial & triaxial loading. Bulk modulus.
02.03
Shear stress and strain, modulus of rigidity.
02.04
Simple shear. Complementary shear stress.
02.05
Various Relations among modulus of elasticity, modulus of rigidity & bulk modulus.
[03]
TOPIC: 03 – CENTER OF GRAVITY (CENTROID):
03.01
Definition of center of gravity & centroid.
03.02
Determination of C.G of various sections symmetrical and unsymmetrical sections.
03.03
Determination of C.G. of perforated sections.
TOPIC: 04 – MOMENT OF INERTIA:
04.01
Definition of M.I.; radius of gyration, second moment of area.
04.02
Parallel axis theorem & perpendicular axis theorem.
04.03
Derivation of M.I. of regular area-rectangular, triangular circular about centroidal axis.
04.04
M.I. of built up section, symmetrical and unsymmetrical about centroidal axis, modulus of sections.
[02]
TOPIC: 05 – SHEARING FORCE & BENDING MOMENT:
05.01
Types of beams and types of supports, types of loading.
05.02
Concept and definitions of shear force and bending moment, sign convention.
05.03
Shear force and bending moment diagrams for cantilever, simply supported beam, over hanging beam
for various types of loading & couples, point of contraflexure.
05.04
Relation between B.M, S.F. and rate of loading.
[08]
Books Recommended:
Text Books
1.
Strength of Materials
2.
Mechanics of Structure
3.
Strength of Materials
4.
Theory of Structure
5.
Strength of Materials & Mechanics of Structure.
6.
Teaching plans of Strength of Material
nzO; lkeF;Z
7.
8.
Engineering Mechanics
9.
Engineering Mechanics
-
R.S. Khurmi
S.B. Junarkar
Ramamrutham
Vazirini & Ratwani
Punamia
T.T.T.I. Madras
xq:pj.k flag
I.H. Shames
Beer & Johnson
10.
-
S.K. Singh
Strength of material
[05]
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING THROUGH C
Subject Code
00303
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
00
00
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
Computers play a vital role in present day life, more so, in the professional life of technician engineers. In order
to enable the students use the computers effectively in problem solving, this course offers the modern programming
language C along with exposition to various engineering applications of computers.
Objective:
The objectives of this course are to make the students able to:
•
Develop efficient algorithms for solving a problem.
•
Use the various constructs of a programming language viz. conditional, iteration and recursion.
•
Implement the algorithms in “C” language.
•
Use simple data structures like arrays, stacks and linked list solving problems.
•
Handling File in “C”.
S.No.
Topics
Periods
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
Introduction to Programming
Algorithm for Problem Solving
Introduction to ‘C’ Language
Condition and Loops
Arrays
Functions
Structures and Unions
Pointers
(03)
(08)
(08)
(07)
(07)
(07)
(04)
(06)
(50)
Total :
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 – INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING:
The Basic Model of Computation, Algorithms, Flow-charts, Programming Languages, Compilation, Linking
and Loading, Testing and Debugging, Documentation. Programming Style-Names, Documentation & Format,
Refinement & Modularity.
TOPIC: 02 – ALGORITHM FOR PROBLEM SOLVING:
Exchanging values of two variables, summation of a set of numbers. Reversing digits of an integer, GCD
(Greatest Common Division) of two numbers. Test whether a number is prime. Organize numbers in
ascending order. Find square root of a number, factorial computation, Fibonacci sequence. Compute sine
Series. Check whether a given number is Palindrome or not. Find Square root of a quadratic equation.
multiplication of two matrices,
TOPIC: 03 – INTRODUCTION TO ‘C’ LANGUAGE:
03.01
Character set, Variable and Identifiers, Built-in Data Types, Variable Definition, Declaration, C
Key Words-Rules & Guidelines for Naming Variables.
03.02
Arithmetic operators and Expressions, Constants and Literals, Precedence & Order of Evaluation.
03.03
Simple assignment statement. Basic input/output statement.
03.04
Simple ‘C’ programs of the given algorithms
TOPIC: 04 – CONDITIONAL STATEMENTS AND LOOPS:
04.01
Decision making within a program
04.02
Conditions, Relational Operators, Logical Perator.
04.03
If statement, it-else statement.
04.04
Loop statements
04.05
Break, Continue, Switch
TOPIC: 05 – ARRAYS:
What is an Array?, Declaring an Array, Initializing an Array.
One dimensional arrays: Array manipulation: Searching, Insertion, Deletion of an element from an array;
Finding the largest/smallest element in array; Two dimensional arrays, Addition/Multiplication of two
matrices.
[03]
[08]
[08]
[07]
[07]
TOPIC: 06 – FUNCTIONS:
Top-down approach of problem solving. Modular programming and functions, Definition of Functions
Recursion, Standard Library of C functions, Prototype of a function: Formal parameter list, Return Type,
Function call, Passing arguments to a Function: call by reference; call by value.
TOPIC: 07 – STRUCTURES AND UNIONS:
Basic of Structures, Structures variables, initialization, structure assignment, Structures and arrays: arrays of
structures,
TOPIC: 08 – POINTERS:
Concept of Pointers, Address operators, pointer type declaration, pointer assignment, pointer initialization
pointer arithmetic.
Book Recommended:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Programming with C. Second Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill,
2000
How to solve by Computer, Seventh Edition, 2001, Prentice
hall of India.
Programming with ANSI-C, First Edition, 1996, Tata
McGraw hill.
Programming with ANSI & Turbo C. First Edition, Pearson
Education.
Programming with C. First Edition, 1997, Tara McGraw
hill.
The C Programming Language, Second Edition, 2001,
Prentice Hall of India.
Programming in C, Vikash Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,
Jungpura, New Delhi.
Programming with C Language, Tara McGraw Hill, New
Delhi.
Elements of C, Khanna Publishers, Delhi.
Programming in C.
Programming in C, khanna Publishers, Delhi.
Let us C, BPB Publication, New Delhi.
Programming in C, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd.
Dariyaganj, New Delhi.
The Art of C Programming, Narosa Publishing House, New
Delhi.
Problem Solving and Programming. Prentice Hall
International.
C made easy, McGraw Hill Book Company, 1987.
Software Engineering, McGraw Hill, 1992.
Pointers in C, BPB publication, New Delhi.
-
Byron Gottfried
-
R.G. Dromey
-
E. Balaguruswami
-
A. Kamthane
-
Venugopla and Prasad
-
B. W. Kernighan & D.M. Ritchie
-
R. Subburaj
-
C. Balagurswami
-
M. H. Lewin
Stephen G. Kochan
B. P. Mahapatra
Yashwant kanetkar
Kris A. Jamsa
-
Jones, Robin & Stewart
-
A.C. Kenneth
-
H. Schildt
R.S. Pressman
Yashwant Kanetkar
[07]
[04]
[06]
ELECTRICAL COMPONENT & MATERIAL
Subject Code
20304
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
00
00
03
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale
For the course of Diploma in Engineering it is a common feature that the students of all branches are taught the common
subjects, and the basic thrust is to improve their knowledge of science, and skills in tackling mathematical problems and
some common practical practices which help them later on to become a good supervisor. For the Diploma in Electrical
Engineering it is desirable to expose them to such items, also which they are to face in subsequent classes as well as in
fields. So for designing a curriculum for the 1st year students, it is kept in mind that they should be given sufficient
knowledge which they will be able to comprehend and apply in their concerned subjects in the higher classes as well as
in their world of work.
The functions of diploma holder technicians are to select materials, identify the materials, distinguish between good and
bad ones.
The skill is to be developed by selecting such types of theories and practicals which are need based.
The teachings should be with the help of models, charts, projected photographs, videos and possibly with physical
demonstration. The students should be given opportunity to observe the things themselves in institutions, laboratories,
workshop as well as in open market.
Since no practical classes are being recommended in Electrical Engineering for 1st year students, eight classes have been
allotted for physical exposure to different materials to acquaint the students with practical problems or projects, which
they will encounter in higher classes and industries. This skill will also help them in entrepreneurship.
Tutorial classes have been introduced to make the students know the actual rates and criteria of selection by persuading
them to contact local markets at their own. Through the tutorial the students should be made to develop skill so that they
can be able to acquire practical knowledge of different types of products and materials available in the market with
quality and non quality making. This will help them develop sufficient knowledge of different types of manufactured
items. Thus the students will be able to select the right materials at reasonable price.
CURRICULUM
SL
Topics
1.
Introduction to Conductors
2.
Insulating Materials
3.
Magnetic Materials
4.
Semi Conducting Materials
5.
Physical Exposure
Total
CONTENTS
Topics Content
01
Introduction to Conductors
01.01 General properties and specification of conducting materials: By showing charts and providing
tables. Use of S.W.G. and its equivalent.
01.02 Resistivity and factors affecting resistivity. Effect of temperature - by showing some practicals
and illustrating it.
01.03 Properties of Copper, Aluminium, Steel materials used in the construction of electric cables,
standard conductors - Each item explained clearly and their individual use in practical purposes.
Naming the material or equipment inside and outside and illustrating them with physical presence.
01.04 Low resistivity copper alloys, high resistivity alloys, practical uses in electrical resistance in
lamps and electric furnaces - After explaining the properties, the practical use should be shown to
students by demonstration, List of equipments should be provided.
01.05 Properties and application of Nichrome, Manganin, Tungsten, Solder, Fuse elements. With
practical use and method of selection of materials for a particular work.
02
Insulating Materials
_
The objective of this topic is to let the students know the importance of insulating materials and
their uses in day-to-day life as well as in transmission of electrical power.
Periods
..
..
..
..
..
60
Periods
..
..
02.01
02.02
02.03
02.04
02.05
02.06
03
_
03.01
03.02
03.03
03.04
04
_
04.01
04.02
05
_
Introduction, electrical properties of dielectrics, volume resistance, surface resistance. By
imparting theoretical resistance with numerical methods of calculations.
Factors affecting insulating resistance, factors affecting dielectric strength - By imparting
theoretical resistance with numerical methods of calculations.
Main insulating materials, temporating rating of insulating materials - The topic to be discussed in
detail with the help of charts and tables. Commonly used insulating materials should be shown.
Insulating varnishes. Natural and Synthetic rubber, insulating liquid materials - By providing
classified knowledge and their practical uses with the help of charts.
Transformer oil, properties of ideal insulation oil. Causes of deterioration of insulating oil, effect
of moisture and temperature, dielectric strength test: This is an important and practically used
topic. Efforts should be made to show an oil immersed transformer and its proper use should be
discussed in detail.
Porcelain insulators: This is most commonly used insulating material. While imparting knowledge
stress should be on physical representation of various types of insulators and their construction.
Magnetic Materials
By imparting knowledge through this topic, the students will be able to understand the importance
of core and yoke in a transformer.
Introduction and Classification - With the help of proper drawing and photographs students
should be made to understand the importance of the subject and its practical uses in machines.
Magnetization curve, Hysteresis, B-H Curve, magnetic saturation.
Hysteresis loop, hysteresis loss, simple problems on hysteresis loss. - The teachings should be
with the help of figures and drawings and its effect on efficiency of a machine should be clearly
mentioned.
Magnetic materials for electric devices and their properties - Properties of ferromagnetic materials
should be explained in detail. Its use in transformer to be explained with the help of chart.
Semi Conducting Materials
The main aim of this topic is to familiarize the students with basic ideas of semi conductors, use
of different materials in the semi conductors, their importance and uses. It will help them
understand the topics of transistor circuit that they will encounter in higher classes. At this
juncture the students will be able to know how a semi conductor is used to manufacture a
transistor.
Introduction and uses of semi conducting materials. Basic idea of semi conductors, semi
conductors compound, intrinsic and extrinsic semi conductor - The teaching of basic idea should
be associated with periodic tables and charts.
N and P type semi conductor, P-N junction, PNP and NPN type of materials, importance and uses
of majority carriers and minority carriers, biasing of a transformer - This topic includes the
principle of working of a P-N diode and transistor. The flow diagram of electrons should be
explained clearly with the help of a neat chart.
Physical Exposure
This will enable the students to develop the skill of distinguishing and differentiating between
good quality and bad quality materials. This will also give an idea of the price of the materials
available in various qualities in the market. This will help students select suitable materials at
reasonable price in their world of work. Tutorials - Tutorial classes should consist of two parts.
Students should be divided into groups of five or six. Each group should be given simple
problems relating to inside and outside of the institution. It should relate to the subject. The
students should be encouraged for self observation. In the subsequent class they should be put to
objective questions. The achievements should be given proper priority in evaluation at terminal
examinations. In the tutorial classes the students should be guided to know the actual rates and
modes of selection of the materials by persuading them to contact the local market at their own.
They should be given practical exposure of different types of products with quality and non
quality markings. They should be made able to select the right materials at reasonable prices, with
developing a clear-cut knowledge of different types and quality of manufactured items.
Recommended Books
SL
Title/Publisher
1.
Electrical Engineering Materials, Mir Publication
2.
Electrical Engineering Materials, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
3.
A Text Book on Electrical Engineering
4.
fo|qr bathfu;fjax inkFkZ
5.
fo|qr vfHk;kaf=d lkexzh
Author
Y. Koritskey
A.J. Dekkar
Y.P.S. Bector
;’k
Mh- lh- feÙklsu
..
..
..
SEMI CONDUCTOR DEVICES & CIRCUITS
Subject Code
20305
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale
The continuous use and development of Electronics in each field of engineering has necessitated an electrical
engineer to have a thorough knowledge of electronic instruments. Almost all electrical control equipments are now
electronically controlled. Thus electronics has become a part and parcel of electrical engineers. Therefore each student of
electrical engineering should be well conversant of the use of electronics instruments for measurement circuiting control
processes machine operations etc.
Objectives
With the background of the knowledge of the topics of the subject will enable an electrical supervisor to locate the
troubles properly and when arising in the electrical system. They will be able to guide the necessity of control required in
industries. Students will be able to select an equivalent components in absence of exact substitute of component for non
stop working.
CURRICULUM
SL
Topics
1.
Semiconductors
2.
Digital Electronics
3.
Power Electronics
Periods
..
..
..
Total
60
CONTENTS
Topics Content
Periods
01
Semiconductors
..
01.01 Overview of Semiconductor diode and Transistors.
01.02 Formation of transistors and biasing CB, CE and CC configuration. Input-Output characteristics
of transistors, Current and Voltage gains, stability, transistor as an amplifier,
01.03 Field Effect Transistors (FET), JEET, MOSFET, Characteristic of FET, Biasing of FET,
02
Digital Electronics
02.01 Logic gates - AND, OR, EXOR, NAND , NOR gates, flip-flop using gates, J-K flip-flop, D-flip
flop, full adder, resistors, shift resistor,
03
Power Electronics
03.01 Operational amplifiers - ideal characteristics, use of amplifiers as integrator,
differentiation and as comparator,
(a) A/D and D/A convertors - different techniques and their applications.
Reference Books
SL
Title/Publisher
1.
Solid State Electronics Devices, Tata McGraw Hill
2.
Integrated Electronics, McGraw Hill
3.
Semi Conductor Device, McGraw Hill
4.
Physics of Semi Device, Willy Eastern
5.
Electronics Device and Circuits, Khanna Publishers
6.
Electronic Principles, Tata McGraw Hill
7.
Transistor Approximation, Tata McGraw Hill
8.
Introduction to Solid State Physics, 6th Ed., McGraw Hill
9.
Introduction to Micro Electronic Devices
10.
Micro Electronic Devices, McGraw Hill
11.
Special Issue on Lasers, Physics Today
Author
Miliman
S. M. Sze
S. M. Sze
G.K. Mithal
A.P. Malvino
A.P. Malvino
Kittel
Pulfrey
Yang
41 No.-10, Oct. 88
..
..
ENGINEERING MECHANICS Lab.
Subject Code
00306
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
00
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
Rationale & Objectives:
The Engineering Mechanics Laboratory is a subject which will help technician to understand the application of
theory that he has studied in practice by performing experiments and verifying results.
Besides the above the objective of the curriculum with effective skill will be developed in them to observe
experimental data, and to analyses the results.
These topics of this curriculum will certainly build their confidence in performing the utilization of principle of
mechanics in Civil Engineering works.
CONTENTS:
Eight experiments to be performed in the laboratory:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Determination of elongation of wire under external load.
Tensile Test on mild steel specimen.
Tensile Test on high tensile specimen.
Compression Test on metal.
Compression Test on bricks.
Determination of Young’s Modulus of Elasticity of wire.
Determination of reaction at the support of beam.
Determination of bending moment of a simply supported beam.
Determination of reaction at the support of roof truss.
Determination of deflection of beams.
Determination of moment of inertia of fly wheel.
Determination of bending moment of a over hanging beam.
Verification of Polygon Law of forces.
Verification of Triangle Law of forces.
To find moment of inertia of fly wheel.
Compression Test on metal.
Tensile Test on M.S.specimen.
Determination of co-efficient of friction on inclined plane.
Books Recommended:
Text Books
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
vfHk;kaf=d ;kaf=dh
Strength of Materials
Mechanics of Structure, Vol. 1
Strength of Materials
Engineering Mechanics and Strength of Materials
Teaching plans of Strength of Material
- tsŒdsŒ diwj
- Bininder Singh
- S.B. Junarkar
- R.S. Khurmi
- I.B. Prasad
- T.T.T.I. Madras
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING THROUGH ‘C’
Subject Code
00307
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
00
03
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
CONTENTS:
List of Practicals:
1.
Programming exercise on executing a C program.
2.
Programming exercise on editing C program.
3.
Programming exercise on defining variables and assigning values to variable.
4.
Programming exercise on arithmetic and relational operations.
5.
Programming exercise on arithmetic expressions and their evaluation
6.
Programming on infix, postfix, transformation using stack.
7.
Programs on array implementation.
Books Recommended:
1.
How to solve it by Computer, Prentice Hall of India, 1992.
- R.G. Dromey.
2.
The C Programming Language, Prentice Hall of India, 1989.
-B.W. Kernighan & D.M.
Ritchie.
3.
The Spirit of C Programming, Jaico Publishing House, New Delhi, 1987.
- Cooper, Mullish
4.
Application Programming in C. Macmillain International editions, 1990.
- Richa’d JohnsonBaugh & Martin Kalin
5.
The Art of C Programming, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi.
- Jones, Robin & Stewart
6.
Problem Solving and Programming. Prentice Hall International.
- A.C. Kenneth.
7.
C made easy, McGraw Hill Book Company, 1987.
- H. Schildt
8.
Software Engineering, McGraw Hill, 1992.
- R.S. Pressman
9.
Programming in C, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Jungpura, New Delhi
- R. Subburaj
10.
Programming with C language, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
- C. Balaguruswami
11.
Elements of C, Khanna Publishers. Delhi
- M. H. Lewin
12.
Programming in C
- Stephan G. Kochan.
13.
Programming in C, Khanna Publishers. New Delhi
- B.P. Mahapatra
14.
Let us C, BPB Publication. New Delhi
- Yashwant Kanetkar
15.
Programming in C, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd. Dariyaganj, New Delhi.
- Kris A. Jamsa
ELECTRICAL WORKSHOP PRACTICE
Subject Code
20308
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
00
00
60
No of Period in one session : 120
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
Rationale
As a supervisor, electrical diploma holder has to inspect test and modify the work done by skilled workers or
artisans under hire. Sometimes he has to demonstrate the correct method and procedure of doing certain
operations. So an electrical diploma holder must have conceptual understanding of the method of procedure
and possess manual skills in addition to supervisory capability.
Objectives
To develop special skills required for repairing small electrical domestic appliances, making joints and
carrying out work and detecting faults etc. in electrical equipments and circuits.
LIST OF PRACTICALS
SL
Topics
Miscellaneous Electrical Workshop Processes
1.
Acquaintance with the average tools and equipments used for electrical workshop.
2.
Soldering wire jointing of different types.
3.
Making of extension board containing two 5A and one one 15A plug-points.
4.
Soldering electrical elements with the necessary switches micro-switches and extension terminals.
House Wiring Processes
1.
Wiring of different lamp control, stair casing circuits, batton wiring, cleat wiring and conduit wiring.
2.
Assembly and interchange wiring of fluorescent tube light.
3.
Connection of table and ceiling fans with regulators.
4.
Earth resistance measurement and earthing processes.
Distribution Boards Processes
1.
To make a distribution board containing at least two switches, one fan regulator and one 5A plug
point energy meter with main switch.
2.
Fault detection and repair of domestic electric installation.
3.
Fault detection and its repair in institution's workshop installations.
4.
To make a single phase main distribution board with five outgoing circuits for light and fan load
including main switch and fuses (only internal connections).
5.
Wiring and testing of alarm and indicating relays, indicating lights etc.
6.
Dismantling, repairing, assembling and testing of domestic appliance like electric iron, room heater,
electric toaster, water heater, electric kettle, electric oven, ceiling fan, Table Fan, regulators, alarm
bell.
7.
Coil winding for small transformers or alarm bell.
8.
Assembling small transformer cores from the given lamination plates.
9.
Assembling small battery charger.
Armature Winding
1.
Armature winding of car dynamo.
2.
Armature winding of table fan.
3.
Armature winding of ceiling fan.
4.
Armature winding of 3 phase induction motor.
ELECTRICAL WORKSHOP PRACTIC
Subject Code
20309
Sessional
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
00
00
00
No of Period in one session :
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale
As a supervisor, electrical diploma holder has to inspect test and modify the work done by skilled workers or
artisans under hire. Sometimes he has to demonstrate the correct method and procedure of doing certain
operations. So an electrical diploma holder must have conceptual understanding of the method of procedure
and possess manual skills in addition to supervisory capability.
Objectives
To develop special skills required for repairing small electrical domestic appliances, making joints and
carrying out work and detecting faults etc. in electrical equipments and circuits.
LIST OF PRACTICALS
SL
Topics
Miscellaneous Electrical Workshop Processes
1.
Acquaintance with the average tools and equipments used for electrical workshop.
2.
Soldering wire jointing of different types.
3.
Making of extension board containing two 5A and one one 15A plug-points.
4.
Soldering electrical elements with the necessary switches micro-switches and extension terminals.
House Wiring Processes
1.
Wiring of different lamp control, stair casing circuits, batton wiring, cleat wiring and conduit wiring.
2.
Assembly and interchange wiring of fluorescent tube light.
3.
Connection of table and ceiling fans with regulators.
4.
Earth resistance measurement and earthing processes.
Distribution Boards Processes
1.
To make a distribution board containing at least two switches, one fan regulator and one 5A plug
point energy meter with main switch.
2.
Fault detection and repair of domestic electric installation.
3.
Fault detection and its repair in institution's workshop installations.
4.
To make a single phase main distribution board with five outgoing circuits for light and fan load
including main switch and fuses (only internal connections).
5.
Wiring and testing of alarm and indicating relays, indicating lights etc.
6.
Dismantling, repairing, assembling and testing of domestic appliance like electric iron, room heater,
electric toaster, water heater, electric kettle, electric oven, ceiling fan, Table Fan, regulators, alarm
bell.
7.
Coil winding for small transformers or alarm bell.
8.
Assembling small transformer cores from the given lamination plates.
9.
Assembling small battery charger.
Armature Winding
1.
Armature winding of car dynamo.
2.
Armature winding of table fan.
3.
Armature winding of ceiling fan.
4.
Armature winding of 3 phase induction motor.
Scheme of Teaching and Examination
III Semester DIPLOMA in MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
THEORY
TEACHING
SCHEME
SL.
No
SUBJECTS
SUBJECT
CODE
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Periods
per
Week
Periods
in one
Session
Hours
of
Exam.
Terminal
Exam.
(A)
Marks
Final
Exam.
(B) Marks
Total
Marks
(A+B)
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
Pass
Marks
in the
Subject
1
Professional
Mathematics
00301
6
60
3
20
80
100
26
36
2
Engineering
Machanics
00302
4
50
3
20
80
100
26
36
3
Computer
Programming
Through 'C '
00303
4
50
3
20
80
100
26
36
25304
6
75
3
20
80
100
26
36
25305
6
50
3
20
80
100
26
36
4
5
Energy
Conversion-I
Material
Science and
Technology
Total :-
26
500
PRACTICAL
TEACHING
SCHEME
SL.
No.
6
7
SUBJECTS
SUBJECT
CODE
Engineering
Mechanics
Lab.
Computer
Programming
Through 'C '
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Periods
per
Week
Periods
in one
Session
Hours
of
Exam.
Marks
Internal
Exam.
(A)
Marks
External
Exam.
(B)
Total
Marks
(A+B)
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
Pass
Marks in
the
Subject
00306
4
50
3
10
40
50
16
21
00307
6
60
3
10
40
50
16
21
Total :-
10
100
SESSIONAL
TEACHING
SCHEME
SL.
No.
SUBJECTS
SUBJECT
CODE
8
Mechanical
Engineering Lab.
25308
9
Energy
Conversion-Lab
25309
Total :Total Periods per Week
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Periods
per
Week
Periods
in One
Session
Marks of
Internal
Examiner
(X)
Marks of
External
Examiner
(Y)
Total
Marks
(X+Y)
Pass Marks in the
Subject
6
50
40
60
100
50
20
30
50
42
150
Total Marks
750
PROFESSIONAL MATHEMATICS
Subject Code
00301
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
00
00
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
A technical diploma holder is engaged generally as first line supervisor. He forms a bridge between workers and
management. He has to understand the language of the modern management and communicate with the workers in their
language. This subject will help accomplishment of the task in stipulated time, develop attitude towards cost
effectiveness, selection of most effective alternative methods. This course will also help the student to tackle different
numerical methods and computational techniques for problem solving in research organization as a programmer.
Objective:
The course enables students to.

Managerial skill based on mathematical footing

The ability to find approximate solutions and/or answers to the problems where analytical methods become
more complex.

To choose correct numerical techniques for a given problem.
S.No.
Topics
Periods
01
GROUP –A (Numerical Methods)
(20)
02
GROUP-B (Statistical Techniques)
(20)
03
GROUP-C (Management Techniques)
(20)
Total:
(60)
CONTENTS:
GROUP-A (NUMERICAL METHODS)
01.01
Introduction to Numerical methods: Approximation and errors (Truncation & Round off).
01.02
Numerical solutions of non-linear and Transcendental equations: Iterative methods. NewtonRaphson‟s method. Bisection method and Regula-Falsi method.
01.03
Solution of Linear Simultaneous Equations: Gaussian Elimination method and Gauss-Jordan
method.
01.04
Finite Difference: Backward and forward Differences. Finite Difference Interpolation Formula.
Newton‟s Forward Difference formula and Newton‟s Backward Difference formula.
01.05
Numerical Differentiation & Integration: Newton‟s forward and backward differentiation
formula. Trapezoidal Rule and Simpson‟s 1/3 rule for numerical integration.
01.06
Difference equations. simple problem Only
GROUP-B
02.01
02.02
02.03
GROUP-C
03.01
03.01.01
03.01.02
03.01.03
03.01.04
03.01.05
03.02
03.02.01
(20)
(STATISTICAL TECHNIQUES)
Introduction to statistics: Measure of central tendencies: measures of dispersions: standard
deviation and variance for discrete and grouped data: assumed mean and step deviation
methods.
Theory of Probability: Random events and their types. Probability of Events. Definitions. Laws
of Probability (Addition and Multiplication Laws)
Probability Distribution: Introduction to Arithmetic Mean and Standard Deviation of a
probability distribution. Important probability distribution – Binomial distribution. Poisson‟s
distribution & Their means and variance.
[20]
(MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES)
Linear Models
Introduction to Operations Research (O.R) Steps of O.R.
Linear Programming Problems: Formulation of a LPP. Mathematical Modelling and Solution
by graphical method.
Solution by Simplex Method: Basic Feasible Solution (Degenerator and Non-degenerator)
Transportation problem: Introduction and Solution Procedure(i)
Finding the initial basic feasible solution by N-W Corner Rule, Least cost method and
Vogel‟s Approximation Method.
(ii)
Test of optimality by u-v method only.
[20]
Assignment Problem: Introduction and Solution Procedure–Fundamental theory underlying
Hungarian Method.
Network Analysis. CPM & PERT: Introduction.
Basic concepts – Activities. Nodes. Edges. Networking of a project. Various times calculations.
CPM to determine the optimal project schedule.
03.02.02
PERT- Definition, difference between CPM & PERT. Pessimistic times, optimistic times. Most
likely times of various activities.
Books Recommended: Text Books
1.
Operations Research. Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 1990
2.
3.
4.
5.
Operations Research. Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 1990
Operations Research. Macmillan Publishing Co. New York,
1982
Computer based numerical algorithm, East West Press, 1975
Computer oriented numerical method, Prentice Hall India, 1980
Kanti Swaroop. P.K Gupta and Man
Mohan
Heera & Gupta
H.A.Taha
-
E.V Krishna Murthy & S.V. Sen
V. Rajaraman
ENGINEERING MECHANICS
Subject Code
00302
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
00
00
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
The subject forms an important part of Engineering curricula for developing the concepts required in the design
of various structures. The subject deals with the basic concept of mechanic of body and the behaviour of material used in
practice and in structures under varying load conditions. The first part of the subject deals with the applied mechanics
science. Which describe the condition of body in rest or motion under the action of forces. In its preview come variety
of general and specialized engineering disciplines concerned with analysis of structures and machines and the
mechanism of their parts.
In the Second part, the principles of strength of materials is introduced in which the student will learn to
distinguish between different types of stress and strain and also the qualitative assessment of stress and strains in material
element under the action of internal forces.
Objective:
Knowledge Workers will be able to:
 Analyze and understand the physical behaviour of members of engineering structures.
 Acquire knowledge of various elements of structures.
 Utilise the basic principles.
 Develop skill to tackle field problem.
 Solve the problems by the application of basic principles.
 Judge the suitability of materials in design process.
S.No.
Topics
Periods
PART-A
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
Introduction
Vector Methods
Introduction to system of forces and equilibrium
Friction
Kinematics and kinetics of a particle
Kinematics and kinetics of rigid body
Impulse and Momentum
Work, Energy and Power
Total :
(02)
(02)
(06)
(04)
(03)
(02)
(02)
(04)
(25)
Total :
(07)
(03)
(02)
(05)
(08)
(25)
(50)
PART-B
01
02
03
04
05
Simple stress and strains
Elastic constants
Center of Gravity (Centroid)
Moment of Inertia
Shearing force and bending moments
CONTENTS:
PART-A
TOPIC: 01 – INTRODUCTION:
Idealisation of mechanics; Concept of rigid body; External forces (Body forces & surface forces) Law of Mechanics.
TOPIC: 02 VECTOR METHODS:
Equality and equivalence of vectors; Free and Bound vector; Moment of a force about a point and a line; Couple and moment of
a couple.
TOPIC: 03 – INDTRODUCTION TO SYSTEM OF FORCES AND EQUILIBRIUM:
Statically equivalent force system; simplest equivalent of a system of forces; force analysis, free body diagram,
equation of equilibrium.
[02]
[02]
[06]
TOPIC: 04 – FRICTION:
Basic Concept of different Friction (Static, Dynamic, Sliding, Rolling, Fluid).
TOPIC: 05 – KINEMATICS AND KINETICS OF A PARTICLE:
Rectilinear and curvilinear translations; normal and tangential component of acceleration.
TOPIC:06 – KINEMATICS AND KINETICS OF RIGID BODY:
Simple concept of Angular Velocity and angular acceleration. Effective forces on a rigid body. D‟ Alembert‟s
principle.
TOPIC:07 – IMPULSE AND MOMENTUM:
Linear impulse and linear momentum, angular impulse and angular momentum, definitions only;
TOPIC: 08 – WORK, ENERGY AND POWER:
Work done by forces and couples, potential and kinetic energy, work-energy; conservation of energy; concept of
power and efficiency.
[04]
[03]
[02]
[02]
[04]
PART-B
TOPIC: 01 – SIMPLE STREES & STRAIN:
01.01
01.02
01.03
01.04
[07]
Definition of various terms and their units (S.I. Units)
Stress and strain due to axial load and transverse load relation between stress and strain. Hook‟s law. Studies of
stress strain curve. Factor of safety & working stress. Concepts of isotropic materials.
Stress & strain in simple section & composite bar. Stress & strain due to temperature variation.
Shrinking on hoop‟s stresses.
TOPIC: 02 – ELASTIC STRESS & STRAIN:
02.01
Linear strain and lateral strain, poisson‟s ratio, volumetric strain
02.02
Change in volume due to axial, biaxial & triaxial loading. Bulk modulus.
02.03
Shear stress and strain, modulus of rigidity.
02.04
Simple shear. Complementary shear stress.
02.05
Various Relations among modulus of elasticity, modulus of rigidity & bulk modulus.
[03]
TOPIC: 03 – CENTER OF GRAVITY (CENTROID):
03.01
Definition of center of gravity & centroid.
03.02
Determination of C.G of various sections symmetrical and unsymmetrical sections.
03.03
Determination of C.G. of perforated sections.
TOPIC: 04 – MOMENT OF INERTIA:
04.01
Definition of M.I.; radius of gyration, second moment of area.
04.02
Parallel axis theorem & perpendicular axis theorem.
04.03
Derivation of M.I. of regular area-rectangular, triangular circular about centroidal axis.
04.04
M.I. of built up section, symmetrical and unsymmetrical about centroidal axis, modulus of sections.
[02]
TOPIC: 05 – SHEARING FORCE & BENDING MOMENT:
05.01
Types of beams and types of supports, types of loading.
05.02
Concept and definitions of shear force and bending moment, sign convention.
05.03
Shear force and bending moment diagrams for cantilever, simply supported beam, over hanging beam
for various types of loading & couples, point of contraflexure.
05.04
Relation between B.M, S.F. and rate of loading.
[08]
Books Recommended:
Text Books
1.
Strength of Materials
2.
Mechanics of Structure
3.
Strength of Materials
4.
Theory of Structure
5.
Strength of Materials & Mechanics of Structure.
6.
Teaching plans of Strength of Material
nzO; lkeF;Z
7.
8.
Engineering Mechanics
9.
Engineering Mechanics
10.
Strength of material
-
R.S. Khurmi
S.B. Junarkar
Ramamrutham
Vazirini & Ratwani
Punamia
T.T.T.I. Madras
xq:pj.k flag
I.H. Shames
Beer & Johnson
S.K. Singh
[05]
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING THROUGH C
Subject Code
00303
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
00
00
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
Computers play a vital role in present day life, more so, in the professional life of technician engineers. In order
to enable the students use the computers effectively in problem solving, this course offers the modern programming
language C along with exposition to various engineering applications of computers.
Objective:
The objectives of this course are to make the students able to:

Develop efficient algorithms for solving a problem.

Use the various constructs of a programming language viz. conditional, iteration and recursion.

Implement the algorithms in “C” language.

Use simple data structures like arrays, stacks and linked list solving problems.

Handling File in “C”.
S.No.
Topics
Periods
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
Introduction to Programming
Algorithm for Problem Solving
Introduction to „C‟ Language
Condition and Loops
Arrays
Functions
Structures and Unions
Pointers
(03)
(08)
(08)
(07)
(07)
(07)
(04)
(06)
(50)
Total :
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 – INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING:
The Basic Model of Computation, Algorithms, Flow-charts, Programming Languages, Compilation, Linking
and Loading, Testing and Debugging, Documentation. Programming Style-Names, Documentation & Format,
Refinement & Modularity.
TOPIC: 02 – ALGORITHM FOR PROBLEM SOLVING:
Exchanging values of two variables, summation of a set of numbers. Reversing digits of an integer, GCD
(Greatest Common Division) of two numbers. Test whether a number is prime. Organize numbers in
ascending order. Find square root of a number, factorial computation, Fibonacci sequence. Compute sine
Series. Check whether a given number is Palindrome or not. Find Square root of a quadratic equation.
multiplication of two matrices,
TOPIC: 03 – INTRODUCTION TO ‘C’ LANGUAGE:
03.01
Character set, Variable and Identifiers, Built-in Data Types, Variable Definition, Declaration, C
Key Words-Rules & Guidelines for Naming Variables.
03.02
Arithmetic operators and Expressions, Constants and Literals, Precedence & Order of Evaluation.
03.03
Simple assignment statement. Basic input/output statement.
03.04
Simple „C‟ programs of the given algorithms
TOPIC: 04 – CONDITIONAL STATEMENTS AND LOOPS:
04.01
Decision making within a program
04.02
Conditions, Relational Operators, Logical Perator.
04.03
If statement, it-else statement.
04.04
Loop statements
04.05
Break, Continue, Switch
TOPIC: 05 – ARRAYS:
What is an Array?, Declaring an Array, Initializing an Array.
One dimensional arrays: Array manipulation: Searching, Insertion, Deletion of an element from an array;
Finding the largest/smallest element in array; Two dimensional arrays, Addition/Multiplication of two
matrices.
[03]
[08]
[08]
[07]
[07]
TOPIC: 06 – FUNCTIONS:
Top-down approach of problem solving. Modular programming and functions, Definition of Functions
Recursion, Standard Library of C functions, Prototype of a function: Formal parameter list, Return Type,
Function call, Passing arguments to a Function: call by reference; call by value.
TOPIC: 07 – STRUCTURES AND UNIONS:
Basic of Structures, Structures variables, initialization, structure assignment, Structures and arrays: arrays of
structures,
TOPIC: 08 – POINTERS:
Concept of Pointers, Address operators, pointer type declaration, pointer assignment, pointer initialization
pointer arithmetic.
Book Recommended:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Programming with C. Second Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill,
2000
How to solve by Computer, Seventh Edition, 2001, Prentice
hall of India.
Programming with ANSI-C, First Edition, 1996, Tata
McGraw hill.
Programming with ANSI & Turbo C. First Edition, Pearson
Education.
Programming with C. First Edition, 1997, Tara McGraw
hill.
The C Programming Language, Second Edition, 2001,
Prentice Hall of India.
Programming in C, Vikash Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,
Jungpura, New Delhi.
Programming with C Language, Tara McGraw Hill, New
Delhi.
Elements of C, Khanna Publishers, Delhi.
Programming in C.
Programming in C, khanna Publishers, Delhi.
Let us C, BPB Publication, New Delhi.
Programming in C, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd.
Dariyaganj, New Delhi.
The Art of C Programming, Narosa Publishing House, New
Delhi.
Problem Solving and Programming. Prentice Hall
International.
C made easy, McGraw Hill Book Company, 1987.
Software Engineering, McGraw Hill, 1992.
Pointers in C, BPB publication, New Delhi.
-
Byron Gottfried
-
R.G. Dromey
-
E. Balaguruswami
-
A. Kamthane
-
Venugopla and Prasad
-
B. W. Kernighan & D.M. Ritchie
-
R. Subburaj
-
C. Balagurswami
-
M. H. Lewin
Stephen G. Kochan
B. P. Mahapatra
Yashwant kanetkar
Kris A. Jamsa
-
Jones, Robin & Stewart
-
A.C. Kenneth
-
H. Schildt
R.S. Pressman
Yashwant Kanetkar
[07]
[04]
[06]
ENERGY CONVERSION - I
Subject Code
25304
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
00
00
No of Period in one session : 75
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
A diploma holder technician in Mechanical Engineering has to encounter with the use of, and conversion of
chemical energy into thermal energy, thermal energy into mechanical energy, waste products carrying heavy amount of
unuseful energy into useful energy. Conversion of solar energy into different types of energies utilized in different
plants, like railway, automobile etc.
The E.C.I. has been introduced in Diploma II to give the base for the conversion/utilization of technologies
being used or to be used in different organisations.
Objective:
The objective of the course is to provide the basic concepts of the conversion of unuseful energy into useful
energy so that students should be able to develop the new ideas about the energy and can be able to develop a new
technology/advance technology to give more & more useful energy.
The basic concepts provide the following items:
S.No.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
(i)
Knowledge of different types of energy.
(ii)
Utilization of waste products/unutilized material into biogas or biomass.
(iii)
Concept of wind mill.
(iv)
Better utilization of abundant energy of the sun in the form of solar energy.
(v)
Conversion of chemical energy into thermal energy.
(vi)
Conversion of other types of energies into thermal energy.
(vii)
Chemical capacity of traditional fuel.
(viii)
Capacity of steam, use of steam table, molliers chart.
(ix)
Production of steam.
(Knowledge of steam generators etc.)
Topics
Sources of Energy.
Periods
(10)
Heat Transfer for Solar Energy Utilization
Solar Radiation Analysis
Storage of Solar Energy
Methods of Solar Energy
Fuels and Combustion of fuels
Thermodynamics
Air Cycles
Steam & Steam Generators
Total :
(05)
(06)
(06)
(08)
(04)
(18)
(08)
(10)
(75)
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 – SOURCES OF ENERGY:
01.01
Definition of energy, types of sources of energy (conventional & non conventional)
01.02
Caouses for evaluation of non-conventional energy, small description.
01.03
Types of non-conventional energy & their resources.
01.04
Availability of non-conventional energy and its usefulness.
01.05
Description of wind mill, its types and performance.
01.06
Bioconversion and Biomass (photo synthesis, biogas generation Materials for biogas, ocean.
[10]
(01)
(01)
(02)
(01)
(02)
(02)
TOPIC: 02 – HEAT TRANSFER FOR SOLAR ENERGY UTILIZATION:
02.01
Introduction, Conduction, Convection, Radiation, Reflectivity, Transmissibility,
02.02
Problems of heat through an insulated wall of pipe, theory only
[05]
(03)
(02)
TOPIC: 03 – SOLAR RADIATION ANALYSIS:
03.01
The characteristics of the sun.
03.02
Solar constant, Solar Radiation at the earths surface.
03.03
Determination of solar time, derived solar angles.
[06]
(01)
(02)
(03)
TOPIC: 04 – STORAGE OF SOLAR ENERGY:
04.01
Types of energy storage (theory,electrical storage, chemical storage, in the form of potential
hydraulic energy (hydro storage).
[06]
TOPIC: 05 – METHODS OF SALAR ENERGY UTILIZATION:
05.01
Solar pumping
05.02
Solar distillation
05.03
Solar cooking
05.04
Solar green house
[08]
(01)
(01)
(02)
(01)
TOPIC: 06 – FUELS AND COMBUSTION OF FUELS:
06.01
Fuels – Introduction, desirable properties of good fuel.
06.02
Classification – Solid, Liquid, Gas.
06.03
Calorific Value – Lower C. V. Higher C. V. Air/Oxygen required for complete combustion, octane and
cetane no. of fuels
Requirements of Aviation fuel, Fuel additive, CNG – Introduction.
[04]
(01)
(01)
(01)
TOPIC: 07 – INTRODUCTION TO THERMODYANAMICS:
[18]
07.01 Basic concept of thermodynamics. Heat and Energy. Thermodynamic systems, closed system, open system,
solated system.
(02)
07.02 Properties of system and their classification. Properties of perfect gases. Different types of thermodynamic
process.
(02)
07.03 Laws of gases and their characteristics equation. Specific heats of gases and their relation with gas constant,
Representation of processes
on P-V & T- diagram
(02)
07.04 Laws of Thermodynamics - /eroth Law of Thermodynamics.
(03)
07.05 First Law of Thermodynamics, Statement, explanation & application. Non-flow energy equation (closed
system), calculation of
work done, Heat transfer and internal energy for different thermodynamic process.
(03)
07.06 Second Law of Thermodynamics, Statement, explanation & application.
(02)
Concept of Heat Engine & Heat Pump. Efficiency of Heat Engine,
(02)
Concept of Refrigerator and C.O.P. Concept of entropy.
(02)
thermodynamic processes (T- diagram)
(01)
07.07 Calculation of changes of entropy. Heat transfer to different thermodynamic system.
(01)
TOPIC: 08 – AIR CYCLES:
08.01
Definition of a Cycle, Cylinder Bore, Stroke ratio, Stroke length, Stroke Volume. Clearance,
Clearance ratio, Compression ratio, Pressure ratio, m.e.p. and air standard efficiency.
08.02
Concept of reversible and irreversible processes and cycles.
08.03
Ideal Cycle (Cornot Cycle), Representation on P-V & T- and H- diagrams Derivation and
Calculation of m.e.p. and air standard efficiency.
08.04
Otto Cycle, Representation on P-V & T- and H- diagrams. Derivation and Calculation
of m.e.p. and air standard efficiency.
08.05
Diesel Cycle, Representation on P-V & T- and H- diagrams. Derivation and Calculation
of m.e.p. and air standard efficiency.
[08]
TOPIC: 09 – STEAM AND STEAM GENERATORS:
09.01
Formation and properties of Steam.
09.02
Formation of steam at a constant pressure, constant temperature, constant volume. Total heat
graph during steam formation.
09.03
Important terminology used for steam. Wetsteam, Super saturated steam. Dryness fraction,
Latent heat of vaporization, Sensible heat of water.
09.04
Total heat of enthalpy of steam. Entropy of steam. Steam table and its use.
09.05
Use of Mollier‟s chart.
09.06
Advantage of super heating, External work done suring evaporation, Internal Energy of steam,
Problems on properties of steam.
09.07
Steam generators, Introduction to steam generators, Classification of boilers.
[10]
(01)
(01)
(01)
(01)
(01)
(01)
(02)
(01)
(01)
(01)
(01)
(02)
Books Recommended:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Solar Energy Utilization
Heat Engine
A Text Book of Engineering Thermodynamics
Engineering Thermodynamics
- G.D. Rai
- P.L. Ballaney. Khanna Publications
- R.S. Khurmi, S. Chand & Co.
- J.K. Gupta, Ram Nagar, Delhi.
MATERIAL SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
Subject Code
25305
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
00
00
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
Rapid technological developments in the fields of new materials and their alloys makes the selection of material
difficult for engineers or technician. Adequate knowledge about properties of material like wear, abrasion, corrosion,
structure, deformation of metals is essential. A brief knowledge about heat treatment of metals, its advantages and
disadvantages is required for technicians. The syllabus of Material Science & Technology has been aimed to provide the
students the knowledge of metal behaviour in different service conditions.
Objective:
The students will be able to:
(a)
Know about metallic deformation.
(b)
Corrosion, its prevention.
(c)
Selection of suitable materials.
(d)
Heat treatment processes.
S. No.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
Topics Periods
Deformation of metals
Fracture of metals
Corrosion of metals
Phase diagram & alloy system.
Heat treatment
Testing of materials
Shaping of metals
(07)
(04)
(06)
(08)
(10)
(08)
(09)
(52)
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 – DEFORMATION OF METALS:
01.01
Introduction, classification of deformation, elastic and plastic, comparison between elastic & plastic
deformation.
01.02
Modes of plastic deformation slip and twinning.
01.03
Dislocation theory: types of dislocation – edge and screw dislocation.
01.04
Deformation of polycrystalline material, comparison between recovery and reerystallization.
[07]
(02)
(02)
(01)
(02)
TOPIC: 02 – FRACTURE OF METALS:
02.01
Introduction, causes of fracture.
02.02
Classification of fracture, brittle & ductile, comparison between brittle & ductile fracture.
[04]
(02)
(02)
TOPIC: 03 – CORROSION OF METALS:
03.01
Introduction, mechanism & classification of corrosion.
03.02
Factors influencing corrosion, prevention and control of corrosion
03.03
Metallic & Non-metallic coatings for corrosion control.
[06]
(02)
(02)
(02)
TOPIC: 04 – PHASE DIAGRAM AND ALLOY SYSTEM:
[08]
04.01
Introduction, allotropic forms of pure iron, critical points, iron-carbon system.
04.02
Phase diagram for iron carbon system, solid phase in iron-iron carbide phase diagram, critical temperature
eutectoid,
hypereutectoid and hypereutectoid steels.
04.03
Modified iron-iron carbide diagram, primary and secondary transformation in steel, micro-constituents of
steel and east-iron.
TOPIC: 05 – HEAT TREATMENT:
05.01
Introduction
05.02
Annealing
05.03
Normalising
05.04
Hardening
05.05
Tempering
05.06
Carburizing
05.07
Advantages & disadvantages of heat treatment
[10]
(01)
(02)
(01)
(02)
(01)
(02)
(01)
TOPIC: 06 – TESTING OF MATERIAL:
05.01
Introduction, classification of testing.
05.02
Hardness testing – Brinel, Rockwel, Vickers diamond test
05.03
Tensile Test
[06]
(01)
(02)
(01)
TOPIC: 07 – SHAPING OF METALS:
07.01
Introduction, classification of metal shaping processes
07.02
Cold working processes – rolling, drawing, bending, shearing, squeezing shot peening, advantages and
disadvantages.
07.03
Hot Working – methods, rolling, drawing, welding, extruding, spinning, forging, advantage and
disadvantages, comparison between
cold working and hot working.
[09]
(01)
(04)
(04)
ENGINEERING MECHANICS Lab.
Subject Code
00306
L
04
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
T
P/S
00
2 week continue
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
Rationale & Objectives:
The Engineering Mechanics Laboratory is a subject which will help technician to understand the application of
theory that he has studied in practice by performing experiments and verifying results.
Besides the above the objective of the curriculum with effective skill will be developed in them to observe
experimental data, and to analyses the results.
These topics of this curriculum will certainly build their confidence in performing the utilization of principle of
mechanics in Civil Engineering works.
CONTENTS:
Eight experiments to be performed in the laboratory:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Determination of elongation of wire under external load.
Tensile Test on mild steel specimen.
Tensile Test on high tensile specimen.
Compression Test on metal.
Compression Test on bricks.
Determination of Young‟s Modulus of Elasticity of wire.
Determination of reaction at the support of beam.
Determination of bending moment of a simply supported beam.
Determination of reaction at the support of roof truss.
Determination of deflection of beams.
Determination of moment of inertia of fly wheel.
Determination of bending moment of a over hanging beam.
Verification of Polygon Law of forces.
Verification of Triangle Law of forces.
To find moment of inertia of fly wheel.
Compression Test on metal.
Tensile Test on M.S.specimen.
Determination of co-efficient of friction on inclined plane.
Books Recommended:
Text Books
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
vfHk;kaf=d ;kaf=dh
Strength of Materials
Mechanics of Structure, Vol. 1
Strength of Materials
Engineering Mechanics and Strength of Materials
Teaching plans of Strength of Material
- tsŒdsŒ diwj
- Bininder Singh
- S.B. Junarkar
- R.S. Khurmi
- I.B. Prasad
- T.T.T.I. Madras
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING THROUGH ‘C’
Subject Code
00307
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
00
03
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
CONTENTS:
List of Practicals:
1.
Programming exercise on executing a C program.
2.
Programming exercise on editing C program.
3.
Programming exercise on defining variables and assigning values to variable.
4.
Programming exercise on arithmetic and relational operations.
5.
Programming exercise on arithmetic expressions and their evaluation
6.
Programming on infix, postfix, transformation using stack.
7.
Programs on array implementation.
Books Recommended:
1.
How to solve it by Computer, Prentice Hall of India, 1992.
- R.G. Dromey.
2.
The C Programming Language, Prentice Hall of India, 1989.
-B.W. Kernighan & D.M.
Ritchie.
3.
The Spirit of C Programming, Jaico Publishing House, New Delhi, 1987.
- Cooper, Mullish
4.
Application Programming in C. Macmillain International editions, 1990.
- Richa‟d JohnsonBaugh & Martin Kalin
5.
The Art of C Programming, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi.
- Jones, Robin & Stewart
6.
Problem Solving and Programming. Prentice Hall International.
- A.C. Kenneth.
7.
C made easy, McGraw Hill Book Company, 1987.
- H. Schildt
8.
Software Engineering, McGraw Hill, 1992.
- R.S. Pressman
9.
Programming in C, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Jungpura, New Delhi
- R. Subburaj
10.
Programming with C language, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
- C. Balaguruswami
11.
Elements of C, Khanna Publishers. Delhi
- M. H. Lewin
12.
Programming in C
- Stephan G. Kochan.
13.
Programming in C, Khanna Publishers. New Delhi
- B.P. Mahapatra
14.
Let us C, BPB Publication. New Delhi
- Yashwant Kanetkar
15.
Programming in C, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd. Dariyaganj, New Delhi.
- Kris A. Jamsa
MECHANICAL ENGINERING LAB.
Subject Code
25308
L
06
Sessional
No. of Periods Per Week
T
P/S
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
60
Internal Exam.
:
40
Rationale & Objective:
A Diploma holder technician (Mechanical) should be able to handle types of machines and can think about the
better use of modification of the machines.
Sl, No. Topics Periods
A
Applied Mechanics Laboratory
CONTENTS:
TOPIC:A – APPLIED MAECHANICS LABORATORY:
A.01
A.02
A.03
A.04
A.05
A.06
A.07
A.08
Verification of Law of Parallelogram of Forces.
Verification of Hooke‟s Law by Searl‟s Appratus.
To find modulus of rigidity of M.S. Rod by Torsion method.
To find the reaction at supports for a simply supported beam having point loads at different position and Draw
S.F. and B.M.
To find the moment of inertia of a fly wheel.
To determine stiffness of a spring and its modulus of rigidity.
To find the maximum deflection of a simply supported beam and cantilever beam having point load at the
middle and the free end respectively.
To find the reactions at fixed end and draw S.F.and B.M. diagram having point loads at free end.
ENERGY CONVERSION LAB
Subject Code
25309
L
06
Sessional
No. of Periods Per Week
T
P/S
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
60
Internal Exam.
:
40
Rationale & Objective:
A Diploma holder technician (Mechanical) should be able to handle types of machines and can think about the
better use of modification of the machines.
Sl, No. Topics Periods
A
Energy Conversion Laboratory
CONTENTS:
TOPIC:A – ENERGY CONVERSION LABORATORY:
At least four experiments should to be done, in which, Experiment No. C.01 is compulsory:
C.01
Study of Solar devices:
a)
Solar Cooker
b)
Solar Street Lighting System
c)
Solar Pumping
d)
Solar Heating & Cooling System
e)
Solar Drier
f)
Any device which uses solar energy,
(At least one device should be prepared by group of students)
C.02
Detailed study of Gobar Gas Plant
C.03
Working of 2 stroke/4 stroke I.C. Engines.
C.04
Study of Boilers (Water tube/ Fire tube)
C.05
Calculation of I.H.P., B.H.P., of a Heat Engine
C.06
Troubleshooting of Water Cooler/Refrigerator.
C.07
Visit to Factory/Power Plant for knowing about steam generation & its utilization.
Scheme of Teaching and Examination for
IV Semester DIPLOMA in CIVIL ENGINEERING
THEORY
TEACHING
SCHEME
Sl.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
15401
6
60
3
20
80
100
26
Pass
Marks
in the
Subject
36
15402
6
60
4
20
80
100
26
36
15403
6
60
3
20
80
100
26
36
15404
12
120
4
20
80
100
26
36
15405
6
50
3
20
80
100
26
36
Total :-
36
SUBJEC
Periods
CODE
per
Week
SUBJECTS
Surveying-II
Quantity Surveying
& Costing - I
Construction
Technology -I
Civil Engineering
drawing & drafting
Engineering
Economics &
Accounts
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Periods
in one
Session
Hours
of
Exam.
Terminal
Exam.
(A)
Marks
Final
Exam.
(B)
Marks
Total
Marks
(A+B)
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
500
PRACTICAL
TEACHING SCHEME
SL.
No.
SUBJECTS
SUBJECT
CODE
6
Field Survey
15406
7
Construction
Practice -I
15407
6
Total :-
6
Periods
per
Week
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Periods in
one Session
18 days Continuous
60
Hours
of
Exam.
Marks
Internal
Exam.
(A)
Marks
External
Exam.
(B)
Total
Marks
(A+B)
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
Pass
Marks in
the
Subject
4
10
40
50
16
21
4
10
40
50
16
21
100
SESSIONAL
TEACHING
SCHEME
SL.
No.
SUBJECTS
SUBJECT
CODE
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Periods
per
Week
Periods
in One
Session
Marks of
Internal
Examiner (X)
Marks of
External
Examiner (Y)
Total
Marks
(X+Y)
Pass
Marks in
the
Subject
8
Field Survey
15408
_
_
20
30
50
25
9
Civil Engg.
Drawing
15409
_
_
40
60
100
50
Total :-
Total Periods per Week
150
42
Total Marks
1
750
SURVEYING – II
Subject Code
15401
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
-
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
The primary job of civil engineering technician is survey work. It is to be carried out for any civil engineering project before
any planning & construction can be taken. Hence a thorough knowledge of the methods of surveying & leveling as well as that of
plotting is must for any technician. Technicians must also possess skill in the handling of survey instrument for proficiency in carrying
out survey work. Therefore the subject is of paramount importance & must necessarily form the base of Civil Engineering curriculum.
Objective:
The student will be made conversant with the various instruments & appliance used in surveying. He will be taught chain
survey, plane table survey, compass survey and triangulation survey and would be introduced to the modern survey methods.
S.No.
01
02
03
04
05
Topics
Theodolite Surveying
Curves
Tacheometry
Contouring
Modern Surveying
Periods
(15)
(15)
(10)
(14)
(06)
(60)
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 – THEODOLITE SURVEYING:
Fundamental axes of a theodolite & their relation. Temporary Adjustments. Face left. Face Right & concept of transiting.
Measurement of horizontal & vertical Angles, prolonging a line. Travers survey with a Theodolite, Computation by
rectangular coordinates. Balancing a traverse by Gale’’s traverse table, solution of simple problems on omitted
measurements. Errors in theodolite survey & precautions for minimization.
[14]
TOPIC: 02 – CURVES:
Need & benefits of its provision, Elements of Circular curves, Degree & Radius of curve & their relation. Problems on
simple curves, compound curves, reverse curves & vertical curves. Definition & requirements of transition curves. Length
of transition curve: Layout of circular curve with chain & tape and with theodolite.
[15]
TOPIC: 03 – TACHEMETRY:
Principle of tacheometry; Instruments used in tacheometry; Methods of techeometry; determination of Stadia constants;
Tacheometric surveying with line of collimation (i) horizontal (ii) inclined with level staff held vertical.
[10]
TOPIC: 04 – Contouring:
Concept & definition of contour line; contour interval & horizontal equivalent; factors governing contour interval,
characteristics of contours; Methods of contouring; Interpolation of contours; Use of contours maps; drawing L section &
cross-section from contour maps; Tracing contour gradient for alignment of roads etc; finding volume of earth-work &
capacity of reservoir from contour map.
[15]
TOPIC: 05 – MODERN SURVEYING:
(a) Aerial Surveying & Ground Photogrammetry; Elementary knowledge of both with the basic principles involved
especially of stereoscopic vision. Advantages of aerial surveying over conventional methods.
[06]
Book Recommended:
Text Books
1.
Surveying & leveling, Vol. II
2.
Surveying, Vol. II
3.
Surveying, Vol. II
4.
Photogrammetry
5.
Air Photography Applied to Surveys
-
2
Kanethar & Kulkarni
Dr. B. C. Punami
D. Clark
F. H. Moffitt
C. A. Mart
QUANTITIY SURVEYING & COSTING-I
Subject Code
15402
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
-
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
In order to find out the quantities of materials and its cost from the detailed drawing of any structure and find out different
material required & cost involved as per drawing.
Objective:
Calculation of detailed quantities of materials and working out their costs is the major objective of a junior engineer
technician. The students must be able to arrange the materials as per the detailed drawings need.
S.No.
01
02
03
04
05
06
Topics
Procedure of Estimating
Calculation of quantities
Building Estimates
Estimate of Roofs
Earth Work
Application of Computer Programming
Total :
Periods
(05)
(06)
(16)
(14)
(14)
(05)
(60)
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 – PROCEDURE OF ESTIMATING:
01.01
Definition
01.02
Requirements of an estimate.
01.03
Methods of estimating
01.04
Units of measurements.
01.05
Units of Payment of different items of work.
01.06
Systems for Preparation of an estimate.
TOPIC: 02 – CALCULATION OF QUANTITIES:
02.01
General Principles.
02.02
Methods of working of quantities for different items of work.
02.03
Centre Line and Long Short Wall method.
TOPIC: 03 – BUILDING ESTIMATES:
03.01
Estimate of a single room building with Verandah.
03.02
Estimate of a two/three roomed building.
03.03
Estimate of an building and a Primary health center.
03.04
Estimate of double buildings.
TOPIC: 04 – BUILDING ESTIMATES:
04.01
Estimate of simple buildings with sloping roofs.
04.02
Hipped/gabled/Lean-to-roof with different roofing materials.
04.03
Estimate of King Post and Queen Post Roof Trueses.
04.04
Estimate of Workshop building of an industry or an institution.
TOPIC: 05 – EARTHWORK:
05.01
Earthwork Computations.
05.02
Lead and Lift.
05.03
Methods of Calculating earthwork.
05.04
Earthwork of a Road. Canal and embankment party in cuttings and filling, using trapezoidal and prismoidal
formula.
TOPIC: 06 – APPLICATION OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING:
06.01
Application of computer programming on a simple estimate.
Book Recommended:
Text Books
1.
Estimating & Costing
2.
Estimating & Costing
3.
Estimating & Costing
-
B.N. Dutta
G.S. Birdi
M. Chakraborti
3
[05]
[06]
[16]
[14]
[14]
[05]
CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY - I
Subject Code
15403
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
-
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
One of the basic responsibilities of a Civil Engineering is to construct a cost effective, strong, durable and hygienic building.
Construction of a building requires knowledge of such foundations, walls, lintels, beam, roof slabe, stairs, drainage and plumbering
etc. and constructions details of various elements. Hence this subject has been introduced.
Objective:
The student will be taught the simpler aspects of design practices, detailing & counter claim matters of various elements
involved in a building sector such as foundation, beams, roof, terrace, woodwork, painting, so that he can take up the construction of a
building independently and with confidence as per given drawings specification.
S.No.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
Topics
General
Foundation
Masonary
Floor & Floor Finish
Finishing works
Lintels & Arches
Doors & Windows
Stairs
Roofs
Total :
Periods
(02)
(12)
(14)
(06)
(06)
(03)
(05)
(06)
(06)
(60)
CONTENTS:
[02]
TOPIC: 01 – GENERAL:
01.01
Definition & Classification of buildings.
01.02
General principles of site selection for different types of building.
01.03
Various Building Terminologies.
TOPIC: 02 – FOUNDATION:
02.01
Definition, purpose, failure & Remedies.
02.02
Soil Investigation, Bearing Capacity of soil, Testing of Bearing Capacity, Improvement of Bearing Capacity.
02.03.01
Different type of foundations and their details, suitability of different type.
02.03.02
Piles, Type and their details, pile driving.
02.04
Methods of excavation, shoring and dewatering including foundation in water logged area.
[12]
TOPIC: 03 – MASONARY:
03.01
Introduction, Definition of different terms used in brick masonary and stone masonary, Mortar.
03.02
Classification of stone masonary Requirement of good stone masonary, Dressing of stones, joints of stone
masonary, lifting appliances.
03.03
Bonds in brick work, Types, Comparion Bonds in ½ brick, 1 brick, 1½ bricks & 2 bricks wall, junctions &
pillars of different sizes, Requirements of good brick masonary.
03.04
Composite masonary, combination of stones & brick stone & cement concrete, cement concrete masonary,
Glass block masonary.
03.05
Partition walls, types, cavity walls, Position of cavity wall tie.
[14]
TOPIC: 04 – FLOOR & FLOOR FINISHES:
04.01
Introduction, requirement of good floors, types & their details of construction, dodo & skirting.
04.02
Upper floors, types & their details.
[06]
4
TOPIC: 05 – FINISHING WORKS:
05.01
Plaster, properties of good plaster, preparation of surface, methods of plastering, types Rendering, stucco.
Defects of plaster.
05.02
Painting, preparation of surface, types.
05.03
White washing, Colour washing, distemper, washing with snow-cem Painting.
[06]
[03]
TOPIC: 06 – LINTELS & ARCHES:
06.01
Lintels-Purpose, bearing & thickness, various materials used for lintels such as brick, stone timber, R. C. C. steel
girder etc.
06.02
Arches-Introduction, terms used in arch, types shape & materials used.
TOPIC: 07 – DOORS & WINDOWS:
07.01
Doors-Location, function, door frames, various types of doors & their details.
07.02
Windows-Location, function, types fan-light special types of Windows, metal Window, fittings.
[05]
TOPIC: 08 – STAIRS:
08.01
Location, function, various terms used, requirement of good stair, types, material used.
08.02
Planning of stairs.
[06]
TOPIC: 09 – ROOFS:
09.01
Necessity, pitched & flat roof, terms used in roofs
09.02
Pitched roofs-type of truss, wooden & steel roof covering materials.
09.03
Flat roof-pros & cons, R.C.C. roof, tiled roof wooden roofs, flag stone roof, different types of terrace such as
Madras, Punjab, M.P. & Maharastra etc.
[06]
Books Recommended:
1.
Building Construction
2.
Hkou fuekZ.k VsDuksykWth
3.
Hkou fuekZ.k rduhdh
4.
Building Technology
5.
Building Construction
-
Sushil Kumar
-
oh- ,y- xqIrk
xq: pj.k flag
-
S.C. Rangwala
Ahuja
Reference Books
1.
Handbook of Building Engineering
2.
Indian Standard Codes (Relevant)
-
N. B. D. Delhi
5
CIVIL ENGINEERING DRAWING & DRAFTING
Subject Code
15404
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
12
-
No of Period in one session : 120
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
The language of an Engineer is drawing. He should prepare sketches and drawing to suit all communications. He should be
able to understand the drawings and carry out work accordingly. He should be able to communicate with the workmen engaged in the
Civil constructions works on the basis of the working drawings. Hence this paper has been intended.
Objective:
The student should be taught to express & communicate through the language of drawings. He would be taught to draw the
drawings for buildings. Culvers, bridges etc. and made able to write the specifications of the items involved wherever necessary. The
topics to be covered include details of buildings, doors & windows, lintels, arches, stairs & cases, roof & trusses, foundation, culverts
and bridges.
S.No.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
Topics
Buildings
Doors and windows
Lintel and Arches
Stair & Stair cases
Roof and Roof trusses
Foundation
Culvert
Periods
(30)
(15)
(15)
(15)
(15)
(09)
(21)
(120)
CONTENTS:
[30]
TOPIC: 01 – BUILDINGS:
01.01
Plan, Elevation & Section of a single storey building with flat roof.
01.02
Plan, Elevation & Section of a single storey building with inclined roof.
01.03
Plan, Elevation & Section of a double storeyed building with flat roof (ground floor) and inclined roof (1st
floor).
01.04
Plan, Elevation & Section of a Godown showing main walls in brick masonary and inclined roof supported over
tubular roof truss (Span 15 metres).
Note: The inclined roof should show the slope of the roof covering details of hip end. Gable and valley rafters, Jack rafters etc.
TOPIC: 02 – DOOR AND WINDOWS:
Sectional Plan, front Elevation & longitudinal section of the following
02.01
Ledged and braced door and windows.
02.02
Fully Paneled door and window.
02.03
Glazed door and windows.
02.04
Flush door.
[15]
TOPIC: 03 – LINTEL AND ARCHES :
03.01
Longitudinal and Cross Section of R. B. Lintel.
03.02
Longitudinal and Cross Section of R. C. C. Lintel.
03.03
Sectional Elevation of Semi Circular, segmental, Elliptical and Equilateral Arches.
[15]
TOPIC: 04 – STAIR AND STAIR CASES :
04.01
Plan and Cross Section of Dog legged stair.
04.02
Plan and Cross Section of open well stair.
04.03
Plan and Cross Section of Cantilever stair.
Note: The landings should be half and quarter space.
[15]
6
[15]
TOPIC: 05 – ROOF AND ROOF TRUSSES:
05.01
Sectional Elevation of flat top roof.
05.02
Sectional Elevation of Couple roof.
05.03
Sectional Elevation of Couple close roof.
05.04
Sectional Elevation of King Post truss.
05.05
Sectional Elevation of Queen Post truss.
05.06
Elevation of tubular North Light truss.
Note: Fixing of Roof materials i.e. A.C. Sheets, G.C.I. Sheets. Tiles etc. should also
be shown in the above drawings.
[09]
TOPIC: 06 – FOUNDATION:
06.01
Foundation Plan and Section of Stepped foundation under load bearing structures.
[21]
TOPIC: 07 – CULVERTS :
07.01
Sectional Plan, half Elevation and Cross Section of Arch Culvert.
07.02
Sectional Plan, half Elevation and Cross Section of Pipe Culvert.
07.03
Sectional Plan, half Elevation and Cross Section of R.C.C. Slab Culvert.
Note: The wings walls to be at right angles to the abutments.
Book Recommended:
Text Books
1.
Civil Engg. Drawing
2.
A text book of Building Drawing
3.
Civil Engg. Drawing
4.
Civil Engg. Drawing Published
5.
Civil Engg. Drawing
6.
Civil Engg. Drawing
7.
I. S. Code 696 & 962.
-
D.N.Bose
Sah & Kale
B.N.Verma
T.T.T.I.Bhopal
Gurucharan Singh & S.C. Sharma
Mallik & Meo.
7
ENGINEERING ECONOMICS & ACCOUNTS
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
-
Subject Code
15405
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
The engineering profession is called upon to reduce or create infrastructures for production of good services. Besides the
engineering and technological aspects involved in the production or creation of facilities, the profession interalia gets involved in the
interplay of various elements of economics. Accounting and audit, the cost analysis of input materials.
Labour and services over a period of time require in depth concept of procurement of commodities. Escalation of prices.
Their dependencies on economic indices & functions. Demand, cost & cost classifications. Pricing & profit elements. The end price of
the product will include the profit part. The project of a welfare state will generally have benefits which have benefits which have to
be evaluated in terms of economic returns. And in between the profession has to ensure the cost of planning. Budgeting, financing
procuring. Price escalation/depreciation contractual obligations, accounting and audit.
Hence the necessity of introducing this paper on Engineering Economics & Accounts.
S.No.
01
02
Topics
Engineering Economics.
Accounts
Total:
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 – ENGINEERING ECONOMICS:
01.01
01.02
01.03
[25]
Cost concept and classification:
Actual Cost, Opportunity Cost, Fixed Cost, Variable Cost, Average Cost, Marginal Cost, Total Cost, Costoutput relation.
Certain basic terms in economic study:
Wants, Demand, Demand Determinants:Utility, Gross National Product (GNP), Gross Domestic Product
(GDP), National Income.
Pricing:
Pricing under perfect competition, Balance of Payment, Concept, Types, Causes and measure to correct it.
Break even analysis concept and application, Unemployment: Concept, Causes and measre to solve
unemployment.
[25]
TOPIC: 02 – ACCOUNTS:
02
02.01
02.02
02.03
Periods
(25)
(25)
(50)
Introduction
Introduction to commercial & Govt. Systems of book keeping (not details only principles) Administrative
structure of works organization. Administrative approval. Technical sanction. Expenditure. (financial)
sanction. Appropriation. Orators of conveniement bills Vouchers. Payment, cost book.
Estimates. Register of Sanctioal Estimates. Register of works. Revised of works. Revised Estimates.
Revised sanotion, Muster roll-payment to labours & arrear wages, worked charged establishment, fixed
charged register measurement books. Standard Measurement Books.
Advance. Advance to contractors, several advance, Advance payment. Advances to subordinates
permanents advance or imprest, Temporary Advance.
Books Recommended:
Text Books
Engg. Economics Part I
-
S. K. Nandi Chatterjee & Co. Ltd. Calcutta.
8
FIELD SURVEY
Subject Code
15406
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
18 days continuous
No of Period in one session :
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
Rationale:
Survey is the prime work of a technician. No work/no project work can start without survey marks and etc. Main persons
responsible in the chain of technician are the Junior Engineers. In other words, we can say that technicians are the back bone of any
project work because of the fact that the whole of project depends upon the survey results.
Objective:
Seeing the duties of Junior Engineer, the field survey practical will help students to carry out the actual survey work to be
done in field as regular practice work. This will build self confidence towards survey works in student.
CONTENTS
01
02
03
04
05
Traversing by transit theodolite consisting of at least five sides, preparation of Gale’s Traverse table, plotting of traverse
by independent co-ordinates. Details to be filed in the plane tabling.
Contouring of an area by square methods – sides of square may be approximately 150 m.
Contouring of an area 200 m x 200 m by spot levelling method.
Longitudinal section by tacheometry for approximately kilometer distance.
Setting out of a simple curve with given data by.
(a)
Offset form Long chord method.
(b)
Rankine’s method of deflection angle.
Books Recommended:
Text Books
1.
2.
3.
Surveying & Leveling, Vol. II
Surveying, Vol. II
Surveying, Vol. II
-
9
T.P. Kumhka
D. Clave
CONSTRUCTION PRACTICE - I
Subject Code
15407
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
6
-
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
Rationale:
An important job function of a Civil Engineering technician is to supervise construction of various Civil Engineering
structures. So, the construction practice is very important for Civil Engineers. They have to use the knowledge of construction very
widely and frequently in his world of work.
Objective:
The Construction practice will help a student in building a self confidence towards actual construction work.
Topics
Work Study
Construction Practice
Total:
S.No.
01
02
Periods
(06)
(54)
(60)
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 – WORK STUDY:
(06)
Many visits should be arranged to the construction site nearby the institution to acquaint students with site condition, use of
various equipment and various construction techniques and to study different components of building including sub
structure and super structure.
Study of reinforcement used in different members, details of concrete section. At construction sites, the following
should be demonstrated:
(a)
Spread foundation, under reamed pile foundation raft foundation.
(b)
D.P.C. over plinth.
(c)
Scarfolding for construction of super structures.
(d)
Form work and shuttering for lintel, slab, beam & column.
(e)
Bending & binding of reinforcement & fabrication.
(f)
Details of water supply and sanitary fittings.
Students shall prepare a journal containing, reports on these visits.
TOPIC: 02 – CONSTRUCTION PRACTICE:
[54]
02.01
02.02
02.03
02.04
02.05
02.06
02.07
(06)
(06)
(06)
(15)
(03)
(09)
(09)
Making sketches and learning use of various tools and appliances for Civil Engineering works.
Preparing foundation plan for load bearing and framed structure construction.
Layout of a building having a plinth area of 50 to 60 m2.
Preparation of mortar, brick masonary in English and Flemish bond for walls, pillars & junctions.
Preparation of Cement concrete manually and by machine and its laying.
Plastering and pointing of well.
Flooring – Preparation of sub surface, brick that soling, brick on edge soling in Herring bond pattern,
Indian Patent stone flooring.
Books Recommended:
Text Books
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Building Construction
- Sushil Kumar
Hkou fuekZ.k VsDuksykWth
Hkou fuekZ.k rduhdh
- oh- ,y- xqIrk
- xq: pj.k flag
Building Technology
Building Construction
Building Construction
- S. C. Rangwala
- Ahuja
- J. Jag, Sushil Kumar, K. L Roy
10
FIELD SURVEY
Subject Code
15408
Sessional
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
-
No of Period in one session :
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
30
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
This field survey work is the primary work of a civil technician without which no project work can be taken up during field
survey works, a technician will be able to handle the different survey instruments which he is expected to do in service period. A
junior engineer is fully responsible for all types of survey works in field. Hence he must be able to conduct all types of survey works
successfully in the field.
Objective:
A student will be able to perform the survey works in the field with the given set of instruments will also be able to identify
the errors of the instruments with which he is working. He will also learn to rectify some of the instrument errors personally and then
conduct the survey works correctly.
CONTENTS
01
02
03
04
05
Traversing by transit theodolite consisting of at least five sides, preparation of Gale’s Traverse table, plotting of
traverse by independent co-ordinates. Detail to be filed in the plane tabling.
Contouring of an area by square methods – sides of square may be approximately 150 m.
Contouring of an area 200 m X 200 m by spot leveling method.
Longitudinal section by tacheometry for approximately kilometer distance.
Setting out of a simple curve with given data by,
(a)
Offset form Long chord method.
(b)
Ranking’s method of deflection angle.
Books Recommended:
Text Books
1.
2.
Survey and leveling, Vol. II
Surveying, Vol. II
-
11
T. P. Kanetdar
A. Punmics
CIVIL ENGINEERING DRAWING
Subject Code
15409
Sessional
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
-
No of Period in one session :
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
60
Internal Exam.
:
40
Rationale:
As we all know that Drawing is the language of a technician. Hence in order to make a technician master of Civil
Engineering Drawing, He should be able to prepare detailed drawing of civil engineering structures which he will come across during
in service.
Objective:
The detailed Drawing prepared in class should be neatly drawn on drawing sheets and should be preserved on drawing sheets
as life time record. He may refer their drawings; whenever some compulsion arises in understanding similar drawing,
S.No.
Topics
01
Plan, Elevation and Section of a single storey Residential Building having three main rooms, kitchen,
bath, store and verandah with flat roof, showing details of stepped foundation.
Plan, Elevation and Section of a double storeyed public building with flat roof.
Plan, Elevation and Section of a single storey residential building with inclined roof. (Varandah lean
to roof and other rooms couple roof).
Plan, Elevation and Section of a double storeyed building with Ground floor having flat roof and first
floor having inclined roof.
Plan, Elevation and Section of a Godown Building 50 metre long, 15 metre wide with inclined roof
supported over Tubular Tures.
Sectional Elevation of the following showing details of Rafters and purlins. (a) King Post Truss (b)
Queen Post Truss (c) North light Tubular Roof Truss, Enlarged details of important joints should also
be shown.
Sectional Plan, longitudinal section and Front Elevation of ledged and Braced. Fully paneled and
Glazed doors & windows & Flush door.
Plan, half Elevation and half cross section of a single span R.C.C. slab culvert. Masonary Arched
Culvert and Pipe Culvert.
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
Books Recommended:
Text Books
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Civil Engg. Drawing
A text book of Building Drawing
Civil Engg. Drawing
Civil Engg. Drawing Published
Civil Engg. Drawing
Civil Engg. Drawing
I. S. Code 696 & 962.
-
D. N. Bose
Sah & Kale
B. N. Verma
T.T.T.I. Bhopal
Gurucharan Singh & S. C. Sharma
Mallik & Meo.
12
Scheme of Teaching and Examination for
IV Semester DIPLOMA in COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING
THEORY
TEACHING
SCHEME
EXAMINATION SCHEME
3
Terminal
Exam.
(A)
Marks
20
Final
Exam.
(B)
Marks
80
50
3
20
4
50
3
18404
4
50
18405
4
50
SL.
No
SUBJECTS
SUBJECT
CODE
Periods
per
Week
Periods
in one
Session
Hours
of
Exam.
1
Data Structure Using ‘C’
18401
4
50
18402
4
18403
2
3
4
5
Digital Electronics &
Microprocessor
Data Base Management
System
Introduction to Software
Package
System Analysis and
Management
Information System
Total :-
Total
Marks
(A+B)
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
Pass
Marks in
the
Subject
100
26
36
80
100
26
36
20
80
100
26
36
3
20
80
100
26
36
3
20
80
100
26
36
20
500
PRACTICAL
TEACHING
SCHEME
EXAMINATION SCHEME
SL.
No.
SUBJECTS
SUBJECT
CODE
Periods
per
Week
Periods
in one
Session
Hours
of
Exam.
Marks
Internal
Exam.
(A)
Marks
Externa
l Exam.
(B)
Total
Marks
(A+B)
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
Pass
Marks in
the
Subject
6
Data Base Management
System Lab
18406
4
50
3
10
40
50
16
21
7
Introduction to Software
Package Lab
18407
6
60
3
10
40
50
16
21
Total :-
SL.
No.
SUBJECTS
SUBJECT
CODE
10
100
SESSIONAL
TEACHING
EXAMINATION SCHEME
SCHEME
Marks of
Periods Periods
Total
Marks of Internal
Marks
External
per
in One
Examiner (X)
(X+Y)
Examiner (Y)
Week Session
Pass
Marks in
the
Subject
8
Digital Electronics &
Microprocessor
18408
4
50
20
30
50
25
9
Data Structure Using ‘C’
18409
4
50
20
30
50
25
10
System Analysis &
MIS
18410
4
50
20
30
50
25
Total :Total Periods per Week
12
42
150
Total Marks
1
750
DATA STRUCTURE USING C
Subject Code
18401
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
-
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
Data Structure is a subject which deals with data and their structures. In system programming, application programming,
the method and techniques of data structures are widely used. This study of data structure helps the students in developing
logic & structured programs.
Objective:
After completion of this course student will be able to:•
Understand and use the process of abstraction using a programming language such as 'C'.
•
Analyze step by step and develop algorithm to solve real world problems.
•
Implementing various data structures viz. Stacks, Queues, Linked Lists, Trees and Graphs
•
Understanding various searching & sorting techniques
S.No.
Topics
Periods
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
Basic concepts of data representation
Introduction to Algorithm Design and Data Structure
Arrays
Stacks and Queues
Linked lists
Trees
Searching, sorting and complexity
Graphs
Total:
(03)
(05)
(06)
(06)
(08)
(07)
(08)
(07)
(50)
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 – BASIC CONCEPTS OF DATA REPRESENTATION:
Abstracting data types: Fundamental and derived data types, Primitive data structures.
[03]
TOPIC: 02 – INTRODUCTION TO ALGORITHM DESIGN AND DATA STRUCTURES:
Design and analysis of algorithm: Algorithm definition, comparison of algorithms, Analysis of Algorithm;
Frequency count, Complexity measures in terms of time and space.
[05]
TOPIC: 03 – ARRAYS:
Representation of arrays: single and multidimensional arrays. Address calculation using column and row
major ordering. Various operations on Arrays, Application of arrays: Matrix multiplication.
[06]
TOPIC: 04 – STACKS AND QUEUES:
Representation of stacks and queues using arrays and linked-lists, Circular queues, Priority Queue
[06]
TOPIC: 05 – LINKED LISTS:
Singly linked list; operations on list. Linked stacks and queues, Circular linked lists, doubly linked lists
[08]
TOPIC: 06 - TREES:
Binary tree traversal methods: Preorder, In-order, Post-order traversal. Recursive and non-recursive
Algorithms for above mentioned Traversal methods. Representation of trees and its applications: Binary tree
representation of a tree.
[07]
TOPIC: 07 – SEARCHING, SORTING AND COMPLEXITY:
Searching: Sequential and binary searches
Sorting: selection, bubble, Quick, merge.
[08]
2
TOPIC: 08 – GRAPHS:
Graphs representation: Adjacency matrix, Adjancy lists,
Traversal Schemes: Depth first search, Breadth first search.
Spanning tree: Definition, Minimal spanning tree algorithms
Shortest Path algorithms (Prime's and Kruskal's)
[07]
Implementation of Strategies:
To implement the methods of data structure, C is found to be appropriate language.
The student/teacher has to study/teach data structures and their methods using C.
Books Recommended:
1
2
3
4
5
Data Structure Using C and C++, Second Addition, 2000,
Prentice Hall of India.
Data Structure Using C and C++, Second Addition, 2000,
Prentice Hall of India.
Data Structure through "C" Language, First Edition, 2001,
BPB Publication
Data Structures, Algorithms and Object Oriented
Programming, First Edition, 2002, Tata McGraw Hill.
Fundamental of Data Structes in C++, 2002, Galgotia
Publication 2002
3
-
Y. Langsam, M. J. Augustein and A. M.
Tanebaum
R. Kruse, C. L. Tonodo and B. Leung
-
S. Chottopadhyay, D. Ghoshdastidar & M.
Chottopadhyay
G. L. Heileman
-
E. Horowitz, Sahni and D. Mehta
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS & MICROPROCESSOR
Subject Code
18402
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
-
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
The subject will help the students to learn facts, concepts, principle and procedure of digital electronics. These techniques
can be used for designing sequential and combinational circuits which forms the basis of any electronic device. Also, this
subject is designed to give clear idea about working principles of 8085 microprocessor.
Objective:
The objective of this subject is to enable the students to know basic concepts of digital electronics and familiarity with
available chips. After undergoing this course the students will have the awareness of various arithmetic circuits, counter
design, registers, A/D and D/A converters, semi-conductor memories, multiplexers and de-multiplexers etc.
S.No.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
Topics
Review of Number System
Logic Families and Circuits
Logic Gates and Flip Flops
Registers
Counters
Arithmetic Circuits
A/D and D/A Converters
Semiconductor Memories
Decoders, display devices and associated circuits
Multiplexers and De-multiplexers
Microprocessors
Total:
Periods
(02)
(04)
(07)
(04)
(04)
(04)
(02)
(06)
(03)
(04)
(10)
(50)
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 – REVIEW OF NUMBER SYSTEM:
Decimal, binary, octal and hexadecimal number systems, Conversion from one system to another, binary
arithmetic, signed numbers Codes: BCD, Excess-3, Gray.
[02]
TOPIC: 02 – LOGIC FAMILIES AND CIRCUITS:
2.1
TTL, logic family
2.2
NAND gates
2.3
7400 and 5400 series of IC logic families: RTL, TTL, MOS and CMOS.
[04]
TOPIC: 03 – LOGIC GATES AND FLIP FLOPS:
3.1
Definitions, symbols and truth table of NOT, OR, AND, NAND, NOR, XOR, XNOR gates, De
Morgan’s theorems; Karnaugh-map.
3.2
Logical diagram, truth table; timing diagram and operation of following latches and flip flops: NOR
latch, RS, T, D, JK, Master/ Slave JK flip flops, encoders, decoders.
[07]
TOPIC: 04 – REGISTERS:
4.1
Shift Registers
4.2
Serial in Serial out
4.3
Serial in Parallel out
4.4
Parallel in Parallel out
4.5
Parallel in Serial out
[04]
TOPIC: 05 – COUNTERS:
5.1
Synchronous and Asynchronous counters
5.2
Decade counter and its application
[04]
TOPIC: 06 – ARITHMETIC CIRCUITS:
6.1
Half adder and full adder circuit, design and implementation
6.2
Half and full subtracted circuit, design and implementation
[04]
4
TOPIC: 07 – A/D AND D/CONVERTERS:
7.1
Analog to digital conversion
[02]
TOPIC: 08 – SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORIES:
8.1
Memory Unit
8.2
Concept of memories using registers
8.3
Read only Memory (ROM)
8.4
Random Access Memory (RAM)
8.5
Static and Dynamic Memory
[06]
TOPIC: 09 – DECODERS, DISPLAY DEVICES AND ASSOCIATED CIRCUITS:
a)
LED, LCD, seven segment display, basic operation of various commonly used types
[03]
TOPIC: 10 – MULTIPLEXERS AND DE-MULTIPLEXERS:
Basic functions and Block diagram of MUX and DEMUX.
[04]
TOPIC: 11 – MICROPROCESSORS:
11.1
Evaluation of microprocessors, microcomputer organization, 8-bit, microprocessor-Intel 8085
architecture buses, flags and register organization, timing signals, instruction sets, addressing
modes. Programming in machine and assembly languages
11.2
16-bit microprocessors-Intel 8086 architecture, register organization, and instruction sets and
addressing modes.
[10]
Books Recommended:
Text Books
1.
Digital Electronics and Applications, McGraw Hills Publishers.
2.
Digital Logic and Computer Design, Prentice Hall of India Ltd., New
Delhi.
3.
Digital Integrated Electronics, Prentice Hall of India Ltd., New Delhi
4.
Digital Electronics, Prentice Hall of India Ltd., New Delhi
5.
Microelectronics, McGraw Hill, 1987
6.
Linear Integrated Circuits, Wiley Eastern, 1991
Reference Books:
1.
Digital Principles, Latest Edition, 2000, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company Ltd., New Delhi
2.
Modern Digital Electronics, Second Edition, 2000, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi
3.
Digital Electronics, First Edition, 2000, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company Ltd., New Delhi
4.
Electronics Circuits and Systems, 1992, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company
5.
Modern Digital Electronics, 1983, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company
6.
Digital Computer Fundamentals, T.M.H.
7.
Digital Computer, Dhanpat Roy & Sons.
8.
Introduction to Microprocessors, Dhanpat Roy & Sons.
5
-
Malvino Leach
Morries Marrow
- Herbert Raub and Donals Sachilling
- Rajaraman
- J. Millman and A. Grabel
- D. Roychaudhuri and S.B. Jani
-
Malvino & Leach
-
R.P. Jain
-
V.K. Puri
-
Y.N. Bapat
-
R.P. Jain
-
Malvino
B. Ram
Dr. B. Ram
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Subject Code
18403
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
-
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
This subject will allow students to develop understanding of the basic concepts of data in general and Relational Database
System in particular. The students will learn Database concept, Data Structure, Data Models, various approaches to
Database design, strengths of relational model, Normalization.
Objective:
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
•
Develop Database System to handle the real world problem.
•
Understand Database design and normalization techniques.
•
Use Standard Query Language and its various versions.
•
Understand Importance
S.No.
Topics
Periods
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
Introduction to Database Systems(DBMS)
Database Architecture and Modelling
Entity Relationship Model
Relational Model
Relational Algebra and Relational Calculus
Introduction to SQL
Database Normalization
Backup and Recovery
Database Security and Integrity
Total:
(05)
(05)
(06)
(06)
(06)
(06)
(08)
(03)
(05)
(50)
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 – INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (DBMS):
Why Database, Characteristics of Data in Database, DBMS, What is database Advantage of DBMS
[05]
TOPIC: 02 – DATABASE ARCHITECTURE AND MODELLING:
Conceptual, physical and logical database models, Role of DBA, Database Design
[05]
TOPIC: 03 – ENTITY RELATIONSHIP MODEL:
Components of ER Model, ER Modeling Symbols, Super Class and Sub Class types
[06]
TOPIC: 04 – RELATIONAL DBMS:
Introduction to Relational DBMS
[06]
TOPIC: 05 – RELATIONAL ALGEBRA AND RELATIONAL CALCULUS:
Relational Algebraic operations, Tuple Relational Calculus
[06]
TOPIC: 06 – INTRODUCTION TO SQL:
History of SQL, Characteristics of SQL Advantages of SQL, and SQL in Action SQL data types and Literals,
Types of SQL commands, SQL Operators and their precedence, Queries and Sub queries Aggregate
functions, Insert, Update and Delete operations. Joins, Unions
[06]
TOPIC: 07 – DATABASE NORMALISATION:
Keys, Relationships, First Normal Form, Functional dependencies, Second Normal Form, Third Normal
Form,
[08]
TOPIC: 08 – BACK UP AND RECOVERY:
Database backups; why plan backups? Hardware protection and redundancy, Transaction logs. Importance of
backups, Database recovery
[03]
6
TOPIC: 09 – DATABASE SECURITY AND INTEGRITY:
Types of Integrity constraints, Restrictions on Integrity constraints, Data security risks, Data security
requirements, Database users, Protecting data within the database, Granting and revoking privileges and
roles.
[05]
Concepts of DBMS will be implemented by using the popular relational DBMS package such as
ORACLE/ MS-SQL.
Books Recommended:
Text Books
1.
Database Management Systems, First Edition, 2002, Vikas Publishing House
2.
Fundamentals of Database Systems, Third Edition, 2000, Addison Wesley
Reference Books:
1.
Database System Concepts, Third Edition, 1997, McGraw-Hill Internation
2.
An Introduction to Database Systems, Galgotia Publication
3.
Database Processing: Fundamentals, Design Implementation, Prentice Hall of
India.
4.
Database Management Systems, First Edition, 1996, McGraw Hill
5.
Database System Concepts, Fourth Edition, 1997, Tata McGraw Hill
7
-
A. Leon & M. Leon
R. Elmasri, S. Navathe
-
H. Korth, A. Silberschatz
B. Desai
D.K. Kroenke
-
P. Bhattacharya and A.K.
Majumdar
Abraham Silberschtz, Henry
Korth & S. Sudarshan
-
INTRODUCTION TO SOFTWARE PACKAGES
Subject Code
18404
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
-
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale & Objective:
This course will enable the students to familiarize with the features and use of application packages such as Word
Processing Package (MS-Word), Spreadsheet Package (MS-Excel), Presentation Packages (MS-Power Point), Data Base
Management Package (Visual Fox Pro) and Anti-virus Packages.
S.No.
01
02
03
04
Topics
Word Processing (MS-Word)
Spreadsheet (MS-Excel)
Presentation Package (MS-Power Point)
Anti Virus Packages
Total:
Periods
(16)
(16)
(13)
(05)
(50)
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 – WORD PROCESSING PACKAGE (MS-WORD):
01.01 Features of Word Processing Package MS-Word, Menu Options-File, Edit, View, Insert, Format,
Tools-spelling and grammar, language, mail-merge, options; table.
01.02 Creating, editing and saving a document, Opening a document, password protection for file.
01.03 Setting page margins, tab setting, ruler and indenting.
01.04 Formatting a document- using different fonts; changing font size and colour; changing the
appearance through bold/italic/underline; highlighting text; change case; use of sub script and
superscript.
01.05 Alignment of text in a document and justification, use of bullets and numbering.
01.06 Paragraph formatting, inserting page breaks and column breaks.
01.07 Use of headers, footers, footnote and end note. Use of Comments, inserting date, time, and special
symbols, importing graphical images and use of drawing tools
01.08 Creating table, formatting cells, using different border styles, shading in tables, merging of cells, and
partition of cells, inserting and deleting a row/column in a table.
01.09 Print preview, zoom, page setup, print options.
01.10 Use of tools such as spell checker, help, mail-merge, and use of macros.
[16]
TOPIC: 02 – SPREADSHEET PACKAGE (MS-EXCEL):
02.01 Features of Spreadsheet package such as MS Excel, Menu Options- File; edit; view; insert; format;
tools- spelling, auto correct, protection, options; data.
02.02 Concepts of cell and cell-addressing.
02.03 Creating, operating and saving worksheet.
02.04 Entering text, numeric information and formula
02.05 Formatting numbers and text, protection cells, printing worksheet.
02.06 Using data management functions-mathematical, statistical and financial functions.
02.07 Creating different types of charts, graphs and balance worksheet and displaying 3-D Charts, printing
and resizing charts.
02.08 Importing files and graphics.
[16]
TOPIC: 03 – PRESENTATION PACKAGE (MS-POWER POINT):
03.01 Features of Presentation Package MS-Power Point, Menu options-File; edit, view; insert; format;
tools-spelling, language, auto clipart, slide show
03.02 Status bar, tool bar, customized tool bar, slide view, outline view, slide sorter view, notes page view,
slide show view
03.03 Creating and saving slides, opening and editing slides, changing layout of a slide, deleting of slide,
changing layouts of a slide, deleting of slide, changing the order of slides, animation.
03.04 Working with objects: selecting, grouping, ungrouping and regrouping of objects, moving, aligning,
cutting, copying, pasting, and duplicating objects.
03.05 Putting text on slides: selecting and editing text, finding and replacing text.
03.06 Creating graphs and importing files.
03.07 Creating tables.
03.08 Use of data sheet view and design view.
[13]
8
[02]
TOPIC: 04 – ANTI VIRUS PACKAGES:
05.01 Introduction to Virus.
05.02 Virus Protection, Deletion & Removal Utilities
05.03 Anti Virus Packages to prevent, detect & delete Viruses.
Books Recommended:
MS office 2000 for Everyone, Vikash Publications, New Delhi
MS office 2000, Addison Wesley(Singapore) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
MS office 2000 8-in-1, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
MS office, BPB Publications, New Delhi
MS Word 2000 in a Nutshell, Vikash Publishing House, New Delhi.
MS Excel 2000 in a Nutshell, Vikash Publishing House, New Delhi.
A Quick Course in Power Point and A Quick Course for Windows,
Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd., Daryaganj New Delhi.
Building Visual FoxPro 5 Application, First Edition, 1997, IDG Books
FoxPro 2.6 code Book, BPB Publication, 1994
Mastering FoxPro 2.5, BPB Publication, 1994
FoxPro 2.6 for Dummies, Pustak Mahal
Understanding Norton Utilities
9
-
Sanjay Saxena
Sagman
Habraken
Ron Mansfield
Sanjay Saxena
Sanjay Saxena
Cox
-
B. Sosinsky
Griver
Siegel
Dan Gookin
Peter Dysen
SYSTEM ANALYSIS & MIS
Subject Code
18405
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
-
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
For the design of an Information System, it is important to understand the requirements, carry out system study and analyze
information. After undergoing this Course, the student will be able to study, analyze and design a system for the user.
Objective:
The Course focuses on the following aspects of Information System Development:
•
Study, Analysis and Design of a System
•
Documenting and evaluating the System
•
Data Modeling
•
Developing Information Management System for an Organization
•
Implementing and Testing
S.No.
Topics
Periods
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
Introduction
System Analyst
System Development Cycle
System Planning
Modular and Structured Design
System Design and Modeling
Input and Output
System Implementation and Maintenance
OO Analysis/ Design
Introduction to Management Information System
Total:
(05)
(04)
(07)
(05)
(03)
(05)
(06)
(03)
(04)
(08)
(50)
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 – INTRODUCTION:
System Definition and Concepts: General Theory systems, Manual and automated systems, Real-life
Business Sub-systems. System Environments and Boundaries
[05]
TOPIC: 02 – SYSTEMS ANALYST:
Role and Need of Systems Analyst, Qualifications and responsibilities
[04]
TOPIC: 03 – SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT CYCLE:
Introduction to Systems Development Life Cycle (SDLC), various phases of SDLC: Study, Design,
Development, Implementation, Maintenance.
[07]
TOPIC: 04 – SYSTEM PLANNING:
Data and fact gathering techniques: Interviews, Group Communication – Questionnaires, Presentation & Site
Visits. Modern Methods for determining system requirements: Joint Application, Development Program,
Prototyping, Business Process Re-engineering.
[05]
TOPIC: 05 – MODULAR AND STRUCTURED DESIGN:
Module specifications, Top-down and bottom-up design Module coupling and cohesion
[03]
TOPIC: 06 – SYSTEM DESIGN AND MODELLING:
Process Modeling, Logical and physical design
[05]
TOPIC: 07 – INPUT AND OUTPUT:
Classification of forms, Input/output forms design, User-interface design, Graphical interfaces. Standards and
guidelines for GUI design.
[06]
10
TOPIC: 08 – SYSTEM IMPLEMENTATION AND MAINTENANCE:
System acceptance criteria, System Evaluation and Performance, Testing and Validation, Preparing User
Manual Maintenance Activities and Issues
[03]
TOPIC: 09 – OO ANALYSIS/ DESIGN:
Introduction to UML, OO Development Life Cycle and Modeling, Static and dynamic modeling,
[04]
TOPIC: 10– INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM (MIS):
Meaning and role of MIS, Systems approach to MIS. Types of Information Systems: Transaction Processing
System, Management Information System, Decision Support System,
[08]
Books Recommended:
Text Books
1
Modern Systems Analysis and Design, Second Edition,
2000, Joey George and Joseph Valacich Pearson Education.
2
Systems Analysis and Design, First Edition, 2002, John
Wiley & Sons, Inc.
Reference Books:
1
Systems Analysis and Design Methods, First Edition, 2000,
Tata McGraw-Hill.
2
Management Information Systems, Seventh Edition, 2002,
Pearson Education.
11
-
J. Hoffer
-
A. Dennis and B.H. Wixom
-
J. Whitten, L. Bentley and K. Dittman
-
K.C. Laudon and J.P. Laudon
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM LAB
Subject Code
18406
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
-
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
LIST OF PRACTICALS:
S.No.
Experiment
Hands on experience on any RDBMS to implement the role of Database Administrator like creating the users,
alter user, grant and revoke of rights of user.
Create a Database of employees and departments with the following details.
Table name
Fields name
Emp
empno (primary key), ename,
Edetails, ebasic, salaryDetails, e-deptno (foreign key)
Dept
deptno (primary key), dept-name, dept. Details.
Create suitable tables to perform the following relational operations
select
project
product
join
restriction
union
intersection
difference
Perform the following data manipulation operation on table created in Problem 2
(a)
insertion of records
(b)
deletion of records
(c)
Updating records
For the table created in problem 2 perform the following SQL constructs
a. SELECT……FROM….WHERE……GROUP BY ….. HAVING ….. ORDER BY…..
Create views, temporary tables and perform nested queries on the table created in problem2.
Develop a small application using Visual basic as front end and Oracle SQL as backend using ODBC connectively
Creation and modification of databases through ER diagram, nornmalisation
Creation, updation, insertion and deletion of tables
Teachers can take DBMS Lab topics such as the following:- Personal/Bank/Library/ Hostel Accounting / Insurance
/Budget /Preparing Highest Cricket Score/Class Marks Management/Admission Merit List/Income Tax Calculation/Books
Publisher database/Preparation of Salary of a Govt. organization employee etc.
Books Recommended:
1
Introduction to Database Systems, Addison Wesley(Singapore) Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi
2
Database Management Systems, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd.,
Daryaganj, New Delhi
3
Relational Database Management Systems, Theory & Practice
4
Teach Yourself Access 97/2000 for Windows, BPB Publications,
New Delhi
5
Database System
6
Relational Database Management System by
7
Database Structured Techniques for Design, Performance and
Management
8
Database Management
9
SQL in 21 days
10 ORACLE, SQL & PL/SQL – Handbook
11 SQL Bible
12
-
C.J. Date
-
Bipin C. Desai
-
Val Occardi
Charles Siegal
-
Silver Schutz
ATF, H. Wiley
S. Atre, Wiley
-
C.J. Date, Addison Wesley
B.P.B.
Phlinski-Person
Alox Krigel, Boris M. Trukhnov
INTRODUCTION TO SOFTWARE PACKAGE LAB
Subject Code
18407
L
06
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
T
P/S
-
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
LIST OF PRACTICALS:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Using mail merge of MS-Word prepare send New Year greetings to the all Principal, staffs and students of your
institution.
Demonstrate the different tools of the MS-Word.
Using MS-Excel prepare monthly salary payment of your institution. For calculating use mathematical, statistical
and financial functions of MS-Excel.
Using MS-Excel Prepare Pie and bar chart to show current branch wise and batch wise status of students, pass
outs, fails for last five years.
Using MS-PowerPoint Prepare a power point presentation of last year annual activities of your polytechnic.
Using MS-PowerPoint Prepare a power point presentation on current scientific research based on direction of your
teacher.
Prepare a Project Report on definition, types, and history of viruses and antivirus virus packages to fight with
viruses.
Books Recommended:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MS office 2000 for Everyone, Vikash Publications, New Delhi
MS office 2000, Addison Wesley(Singapore) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
MS office 2000 8-in-1, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
MS office, BPB Publications, New Delhi
MS Word 2000 in a Nutshell, Vikash Publishing House, New Delhi.
MS Excel 2000 in a Nutshell, Vikash Publishing House, New Delhi.
A Quick Course in Power Point and A Quick Course for Windows,
Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd., Daryaganj New Delhi.
Building Visual FoxPro 5 Application, First Edition, 1997, IDG Books
FoxPro 2.6 code Book, BPB Publication, 1994
Mastering FoxPro 2.5, BPB Publication, 1994
FoxPro 2.6 for Dummies, Pustak Mahal
Understanding Norton Utilities
13
-
Sanjay Saxena
Sagman
Habraken
Ron Mansfield
Sanjay Saxena
Sanjay Saxena
Cox
-
B. Sosinsky
Griver
Siegel
Dan Gookin
Peter Dysen
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS & MICROPROCESSOR
Subject Code
18408
Sessional
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
-
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
30
Internal Exam.
:
20
LIST OF SESSIONALS:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Study of 4 bit up counter
Study of 4 bit synchronous counter
Study of decade counter
Study of serial in serial out register
Study of parallel in serial out register
Study of D/A converter
Study of A/D converters
Study of decoder, encoder, MUX and DEMUX, Design & realization of 4:1 multiplexer & 1:4 Demux.
Study of half and full adders
Assembly language Programming with Intel 8085, and related Programs – Addition,
Subtraction,Comparision etc.
Books Recommended:
Text Books
1
2
3
Digital Electronics and Applications, McGraw Hills Publishers.
Digital Logic and Computer Design, Prentice Hall of India Ltd., New Delhi.
Digital Integrated Electronics, Prentice Hall of India Ltd., New Delhi
-
4
5
6
Digital Electronics, Prentice Hall of India Ltd., New Delhi
Microelectronics, McGraw Hill, 1987
Linear Integrated Circuits, Wiley Eastern, 1991
-
Malvino Leach
Morries Marrow
Herbert Raub and Donals
Sachilling
Rajaraman
J. Millman and A. Grabel
D. Roychaudhuri and S.B. Jani
-
Maluino & Leach
-
R.P. Jain
-
V.K. Puri
-
Y.N. Bapat
-
R.P. Jain
Reference Books:
1
2
3
4
5
Digital Principles, Latest Edition, 2000, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company Ltd., New Delhi
Modern Digital Electronics, Second Edition, 2000, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi
Digital Electronics, First Edition, 2000, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company Ltd., New Delhi
Electronics Circuits and Systems, 1992, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company
Modern Digital Electronics, 1983, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company
14
DATA STRUCTURE USING C
Subject Code
18409
Sessional
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
-
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
30
Internal Exam.
:
20
Contents:Problems based on topics taught in Theory classes as per instruction and guidance of the teacher concerned.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
Write a program to create singly linked list, and perform insertion, deletion and updation of items of the list.
Write a program, for creating of priority queues.
Write a program to create Stack using linked list and arrays, and perform push and pop operation on it.
Write a program to convert infix expression into postfix expression.
Write a program for following sorting algorithms:(a)
Selection Sort
(b)
Merge Sort
Write programs for following searching algorithms:(a)
Binary & Linear Search
(b)
Breadth first Search
(c)
Depth First Search
Write a program to find in order, Preorder and Post order traversal of tree.
Books Recommended:
Text Books
1
Data Structure Using C and C++, Second Edition, 2000,
Prentice Hall of India.
2
Data Structures and Program Design in C, Second
Edition, 1997, Pearson Education.
3
Data Structure through C, First Edition, 2001, BPB
Publication
Reference Books:
1
Data Structures, Algorithms and Object Oriented
Programming, First Edition, 2002, Tata McGraw Hill
2
Fundamentals of Data Structure in C++, 2002, Galgotia
Publication
15
-
Y. Langsam, M. J. Augesntein and A. M.
Tanenbaum
R. Kruse, C. L. Tonodo and B. Leung
-
S. Chottopadhyay, D. Ghoshdastidar &
M. Chottopadhyay
-
G. L. Heileman
-
Y. Langsam, M. J. Augesntein and A. M.
Tanenbaum
SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND MIS
Subject Code
18410
Sessional
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
-
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
30
Internal Exam.
:
20
LIST OF SESSIONALS:
S.No.
01
Topics
Construct an ER diagram for a bank database that shows the basic relationship among customers,
checking account, saving account, loans and bank branches where various accounts and loans are
taken out. You also want to keep track of transactions on accounts and loans and maintain the
current balance in each account and balance on loan. Remember that each entity in ER diagram
represent a simple file of data of which you want to keep track. Construct DFD showing the
functional view of the system.
02
Construct an ER diagram for a car insurance database that includes data about customers (car
owners), cars, and accidents, drivers involved in accident, and injured driver and/or passenger. Note
that any customer can insure many cars, each car may have different drivers at different times, and
accidents typically involve one or more cars. Convert this into DFD.
03
A clinic is in the business of providing dental services to the patient. A number of doctors are on
rolls of the clinic. Patients can take the appointments on the phone or personally for a particular
doctor and particular services. Clinic sends reminders to patient and appointment schedule to the
doctor one day in advance. At due date and time the patient performs the visit for the appointment to
get the services performed on him. At the time of performing services doctor asks the clinic for
patient’s last record (if any) and what ever services he has performed and informs the clinic so that
the records can be updated.
04
Draw DFD for order processing system.
05
An international airlines initiated a policy for a traveler. The information is as follows:Passengers who fly more than 10,000 miles per calendar year and pay cash and have been flying for
last 5 years, the get concession of free round trip ticket Otherwise traveler is not entitled for round
trip ticket.
(a)
Draw suitable decision trees for the above.
(b)
Draw decision table for the above.
06
Consider a marketing based system. Analyze strategic, managerial and operational trends. Assign
various tasks to entities like product, customer, city and departments. Draw also DFD for the above.
07
Take hospital management system. Explain PCR (Parent
Hierarchical/relational DBMS. Create a data dictionary for the same.
08
What are the different threats to system security (in view of information system) like virus, data
processing errors, employee errors, telephone fraud, hacking, software piracy, violations, natural
disaster, bugs and worms?
Child
Relationship)
Books Recommended:
1 System Analysis and Design, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
2 System Analysis
3 Project Management, Tata Mcgraw Hill, New Delhi.
4 Introduction to Sytem Analysis and Design, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
5 Projects-Presentation, Appraisal, Budgeting and Implementation, Tata Mcgraw Hill, New Delhi.
6 System Analysis and Design Vol.1 and 2, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd., Dariyaganj, New Delhi.
7 Analysis and Design of Information System, Second Edition, McGraw Hill, 1989.
8 The Analysis Design and Implementation of Information System, Fourth Edition, McGraw Hill,
1992.
9 System Analysis and Design, Second Edition, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd., Dariyaganj, 1996.
16
Periods
in
-
E. M. Awad
Fitzgerald
Chaudhary
Hawryszkiewycz
Prasanna Chandra
Lee
Senn
Henry C. Lucas
-
Elias M. Avad
Scheme of Teaching and Examination for
IV Semester DIPLOMA in ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
THEORY
TEACHING
SCHEME
Sl.
No.
SUBJECTS
1
Power System –I
20401
2
Electrical
Machine - I
3
Microprocessor
& its application
4
5
SUBJECT
Periods
CODE
per
Week
Electrical Engg.
Drawing
Electrical
Estimating and
Costing
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Periods
in one
Session
Hours
of
Exam.
Terminal
Exam.
(A)
Marks
Final
Exam.
(B)
Marks
Total
Marks
(A+B)
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
Pass
Marks in
the Subject
6
60
3
20
80
100
26
36
20402
5
50
3
20
80
100
26
36
20403
6
60
3
20
80
100
26
36
20404
6
60
4
20
80
100
26
36
20405
4
50
4
20
80
100
26
36
Total :-
27
500
PRACTICAL
Sl.
No.
SUBJECTS
SUBJECT
CODE
TEACHING
SCHEME
Periods Periods
per
in one
Week
Session
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Hours
of
Exam.
Marks
Internal
Exam.
(A)
Marks
External
Exam.
(B)
Total
Marks
(A+B)
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
Pass
Marks
in the
Subject
6
Electrical
Engineering lab.
20406
6
60
4
10
40
50
16
21
7
Electronics &
Microprocessor lab.
20407
9
120
4
10
40
50
16
21
Total :-
15
100
SESSIONAL
Sl.
No.
8
9
10
SUBJECTS
Electrical
Engineering Lab.
Electronic &
Microprocessor lab
Electrical
Engineering drawing
SUBJECT
CODE
TEACHING
SCHEME
Periods Periods
per
in One
Week
Session
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Marks of
Internal
Examiner (X)
Marks of
External
Examiner (Y)
Total
Marks
(X+Y)
Pass Marks
in the
Subject
20408
-
20
30
50
25
20409
-
20
30
50
25
20410
-
20
30
50
25
Total :-
Total Periods per Week
150
-
Total Marks
42
1
750
POWER SYSTEM - I
Subject Code
20401
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
-
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale
Electrical Diploma holders are required to work as technician and function as supervisors in various electric generating
plants. They are also required to look after the transmission and distribution systems of electric energy. As such, they
must have the knowledge of the technical aspects of the different types of generating plant and the transmission and
distribution of electric energy.
Objectives
Generating plants and the transmission and distribution systems have been included in this paper. The study of proposed
topics would enhance the quality and skill of the students. This will set them to face problems properly when placed with
responsibility under real situations at respective State Electricity Boards, DVC, Electric Power Units of various large
scale and small scale plants.
CURRICULUM
SL
Topics
PART - I: GENERATION
1.
Thermal Power Station
2.
Hydro-Electric Station
3.
Nuclear Power Station
4.
Comparison of Various Plants
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Periods
PART - II: TRANSMISSION & DISTRIBUTION
Constants of Overhead Lines
Performance of Transmission Lines
Overhead Line Insulator and Corona
Distribution Systems
Extra High Voltage Transmission
Total
60
PART I - GENERATION
Topics
01
01.01
01.02
Content
Thermal Power Stations
Uses of thermal power plant, trends, selection of site.
Main parts and their working.
02
02.01
02.02
02.03
02.04
Hydro-Electric Station
Introduction, selection of site, uses.
Classification of hydro-electric plants (Basic idea only)
General arrangement of operation and principle of working of a hydro-electric plant.
Layout of hydro-electric plant.
10
03
03.01
03.02
03.03
Nuclear Power Station
Introduction, advantages, site selection.
Elements of a nuclear power station
Main parts of a reactor and their functions (Basic idea only)
08
04
Introduction of Non-conventional energy sources.
02
10
PART II - TRANSMISSION & DISTRIBUTION
Topics
01
01.01
01.02
01.03
Content
Constants of Overhead Lines
Introduction, single line diagram of transmission and distribution system.
Inductance of single phase two-wire line, inductance of three phase lines, simple problems.
Capacitance of three phase lines, simple problems
2
08
02
02.01
02.02
02.03
Performance of Transmission Lines
Short lines, regulation and general network constants, simple problems.
Medium lines, Nominal Method, General network constants for localized capacitance, problems.
Feranti Effect.
08
03
03.01
03.02
03.03
Overhead Line Insulator and Corona
Type of insulators and their description. (Brief idea).
Methods of increasing string efficiency.
Phenomenon of corona, corona discharge, critical voltage, power loss due to corona simple problems.
05
04
04.01
Distribution Systems
Choice of transmission voltage, conductor size and Kelvin's law, problems.
05
05
05.01
Extra High Voltage Transmission
Brief idea of extra high voltage transmission system
04
Recommended Books
SL
1.
2.
3.
Title/Publisher
Electrical Power
(Generation, Transmission, Distribution, Protection and Utilization)
Electric Power
Electric Power (Hindi)
Author
Soni, Gupta, Bhatnagar
Uppal
D.R. Nagpa
Reference Books
SL
1.
Title/Publisher
Principles of Power System, S. Chand & Co., New Delhi.
3
Author
V.K. Mehta
ELECTRICAL MACHINE - I
Subject Code
20402
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
05
-
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale
The students are well conversant with the electric and magnetic field and circuit, electro-magnetic induction, D.C. and
A.C. circuits, based on related electric and magnetic theories. They also know about electrical components and materials.
Now the Machine - I is being introduced for Part-II diploma in Electrical Engineering to impart the knowledge of D.C.
machines, which play vital roles even in this era of electronics in different industries throughout the world.
The topics of requisites and construction of D.C. machines, generators, motors, converters, special motors and electro
plating have been included in the content, which will give full insight of electrical equipments in their practical life.
Topics have been divided into sub-topics in order to facilitate the students to understand the subject matters properly.
Tentative no. of lectures have been allotted for each topic and sub-topic, so that the whole syllabus may be covered
easily in the academic year.
Objectives
The thorough study of these topics will enable the students know fully about D.C. machines, their operation,
maintenance and proper connection and hence will enable him to work as a good supervisor and also to efficiently
monitor the works of operators under him. The topics of special motors used and that of electroplating will provide full
insight of practical use of electrical equipments.
CURRICULUM
SL
Topics
1.
Requisites and Construction of D.C. Machines
2.
D.C. Generator
3.
D.C. Motor
Total
Periods
50
CONTENTS
Topics Content
15
01
Requisites and Construction of D.C. Machines
01.01 Armature winding: Pole-pitch, conductor coil and winding elements, coil span, coil-pitch, pitch of winding, back
pitch, front pitch, resultant pitch, commutator pitch.
01.02 Single layer winding, lap and wave winding, use of lap and wave windings.
20
02
D.C. Generator
02.01 Types of generator, E.M.F. equation of generator.
02.02 Losses and efficiency of a generator, condition for maximum efficiency.
02.03 Armature reaction: Demagnetizing and cross-magnetizing conductions, demagnetizing ampere-turns per pole,
cross-magnetizing ampere-turn per pole.
02.04 Generator characteristics: No load curve of self-excited generator, How to find critical resistance, How to draw
O.C.C. at different speeds, critical speed, voltage build-up of a shunt generator, condition for voltage build-up
of a shunt generator, voltage regulation, no-load saturation curve.
02.05 Use of different types of generators, simple problems.
15
03
D.C. Motor
03.01 Significance of back E.M.F., voltage equation of a motor, armature torque, shaft torque.
03.02 Characteristics of series shunt and compound motors.
03.03 Losses and efficiencies of a motor.
03.04 Speed control of a D.C. motor: Speed control of a series motor, speed control of a shunt motor, merits and
demerits of a rheostatic control method, series, parallel control, simple problems.
03.05 Testing of D.C. Motors: No-load test (Swin Burne's test) of D.C. shunt motor, back to back test (Nopkinson's
test), retardation test of a series motor.
03.06 Necessity of a starter. Shunt motor starter: 3-point starter, 4-point starter.
Recommended Books
SL
Title/Publisher
1.
Theory of Direct Current Machinery, TMN editions
2.
A Text-Book of Electrical Technology, Vol. II
3.
Electrical Machinery, Khanna Publications
4
Author
Alexander S. Langsdorf
B.L. Theraja
P.S. Pimbhra
MICROPROCESSOR & ITS APPLICATION
Subject Code
20403
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
-
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale
The role of Microprocessor in all industries is well established. They are used in instrumentation, transportation, military
equipments like tanks, radars etc. communication, automatic testing products, lift control, speed control of motors,
automatic control of generator's voltage, fuel control of furnaces etc. Microcomputers play a dominant role in all spheres
of our life and outcome is the evolution of microprocessors itself.
Objectives
In this introductory paper the students will be exposed to the basic concept of microprocessors using 8085. The idea is to
make the students aware of the terminologies, its components and elementary idea of Assembly Language Programming.
They will be acquainted with the microprocessor.
Brief introduction given here about the recent trend and the microprocessor in common use these days, will enable the
students the knowledge of Advanced Microprocessors in respect of Modern Control System.
CURRICULUM
SL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Topics
Organization of Microprocessors
Programming Technique
Motorola 6800 and Assembly Language
Interfacing
Introduction to 8086
Total
Periods
60
CONTENTS
Topics Content
01
Organization of Microprocessors
01.01 Organization of microprocessors in general, Central Processing Unit (CPU), Arithmetic and Logic Unit
(ALU), Resistors, Counters, data and address process, ROM and RAM, I.O. devices.
12
02
02.01
Programming Technique
Architecture of 8085 programming technique used for 8085 for example, addition, subtraction,
multiplication of numbers using 8085.
12
03
03.01
Assembly Language of Intel 8085
Introduction to 8-bit microprocessor of Motorola 6800 and 2800.
12
04
04.01
Interfacing
Interfacing.
12
05
05.01
Introduction to 8086
Introduction to microprocessor, 8086, architecture, memory organization, address modes, data resistor
memory, I.O. devices of 8086, interrupt instructions and applications, floppy disk drive and hard disk drive,
description of keyboards in brief.
12
Reference Books
SL
Title/Publisher
1.
Fundamentals of Microprocessors and Microcomputers
2.
Digital Computer Electronics - An Introduction to Microprocessors
3.
Microcomputers/Microprocessors
4.
Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and Application
5
Author
B. Ram
A.P. Malvino
Joh. L. Hilburn and P.M. Julich
R.S. Goanker
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING DRAWING
Subject Code
20404
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
-
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale
For Electrical Engineering students the study of Electrical Engineering Drawing is essential. In the Part-I Diploma in
Electrical Engineering course, the students were acquainted with fundamental of Projections and simple drawing. At
Part-II stage level the students are required to prepare, understand, interpret drawing of electrical installation, electrical
machine equipments and electrical circuits. They should be able to draw free hand sketches of electrical machine parts,
various electrical equipments.
Objectives
The students should be able to read and interpret electrical engineering drawings to communicate and correlate through
sketches and drawing of actual machines. They should be able to prepare working drawing of electrical machines, panel,
transmission and distribution systems etc.
CURRICULUM
SL
Topics
1.
Drawing from Sketches
2.
Development of Machine Winding
3.
Free Hand Sketches
Total
Periods
60
CONTENTS
Topics Content
01
Drawing from Sketches
To draw from sketches the fully dimensioned orthographic views of the following:
01.01 Different views of different types of nuts and bolts including foundation bolts with threads.
01.02 Different types of solid and flexible couplings Pulleys and V-belt drive used in Electrical Machine Drive.
01.03 Knifes switches: Single & Double types, Main Switches, Energy meters.
01.04 Pin insulators, Sackless Insulators and Disc type Insulators for L.T. and H.T. Lines.
01.05 Sketches of C.T., P.T.
20
02
02.01
02.02
02.03
02.04
Development of Machine Winding
D.C. pole windings.
D.C. Lap winding/Single and Double layer.
D.C. wave winding: Single and Double layer.
Placing of carbon brushes on the commutator segments showing the direction of current.
15
03
03.01
03.02
03.03
03.04
03.05
03.06
03.07
03.08
Free Hand Sketches
Different Industrial Electrical symbols.
Pole of Machine: Different views.
Armature of D.C. Machine: Different views.
Commutator of D. C. Machine: Different views.
D.C. Machine brush and brush holder.
Different types of poles and Towers with feeders and Distributors and Lightning Arrestors.
Battery Charging Circuit with Battery.
Earthing - different types.
25
Recommended Books
SL
Title/Publisher
1.
Electrical Drawing
2.
Electrical Engineering Drawing, Vol. I and II
3.
Manthial in Electrical Engineering Drawing
Author
Narang
Pal and Lal
J.T.T.I. Madras
Reference Books
SL
Title/Publisher
1.
Electrical Drawing
Author
Surjeet Singh
6
ELECTRICAL ESTIMATING & COSTING
Subject Code
20405
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
-
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale
For any electrical project a proper layout requirements of equipments and items are essential features. The procurement
of such items requires proper circuit diagram and relevant estimate.
Objectives
The students of electrical engineering diploma should have a sufficient knowledge of electrical circuit diagram and their
estimates. The syllabus has been framed in the successive paragraph. This will provide the students to develop the skill
with all confidence as per requirements of the industrial and commercial projects when they are placed in the field.
CURRICULUM
SL
Topics
1.
Common Block and Circuit Diagram
2.
Estimating and Costing
Total
Periods
50
CONTENTS
Topics Content
01
Common Block and Circuit Diagram
01.01 Block diagram showing the interconnection between Prime mover and generators.
01.02 Block diagram showing the interconnection Generators/supply and motors.
01.03 Open circuit test and load circuit test arrangement for D.C. Generator and Motor.
01.04 Parallel operation of D.C. Generators, circuit diagram showing necessary meters and bus-bars.
01.05 Different types of starters for D.C. motors and their circuit diagrams.
02
02.01
02.02
02.03
02.04
02.05
25
Estimating and Costing
To draw the house wiring diagram for domestic use and estimation of the quantity and cost (CTS,
clear, surface conduit and concealed wiring).
Power wiring diagram for small workshops having at least 5 motors and estimating cost for conduit type.
Power diagram for electrical substations (double feeder) including pole mounted type and estimating cost for it.
Layout and connection diagram for overhead lines connection from generator connection to distribution station
and estimating cost of materials for the same.
Use of lighting arrestors etc. for pole mounted and other sub-stations etc. and estimating cost for it.
Recommended Books
SL
1.
25
Title/Publisher
Electrical Estimating and Costing (Hindi Version)
Author
Jaggi
7
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Lab.
Subject Code
20406
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
Rationale
In Electrical Machine - I, the students were imparted with the theoretical knowledge of the principles and working of
different types of electrical machines, where they have been imparted with the theoretical knowledge at machines. After
passing diploma, they will be required to work on the actual machines. Therefore it is essential for them to work on the
actual machines.
Objective
Keeping in view, practical knowledge the syllabus of Electrical Engineering Lab. has been prepared so that it may bring
boldness and confidence in the students regarding working electrical machines.
LIST OF PRACTICALS
Topics
01
01.01
01.02
01.03
01.04
01.05
01.06
01.07
01.08
01.09
02
02.01
02.02
02.03
02.04
02.05
02.06
02.07
02.08
02.09
02.10
02.11
02.12
Content
D.C. Generator
Determination of hysteresis loop of a generator.
Determination of external characteristic/percentage voltage of a shunt generator against percentage output load.
Determination of external characteristic/percentage voltage of a series generator against percentage output load.
Determination of family of external characteristic/percentage voltage curves of a compound generator
performing load test as shunt, cumulative compound and differentially compounded generator.
Determination of efficiency of two similar generators coupled (Hopkinson's test / regenerative test).
Determination of external characteristic of a generator by performing open circuit and short circuit test.
Determination of armature resistance and field coil resistance by voltmeter and ammeter method with D.C.
supply.
Determination of magnetization characteristics ( O.C.C) of a D.C Shant generator.
Study of D.C. machine including development of armature winding
D.C. Motor
Determination of percentage speed verses field current characteristic curve of a shunt or a compound motor.
Determination of percentage speed, percentage efficiency and percentage regulation curve against percentage
output of a D.C. shunt motor by performing load test with mechanical breaking arrangement.
Determination of percentage speed, percentage efficiency and percentage regulation curve against percentage
output of a D.C. motor by performing load test (if there is any coupled D.C. motor)
Determination of percentage speed, percentage efficiency and percentage regulation curve against percentage
output of a D.C. series motor by performing load test with mechanical breaking arrangement.
Determination of percentage speed, percentage efficiency and percentage regulation curve against percentage
output of a D.C. compound motor by performing load test with mechanical breaking arrangement.
Determination of percentage speed verses armature voltage curve at full excitation and half excitation. (like
Warleonard control)
Determination of family of curves of percentage speed verses output of a shunt motor by putting different
values of resistance is series with the armature and performing load test.
Study of a three point manual starter.
Study of a four point manual starter.
Study of a drum controller of a D.C. series motor.
Study of an automatic starter of a D.C. motor.
Study of speed control of a D.C. Shunt motor (Various methods)
8
ELECTRONICS & MICROPROCESSOR Lab.
Subject Code
20407
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
09
No of Period in one session : 120
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
Rationale
The importance of the microprocessor based systems is well established. With the advent of microprocessor only the
world of Digital Computer found its place in every sphere of our life. There are numerous application of this technology
in the industries for control and efficient running of machineries. It is therefore essential that the students the students
who read about this technology should also perform experiments to acquaint themselves with the actual working. The
machine language which is the nearest programming language and is in close association of the Assembly Language to
be introduced in this subject for practice. This subject will also enable the students to have an idea of memory
management in Digital Computers.
Objectives
This will enable the students to have practical and physical concept of digital and electronics equipments. Thus it will
make them a good supervisor for location and replacement of the faulty components.
LIST OF PRACTICALS
SL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Experiments
Study of logic trainer kit and verification of Truth Table in respect of following:
a. AND gate
b. OR gate
c. NAND gate
d. NOR gate
e. EX-OR gate
Study of the Microprocessor Kit (8085 based).
Study of D-Flip Flop and T-Flip Flop.
Programming to add two 8-bit numbers: Sum 8-bit.
Programming for 8-unit subtraction.
Decimal addition of two 8-bit numbers, Sum 16-bit.
Programming practice for 1's and 2's complement of a number.
Shifting an 8-bit number (left shift and right shift).
Program to find the largest and smallest numbers from a series of numbers stored in memory.
Program to arrange a series of numbers in ascending and descending order.
Interfacing of A/D converter (ADC 0800).
Display of Alphabetic and Numeric characters in the data field using LED display.
Measurement of Frequency.
Measurement and monitoring of Temperature.
To draw the static characteristic of a junction diode.
To measure the amplification factor of a NPN or PNP transistor.
To connect a common emitter amplifier and measure the gain.
Assembling and testing of a burglar's alarm etc.
9
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Lab.
Subject Code
20408
Sessional
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
-
No of Period in one session : Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
30
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale
In Electrical Machine - I, the students were imparted with the theoretical knowledge of the principles and working of
different types of electrical machines, where they have been imparted with the theoretical knowledge at machines. After
passing diploma, they will be required to work on the actual machines. Therefore it is essential for them to work on the
actual machines.
Objective
Keeping in view, practical knowledge the syllabus of Electrical Engineering Lab. has been prepared so that it may bring
boldness and confidence in the students regarding working electrical machines.
LIST OF PRACTICALS
Topics
01
01.01
01.02
01.03
01.04
01.05
01.06
01.07
01.08
01.09
02
02.01
02.02
02.03
02.04
02.05
02.06
02.07
02.08
02.09
02.10
02.11
02.12
Content
D.C. Generator
Determination of hysteresis loop of a generator.
Determination of external characteristic/percentage voltage of a shunt generator against percentage output load.
Determination of external characteristic/percentage voltage of a series generator against percentage output load.
Determination of family of external characteristic/percentage voltage curves of a compound generator
performing load test as shunt, cumulative compound and differentially compounded generator.
Determination of efficiency of two similar generators coupled (Hopkinson's test / regenerative test).
Determination of external characteristic of a generator by performing open circuit and short circuit test.
Determination of armature resistance and field coil resistance by voltmeter and ammeter method with D.C.
supply.
Determination of magnetization characteristics ( O.C.C) of a D.C Shant generator.
Study of D.C. machine including development of armature winding
D.C. Motor
Determination of percentage speed verses field current characteristic curve of a shunt or a compound motor.
Determination of percentage speed, percentage efficiency and percentage regulation curve against percentage
output of a D.C. shunt motor by performing load test with mechanical breaking arrangement.
Determination of percentage speed, percentage efficiency and percentage regulation curve against percentage
output of a D.C. motor by performing load test (if there is any coupled D.C. motor)
Determination of percentage speed, percentage efficiency and percentage regulation curve against percentage
output of a D.C. series motor by performing load test with mechanical breaking arrangement.
Determination of percentage speed, percentage efficiency and percentage regulation curve against percentage
output of a D.C. compound motor by performing load test with mechanical breaking arrangement.
Determination of percentage speed verses armature voltage curve at full excitation and half excitation. (like
Warleonard control)
Determination of family of curves of percentage speed verses output of a shunt motor by putting different
values of resistance is series with the armature and performing load test.
Study of a three point manual starter.
Study of a four point manual starter.
Study of a drum controller of a D.C. series motor.
Study of an automatic starter of a D.C. motor.
Study of speed control of a D.C. Shunt motor (Various methods)
10
ELECTRONICS & MICROPROCESSOR Lab.
Subject Code
20409
Sessional
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
-
No of Period in one session :
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
30
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale
The importance of the microprocessor based systems is well established. With the advent of microprocessor only the
world of Digital Computer found its place in every sphere of our life. There are numerous application of this technology
in the industries for control and efficient running of machineries. It is therefore essential that the students the students
who read about this technology should also perform experiments to acquaint themselves with the actual working. The
machine language which is the nearest programming language and is in close association of the Assembly Language to
be introduced in this subject for practice. This subject will also enable the students to have an idea of memory
management in Digital Computers.
Objectives
This will enable the students to have practical and physical concept of digital and electronics equipments. Thus it will
make them a good supervisor for location and replacement of the faulty components.
LIST OF PRACTICALS
SL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Experiments
Study of logic trainer kit and verification of Truth Table in respect of following:
a. AND gate
b. OR gate
c. NAND gate
d. NOR gate
e. EX-OR gate
Study of the Microprocessor Kit (8085 based).
Study of D-Flip Flop and T-Flip Flop.
Programming to add two 8-bit numbers: Sum 8-bit.
Programming for 8-unit subtraction.
Decimal addition of two 8-bit numbers, Sum 16-bit.
Programming practice for 1's and 2's complement of a number.
Shifting an 8-bit number (left shift and right shift).
Program to find the largest and smallest numbers from a series of numbers stored in memory.
Program to arrange a series of numbers in ascending and descending order.
Interfacing of A/D converter (ADC 0800).
Display of Alphabetic and Numeric characters in the data field using LED display.
Measurement of Frequency.
Measurement and monitoring of Temperature.
To draw the static characteristic of a junction diode.
To measure the amplification factor of a NPN or PNP transistor.
To connect a common emitter amplifier and measure the gain.
Assembling and testing of a burglar's alarm etc.
11
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING DRAWING
Subject Code
20410
Sessional
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
-
No of Period in one session : Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
60
Internal Exam.
:
40
Rationale
For Electrical Engineering students the study of Electrical Engineering Drawing is essential. In the Part-I Diploma in
Electrical Engineering course, the students were acquainted with fundamental of Projections and simple drawing. At
Part-II stage level the students are required to prepare, understand, interpret drawing of electrical installation, electrical
machine equipments and electrical circuits. They should be able to draw free hand sketches of electrical machine parts,
various electrical equipments.
Objectives
The students should be able to read and interpret electrical engineering drawings to communicate and correlate through
sketches and drawing of actual machines. They should be able to prepare working drawing of electrical machines, panel,
transmission and distribution systems etc.
CURRICULUM
SL
Topics
1.
Drawing from Sketches
2.
Development of Machine Winding
3.
Free Hand Sketches
Total
Periods
60
CONTENTS
Topics Content
01
Drawing from Sketches
To draw from sketches the fully dimensioned orthographic views of the following:
01.01 Different views of different types of nuts and bolts including foundation bolts with threads.
01.02 Different types of solid and flexible couplings Pulleys and V-belt drive used in Electrical Machine Drive.
01.03 Knifes switches: Single & Double types, Main Switches, Energy meters.
01.04 Pin insulators, Sackless Insulators and Disc type Insulators for L.T. and H.T. Lines.
01.05 Sketches of C.T., P.T.
02
02.01
02.02
02.03
02.04
Development of Machine Winding
D.C. pole windings.
D.C. Lap winding/Single and Double layer.
D.C. wave winding: Single and Double layer.
Placing of carbon brushes on the commutator segments showing the direction of current.
03
03.01
03.02
03.03
03.04
03.05
03.06
03.07
03.08
Free Hand Sketches
Different Industrial Electrical symbols.
Pole of Machine: Different views.
Armature of D.C. Machine: Different views.
Commutator of D. C. Machine: Different views.
D.C. Machine brush and brush holder.
Different types of poles and Towers with feeders and Distributors and Lightning Arrestors.
Battery Charging Circuit with Battery.
Earthing - different types.
Recommended Books
SL
Title/Publisher
1.
Electrical Drawing
2.
Electrical Engineering Drawing, Vol. I and II
3.
Manthial in Electrical Engineering Drawing
Author
Narang
Pal and Lal
J.T.T.I. Madras
Reference Books
SL
Title/Publisher
1.
Electrical Drawing
Author
Surjeet Singh
12
Scheme of Teaching and Examination for
IV Semester DIPLOMA in MECHANICAL (AUTOMOBILE) ENGINEERING
THEORY
TEACHING
SCHEME
Sl.
No.
SUBJECTS
SUBJECT
Periods
CODE
per
Week
1
Automobile
Engineering-II
33401
2
Manufacturing
Technology - I
3
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Periods
in one
Session
Hours
of
Exam.
Terminal
Exam.
(A)
Marks
Final
Exam.
(B)
Marks
Total
Marks
(A+B)
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
Pass
Marks
in the
Subject
4
60
3
20
80
100
26
36
25402
5
60
3
20
80
100
26
36
Machine
Drawing
33403
9
120
4
20
80
100
26
36
4
Theory of
Machines
25404
6
60
3
20
80
100
26
36
5
Hydraulics and
fluid Mechanics
25405
5
60
3
20
80
100
26
36
Total :-
29
500
PRACTICAL
Sl.
No.
TEACHING
SCHEME
SUBJECT Periods Periods
CODE
per
in
Week
one
Session
SUBJECTS
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Hours
of
Exam.
Marks
Internal
Exam.
(A)
Marks
External
Exam.
(B)
Total
Marks
(A+B)
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
Pass
Marks
in the
Subject
6
Workshop
Practice
25406
9
120
6
10
40
50
16
21
7
Hydraulics and
fluid Mechanics
Lab.
25407
4
60
3
10
40
50
16
21
Total :-
13
100
SESSIONAL
Sl.
No.
7
8
SUBJECTS
Workshop
Practice
Machine
Drawing
SUBJE
CODE
TEACHING
SCHEME
Periods Periods
per
in One
Week
Session
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Marks of
Internal
Examiner (X)
Marks of
External
Examiner (Y)
Total
Marks
(X+Y)
Pass Marks
in the
Subject
25408
-
-
20
30
50
25
33409
-
-
40
60
100
50
Total :-
Total Periods per Week
150
42
Total Marks
1
750
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING - II
Subject Code
33401
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
-
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale
Though the students have already studied in brief the anatomy and physiology of automobile vehicles and component parts, they are
further required to study in detail about the materials working principles and their functions fuel lubricating oil and cooling principles
and electrical system as they may choose career in automobile industry and repair shop.
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Describe the category of vehicles on the basis of use, Capacity wheels and axles, drive no of cylinder and single mountings.
Explain the constructions and function of each engine component parts.
Describe the types of fuel used in engine petrol and diesel.
Explain air fuel ratio chemically correct mixture, most economical A/F ratio, combustion knock, detonation, antiknock quality,
octane & cetane number.
Explain the principle of carburetion, construction and function of simple carburetor.
Describe the working of spark ignition and compression ignition engine.
Explain with sketches the construction and function of the components used in fuel supply system in petrol engine.
Explain with sketches the construction and function of the elements used in fuel supply system in diesel engine.
Explain with sketches intake and exhaust system, inlet and exhaust manifold, their types and component parts.
Explain the working of supercharger and turbocharger in C.I. Engine.
Explain the need of cooling, types of cooling system, elements of cooling system, types of coolant used.
Explain need of lubrication, its classification type of lubricants and their properties and various gradings.
Describe the electrical system as a whole and explain with sketches the electrical circuits in S.I. and C.I. Engines, generation of
electrical energy.
Explain the construction and function of condenser, ignition, coil distributor, C.B. points/ Dynamo/ alternator, cut-out and regulator.
Explain the starting system including Bendix drive.
Explain the working of lighting and signaling points, horn, audio equipment and wiper.
CURRICULUM
SL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Topics
Review
Types of Automobile
Engines
Valves
Fuels
Carburetor
Spark Ignition Engine and Compression Ignition Engine
Fuel Supply System in S.I. Engines
Fuel Supply System in C.I. Engines
Intake and Exhaust System
Cooling System for Engines
Lubrication System
Electrical System
Total
2
Periods
02
02
09
03
04
03
03
03
06
05
05
03
12
60
CONTENTS
Topics
Content
Periods
01. Review
01.01 Review of topics covered in the paper Automobile Engineering - I.
02
02. Types of Automobiles
02
02.01 Types of automobile with respect to use, capacity, wheels and axles, drive number of cylinders and engine mounting.
03. Engines
03.01 Brief description of Diesel and Petrol engines.
03.02 Cylinder block and liner construction and function/multi-valve cylinder.
03.02.01 Cylinder head construction and function gasket.
03.03 Piston gudgeon pin, function, construction.
03.03.01 Piston rings, types, function and construction.
03.03.02 Connecting rod, working and construction, big and small end, bush and bearing.
03.04 Crankshaft, construction, line diagram and working, bearing (types) lubrication, connecting rod alignment,
balancing of crankshaft.
03.04.01 Flywheel - functions, construction starting ring friction surface.
09
04. Valves
04.01 Functions and Construction of Valves and their parts.
04.02 Functions and construction of Cams and Followers. Pushrod and Rocker Arm. Camshaft - function and
construction.
03
05. Fuels
04
05.01 Types of fuels used in automobile engines petrol, diesel, air fuel ratio, chemically correct mixture, most economical
A/F ratio, combustion knock, antiknock quality, octane number, cetane number.
06. Carburetor
06.01 Carburetion process meaning operation.
06.02 Simple carburetor, working theory on Bernoulli's equation, construction and working details.
03
07. Spark Ignition Engine and Compression Ignition Engine
07.01 Construction and working of Spark Ignition Engine and Compression Ignition Engine.
03
08. Fuel Supply System in S.I. Engines
08.01 Types of Fuel Feed System, Components of fuel system, Fuel tank filters and screens fuel lines, Fuel Gauges,
Air-Cleaner, Fuel Pump, A.C. Mechanical fuel pump, Electric fuel pump.
03
09. Fuel Supply System in C.I. Engines
09.01 Fuel Feed System, Diaphragm type pump, Plunger type pump.
09.02 Fuel injection pump, Nozzle and its function types, Fuel injection unit.
06
10. Intake and Exhaust System
10.01 Intake manifold (S.I. and C.I. Engine).
10.02 Exhaust manifold, Different types of Muffler and Tailpipe.
10.03 Supercharger, turbocharger in C.I. Engine.
05
11. Cooling System for Engines
11.01 Need of cooling engines, types of cooling systems, air and water cooling radiator - tubular and cellular types,
Thermostat valve water pump, cooling fans, coolant.
05
12. Lubrication System
03
3
12.01 Need of Lubrication.
12.02 Types of Lubrication System. Gravity Feed, Force Feed.
13. Electrical System
13.01 Main circuits of electrical system in S.I. and C.I. engine vehicles.
13.02 Generation of electrical energy in automobiles. Battery testing, battery charging
13.03 Condenser, Ignition Coil, Distributor C.B. Point, Firing order.
13.04 Dynamo alternator, cut-out, control of voltage and current.
13.05 Starting systems, Bendire drive.
13.06 Different lighting and signaling points, Horn, Audio Equipment, Wiper.
Recommended Books
SL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Title/Publisher
Automobile Engineering,
Automobile Engineering
Automobile Engineering
Automobile Engineering
The Automobile
Automobile Engineering
Elements of Automobile Engineering
Know your Motor-cycle and Scooter
Automobile Engineering
Automobile Vehicle
Author
Khanna Publishers, New Delhi. G.B.S. Narang
R. P. Sharma
Dr. Kirpal Singh
J. Heitner
Rayat Harbans Singh
Banga and Singh
G.B.S. Narang
Reyat Harbans Singh
K. Prasad
Newton and Steel
4
12
MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY - I
Subject Code
25402
L
05
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
T
P/S
-
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
A nation is strong if the industries are strong. A nation is self dependent if it produces its all requirements with its own
resources and industry and should have the capacity to export materials in other countries.
A diploma holder technician has to play a vital role in industries. He has to work as a bridge in between Management and
Labour.
An industry is rich if its workshop is rich. A workshop is rich if it has recent machines in good number and technical staffs
(having good concepts) in sufficient no. A diploma holder technician plays a vital role in act and guidance inside a workshop.
Objective:
For building a diploma holder technician to be more practical with good concept of theories the paper Manufacturing
Technology – I has been framed. With the help of this paper a person will be able to get the almost all basic concepts of workshop.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
S.No.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
The students will be able to:
Know the basic principles of workshop.
Select materials, tools, equipments more speedily accurately.
Prepare a job as per requirement (either by casting of machining).
Check the qualities and specification of job, tools and equipments.
Develop managerial skill.
Topics
Workshop Management
Lathe
Shaper and Planner
Drilling & Boring Machines
General Knowledge of Different Types of Machines
Welding
Pattern Making
Moulding
Casting
Total :
Periods
(04)
(14)
(08)
(04)
(04)
(08)
(08)
(05)
(05)
(60)
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 – WORKSHOP MANAGEMENT:
01.01 Rules and regulations of working in workshop
01.02 Duties and responsibilities of Foreman.
01.03 Algorithm or flow diagram for competing a job in different sections of workshop
01.04 Tools used in different section.
TOPIC: 02 – LATHE:
02.01 Introduction, terminology used in lathe: feed, depth of cut, cutting speed, R.P.M. of pass etc.
02.02 Types of lathe, centre lathe, capstan lathe, turret lathe, automatic lathe of
computer guided lathe (C.N.C. lathe)02)
02.03 Constructional details of centre lathe.
02.04 Specification of lathe. Difference between centre lathe & turret lathe.
02.05 Operation on lathe – Turning (Cylindrical, toper), facing, drilling, boring, thread cutting, grinding etc –
numericals
02.06 Tools for each types of operation, special attachment & accessories on lathe.
02.07 Sp. Operation on lathe using special attachment, indexing of turret & cross slide.
5
02.08
02.09
Faults in lathe & its remedies.
C.N.C. lathe – computer operation for C.N.C. lathe, merits of C.N.C over manually operated lathe.
TOPIC: 03 – SHAPER AND PLANNER:
03.01 Introduction. Construction details of shaper.
03.02 Quick return mechanism.
03.03 Terminology used (feed. Depth of cut, no. of pass, R.P.M. stroke length cutting speed)
03.04 Specification of shaper.
03.05 Difference between shaper and planner, Planner operation. Types of jobs prepared on shaper and planner,
TOPIC: 04 – DRILLING & BORING MACHINES:
04.01 Introduction, classification, specification.
04.02 Tools, accessories, operation, difference in drilling & boring tools.
TOPIC: 05 – GENERAL KNOWLEDGE OF DIFFERENT TYPES OF MACHINES:
05.01 General knowledge of slotting machine, its use.
05.02 Grinding machines, nomenclature of grinding wheel’s abrasive material.
TOPIC: 06 – WELDING:
06.01 Introduction, types.
06.02 Description of Gas welding and electric welding, tools used in welding.
06.03 Precaution in welding.
06.04 Welding rod used in gas and electric welding.
TOPIC: 07 – PATTERN MAKING:
07.01 Definition of pattern. General terms used in pattern making.
07.02 Pattern making tools, pattern materials wood, metals like brass, aluminium, white metal, plastics etc.
07.03 Types of pattern – Single piece, split, loose piece, geted cope and drag and shell patterns.
07.04 Pattern allowance: shrinkage, finish and rapping or shake allowance.
TOPIC: 08 – MOULDING:
08.01 Moulding tools and equipments, their types with compositions and characteristics.
08.02 Moulding processes – Hand moulding and machine moulding, types of moulds, methods of moulding,
bench moulding/hook moulding, pit moulding, loam moulding and mouldings.
08.03 Core binders, core boxes and core print, core preparation and setting of cores, core baking.
TOPIC: 09 – CASTING:
09.01 Melting furnaces, Electric furnace. Coke fired furnaces, oil and gas fired furnaces and cupola furnaces,
factors affecting selection of furnaces, sand casting process, use of special methods of casting,
centrifugal casting, die-casting, investment casting & their areas of application. Advantages and
disadvantages of these casting. Defects in casting and their remedies.
Book Recommended:
1.
Karyashala Takniki (Khand – I)
-
2.
3.
-
Manufacturing
6
B.S. Raghuvanshi
Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi
R.K. Jain
Begman
MACHINE DRAWING
Subject Code
33403
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
09
-
No of Period in one session : 120
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale
Drawing is the language of engineers. Without the knowledge and skill of drawing, an engineer is handicapped in understanding the
problem of engineering right from design phase to production as well as in communication with his superior and subordinate.
The subject will develop the understanding of drawing, representation of machine parts and skill of good draftsmanship. The subject
will help a technician in understanding the functioning of different machine parts, which in turn will help in maintenance and
dismaintenance and annually of machine parts in general and automobile parts in particular. It will generate confidence in a
technician which will improve the ability of overall shop floor operation and management the technician will be able to communicate
with supervision and subordinate through drawings.
Objectives
The students will be able to:

Understand these I.S. Codes of drawing and use there in their drawing.

Use different scales used in a drawing.

Understand and draw the orthographic projections of different machine parts in 1st and 3rd angle projection skill with good
draftsmanship.

Draw missing views.

Understand and draw isometric and oblique projection.

Draw dimensional and sectional drawing 1st and 3rd full draftsmanship.

Develop overall drawing and drafting skill and be able to apply the knowledge skill of drawing in practical field.

Draw free hand sketches of machine component parts.
CURRICULUM
SL.
Topics
1.
Orthographic Drawing in 1st Angle and 3rd Angle Projection
2.
Missing Views
3.
Isometric Drawings
4.
Conventions used in Machine Drawing
5.
Free Hand Sketch
6.
Dimensional and Sectional Drawing
Total
Sheets
02
01
01
01
01
01
Periods
26
14
18
18
22
22
07
120
CONTENTS
Topics Content
Periods
01
01.01
01.02
Orthographic Drawing in 1st Angle and 3rd Angle Projection
26
Methods of projection - 1st angle and 3rd angle projection.
Orthographic projection of simple models and from given isometric drawing of simple blocks and machine parts.
02
02.01
Missing Views
Drawing missing view from the given true orthographic views.
14
03
03.01
03.02
Isometric Drawings
Introduction of pictorial drawing, construction of Isometric scale and its use in Isometric drawing.
Isometric drawing of simple blocks and machine parts.
18
7
04
04.01
04.04
Conventions used in Machine Drawing
18
Types of lines - Cut lines or main line or parts cutting plane lines, brake lines for short and long breaks, hidden
Lines create and focus lines ................... and dimension lines, sectioning lines.
Conventional representation of common features in mechanical drawing like screw threads, rolled sections,
Bearings sections, helical tension spring, gear, rack and pinion etc. per I.S: 696.
Conventional representation of material as per I.S: 696 metal glass stone ware insulating and fitting materials,
liquids, wood and concrete.
Conventional Method of representation of full sectional and half sectional views of machine parts as per I.S: 696.
05
05.01
05.02




Free Hand Sketch
Free hand sketches of bolts and nuts, locking devices such as rivet-heads, keys, and cotter.
Free hand sketches of the following:
Simple Muffed and universal couplings
Socket and spigot joints.
Bushed bearing
Locks and fast pulleys
22
06
06.01


Dimensional and Sectional Drawing
Dimensional and Sectional Drawing of:
Bearing: Pedestal bearing, Pulmmer block.
Machine Parts: Cotter joints, Knuckle joint.
22
04.02
04.03
Note: The sheets prepared will be treated as Sessional work.
The students are expected to know the assembly of choice machine parts also which they have drawn under
dimensional and sectional drawing.
Recommended Books
SL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Title/Publisher
Machine Drawing, Tata McGraw Hill Publication.
Machine Drawing
Machine Drawing
Machine Drawing
General Engineering Drawing
Machine Drawing
A Text Book of Engineering Drawing, Katsion Publication House.
8
Author
N. Sidheshwar and P. Kanenth
N.D. Bhatt
Dear Lent
Perkinson
Kakkar and Chand
P.N. Vijay Vergia
R.K. Sharan
THEORY OF MACHINES
Subject Code
25404
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
-
No of Period in one session : 75
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
Technician has to understand the basic design principles of machines, mechanism and their parts. He comes across the
problem of power transmission, speed control, braking, engagement and disengagement of power balancing etc.
The subject is being prescribed with a view to help the students to develop the knowledge and understanding of the
mechanism and machines so that he will be able to develop skill which will help in solving the problems of design, power
transmission, maintenance etc.
Objective:
The student should be able to understand:
Different types of links & mechanisms.
The problems of friction and their application.
The principles of power transmission, gear, belt and rope drives.
The braking system and their application.
The function of different types of governors and flywheels.
The design and working of cam.
The principles of balancing.
S. No.
Topics
Periods
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
Simple Mechanism
Friction
Belt & Rope drives
Gear drive & gas trains
Governors
Turning moments & flywheels
Brakes & dynamometer
Cams
Vibration & Balancing
(05)
(08)
(08)
(08)
(08)
(08)
(06)
(06)
(03)
(60)
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 – SIMPLE MECHANISM:
01.01 Introduction, Kinematic links, types of links, structure, comparison between machine and structure.
01.02 Kinematic pairs, classification, types of constrained motion.
01.03 Kinematic pair, kinematic chain, their classification, mechanism, types of joints.
01.04 Inversion of mechanism, inversion of single slider crank chain, crank and slotted bar quick return and
Whitworth quick return motion mechanism.
TOPIC: 02 – FRICTION:
02.01 Introduction, classification, limiting friction, dynamic friction, co-efficient of friction, angle of repose.
02.02 Friction on rough inclined plane.
02.03 Screw friction, screw jack, torque required to lift and to lower the load by serew jack overhauling &
Self-locking serews, efficiency
TOPIC: 03 – BELET & ROPE DRIVE:
03.01 Introduction, classification of drives.
03.02 Velocity ratio of compound belt drive, slip of belt creep of belt. Length of open & cross belt drive.
03.03 Power transmitted by a belt, ratio of driving tension for flat belt drive centrifugal tension, condition for
maximum tension in belt.
03.04 V-belt drive, advantages and disadvantages ratio of driving tension rope drive, numericals.
9
TOPIC: 04 – GEAR DRIVES:
04.01 Toothed Gearing, introduction, terminology, advantages and disadvantages, classification.
04.02 Gear trains, Simple gear trains, compound gear trains, velocity ratio.
04.03 Design of spur gear (to find no of teeth) simple problems.
TOPIC: 05 – GOVERNORS:
05.01 Introduction, function, terminology, classification, comparison with flywheel.
05.02 Watt governor, Porter governor.
05.03 Hartnell governor.
05.04 Effort and power of a porter governor.
05.05 Hunting sensitiveness and stability of governor, isochronous governor.
TOPIC: 06 – TURNING MOMENT & FLYWHEEL:
06.01 Fluctuation of energy, determination of maximum fluctuation energy, co-efficient of fluctuation of energy.
06.02 Flywheel, co-efficient of fluctuation of speed, energy stored in a flywheel. Dimensions of the flywheel rim,
Numericals.
TOPIC: 07 – BRAKES:
07.01 Introduction, materials for brake lining, classification.
07.02 Single block brakes, double block shoe brake.
07.03 Simple band brake, Differential band brake, Band and block brake.
07.04 Dynamometer, & Rope Brake dynamometer. Numericals.
TOPIC: 08 – CAM:
08.01 Introduction, classification, terminology.
08.02 Displacement, velocity and acceleration diagrams when the follower moves with uniform velocity.
08.03 Construction of cam profile for a radial cam, profile of cam when the axis of follower passes through the
axis of cam shaft.
TOPIC: 09 – VIBRATION & BALANCING:
09.01 Vibration, classification, natural frequency of free longitudinal and transverse vibrations.
09.02 Balancing, classification, balancing of single rotating mass by a single mass rotating in the same plane,
balancing of a single rotating mass by two masses
10
HYDRAULICS & FLUID MACHINERY
Subject Code
25405
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
05
-
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
Water Management has a prime importance in the development of any country. This management covers the qualities of
drinking water, its viability, controlling of flow of water, its pressure calculation, different effects produced on the objects by it. The
energy associated with it i.e. Hydraulic energy & its use.
Now a day it is a great task to control the flood and desert. A diploma holder technician must have the capacity to control
the natural hazards occurred due to water or to develop new cultivated area from desert lands. Seeing the today’s requirement this
paper, fluid mechanics has been designed.
Objective:
The student should be able to:
(i)
Analyze the difference of drinking and not drinking water and should know the principles to convert not drinking water into
drinking water.
(ii)
Measure pressure to ensure safe working of submerged objects.
(iii)
Calculate the specific gravity & wet of fluid on/in an object.
(iv)
Assess the requirements of service water for the house.
(v)
Maintain & regulate the flow of fluids in a pipe line. And at last should have the basic concepts of almost all types of
problems related to water.
S. No.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
Topics
Basic Concepts of Fluids
Hydrostatic Forces on Surfaces
Hydro Kinematics & Dynamics
Orifice
Loss of Head
Mouthpieces & Pipes
Hydraulic Gradient
Branching of Pipes & Transmission of Power through Pipes
Impact of Jet & Water Turbine
Periods
(12)
(06)
(08)
(04)
(04)
(06)
(06)
(08)
(06)
(60)
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 – BASIC CONCEPTS OF FLUID :
01.01 Fluid (Definition & its types). Formula for Newtonian Fluid Concept of hydraulics/ F.M. classification of
hydraulics Hydrostatics, hydro kinematics.
01.02 Properties of Water – Specific gravity, surface tension, viscosity, cohesion-adhesion.
01.03 Types of Pressures – Atmospheric gauge, vacuum, vapour etc. & its units. Pressure measuring
Instruments – Barometer, Simple Manometer, Differential Manometer, Inverted manometer, Enlarged
End Manometer – Numerical problems.
01.04 Mechanical gauges – Borden tube, diaphragm, dead weight pressure.
01.05 Types of flow – Stream, streak, uniform, non-uniform, steady, unsteady, laminar, turbulent, compressible, incompressible,
rotational, irrotational, path line, streamline, stream tube – definition only, Reynolds
No. & its application in laminar & turbulent flow over a plate.
TOPIC: 02 – HYDROSTATIC FORCES ON SURFACES:
02.01 Total Pressure and Centre of Pressure, pressure at a point in a liquid, centre of pressure, total for
on-horizontal surface area, vertical surface area & inclined surface area. Practical application on Centre
of Pressure, Pressure diagram. Resultant Pressure, Sluice gate, lock gate, masonry wall and dam.
11
TOPIC: 03 – HYDROKINEMATICS & DYNAMICS:
03.01 Equation of continuity of flow – Discharge of rate of flow & its units. Equation of continuity of flow.
Potential or static head, static energy, pressure head and pressure energy, kinetic head and kinetic energy,
conversion of one energy into another energy.
03.02 Bernoulli’s theorem and its proof – Numerical problems. Practical application of Bernoulli’s theorem,
venturimeter, pitot tube, measurement of flow through pipes with the help of venturimeter (horizontal )
Derivation of formula for the discharge, venturimeter constant, Numerical problem.
TOPIC: 04 – ORIFICE:
04.01 Definition & types, Vena contracta, CC, CV, CD – Relation among them. Practical application – Numerical
problem.
TOPIC: 05 – LOSS OF HEAD:
05.01
Loss of head due to sudden enlargement and sudden contraction, Derivation of formula, head loss at
entrance & exit of pipe, loss of head due to obstruction in the path of flow, its practical use – Numerical
problem.
TOPIC: 06 – MOUTHPIECES AND PIPES:
06.01 Difference between pipe and mouthpieces. Use of mouthpieces, friction loss in pipes, definition of pipes and
channels, Wetted perimeter, hydraulic mean depth, loss of head due to friction in pipes. Chezy’s Equation,
Chezy’s Constant, Darcy or Weishback Equation, Darey’s Coefficient.
TOPIC: 07 – HYDRAULIC GRADIENT:
07.01 Discharge through pipes, Free discharge, discharging in another vessel through simple and compound pipes.
Equivalent size of compound pipes. Siphon –Numerical problem
TOPIC: 08 – BRANCHING OF PIPES & TRANSMISSION OF POWER THROUGH PIPES :
08.01 Pipes in parallel, discharge through each pipe, Flow through a diversion or bypass, branching of pipes. Flow
through each pipe.
08.02 Hydraulic transmission of power through pipes, its practical uses.
08.03 Nozzle – definition flow through nozzle at the end of the pipe line. Transmission efficiency and maximum
available H.P. Determination of dia of nozzle for supplying maximum horse power.
TOPIC: 09 – IMPACT OF JET & TURBINES:
09.01 Introduction force of the jet impinging normally on fixed plate, hinged plate, moving plate and on a series of
moving vanes, Force of the jet on a fixed curved vanes and on a moving curved vanes – Numerical problem.
09.02
09.03
Petton, Francis and Kaplan turbine velocity diagram, work done, power and efficiency.
Centrifugal pump-working principle, velocity diagram, manometer efficiency reciprocating pump working
principle only.
Books Recommended:
1.
2.
3.
A Text Book of Fluid Mechanics & Machines
Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines
Hydraulics & Hydraulic Machines
- R.S. Khurmi, S.Chand & Co.
- R.K. Bansal
- Dr. Jagdish Lal
12
WORKSHOP PRACTICE
Subject Code
25406
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
09
No of Period in one session : 120
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
Rationale & Objective:
A Diploma holder technician should get more opportunity to know about machines, equipments & its operations which will
help to be more confident & practical.
S. No.
A
B
C
D
Topics
Machine Shop
Welding Shop
Foundry Shop
Fitting Shop
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: A – MACHINE SHOP:
A.01
Safety precautions, Machine cleaning, checking, making ready for operation. Selection of tools, preparing it in ready
condition (tool sharpening)
A.02
Lathe:
Setting of job on three jaw, four jaw check, centering, tool/tools fitting, adjustment of tail stocks (if required).
Practice of operations: Turning, facing, taper turning on sample jobs. Job configuration checking.
Preparing a job by above processes (Sessional Preparation)
A.03
Shaper:
Study of quick return mechanism.
Repair of faults (minor) in machines.
Tool setting on Ram.
Practice of feed depth of cut, no. of pass on sample job.
Preparation of V block on a sample job.
A.04
Drilling:
Checking of drill bit.
Making of sample blind hole.
Making hole in a tapered job/V block.
TOPIC: B – WELDING SHOP:
B.01
Safety precautions, handling of tools & equipment.
B.02
Gas welding: Flame adjustment, practical on welding, soldering & brazing on two parts (sample job).
B.03
Electric welding:
(i) Flame adjustment, use of electrodes on jobs (T- shape, L-shape), Coarse & fire welding.
(ii) Preparation of chair & grill.
TOPIC: C – FOUNDRY SHOP:
(Pattern, Moulding & Cutting)
C.01
Tools, cope, drag. Different types of pattern – introduction & use.
C.02
Preparation of foundry sand.
C.03
Demonstration & handling of mould (A sample mould should be prepared by teacher/Institute)
C.04
Preparation of different types of moulds using single piece, spit or any available pattern – at least 3 moulds should be
prepared by each student.
C.05
Taking photographs of different moulds prepared by students.
C.06
Non-Fe Casting of one of the above.
TOPIC: D – FITTING SHOP:
D.01
Tools – Introduction & its use.
D.02
Different processes (Sawing, filing, drilling, tapping, dieing, scraping, reaming etc.)
D.03
Different types of fitting – Round fitting, Square fitting, Triangular fitting etc.
D.04
Use of above D. 02 & D.03 on sample jobs, L-shape, T-shape etc.
D.05
Practical Use of fitting.
D.06
Preparation of threads in pipes using tap & die – sessional preparation.
13
HYDRAULICS & FLUID MECHANICS LAB
Subject Code
25407
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
Rationale:
Water Management has a prime importance in the development of any country. This management covers the qualities of
drinking water, its viability, controlling of flow of water, its pressure calculation, different effects produced on the objects by it. The
energy associated with it i.e. Hydraulic energy & its use.
Now a day it is a great task to control the flood and desert. A diploma holder technician must have the capacity to control
the natural hazards occurred due to water or to develop new cultivated area from desert lands. Seeing the today’s requirement this
paper, fluid mechanics has been designed.
Objective:
The student should be able to:
(vi)
Analyze the difference of drinking and not drinking water and should know the principles to convert not drinking water into
drinking water.
(vii)
Measure pressure to ensure safe working of submerged objects.
(viii)
Calculate the specific gravity & wet of fluid on/in an object.
(ix)
Assess the requirements of service water for the house.
(x)
Maintain & regulate the flow of fluids in a pipe line. And at last should have the basic concepts of almost all types of
problems related to water.
TOPIC: A – HYDRAULICS LABORATORY:
Following experiments to be done:
01
Determination of CC, CV,CD of discharge through Orifice.
02
Determination of Metacentric height of a Ship. (Experimental method),
03
Verification of Bernaulli’s Equation,
04
Friction Loss in pipes
05
Discharging through notch.
06
Hardness test of (different types of samples) water.
07
Conversion of non-drinking water into drinking water.
14
WORKSHOP PRACTICE
Subject Code
25408
L
-
Sessional
No. of Periods Per Week
T
P/S
-
No of Period in one session :
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
30
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale & Objective:
A Diploma holder technician should get more opportunity to know about machines, equipments & its operations which will
help him to be more confident & practical.
Sl, No. Topics
Periods
A
B
C
D
Machine Shop
Welding Shop
Foundry Shop
Fitting Shop
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: A – MACHINE SHOP:
A.01
Safety precautions, Machine cleaning, checking, making ready for operation. Selection of tools, preparing it in ready
condition (tool sharpening)
A.02
Lathe:
(i)
Setting of job on three jaw, four check, centering, tool/tools fitting, adjustment of tail stocks (if required).
(ii) Practice of operations: Turning, facing, taper turning on sample jobs. Job configuration checking.
(iii) Preparing a job by above processes (Sessional Preparation)
A.03
Shaper:
(i)
Study of quick return mechanism.
(ii) Repair of faults (minor) in machines.
(iii) Tool setting on Ram.
(iv) Practice of feed depth of cut, no. of pass on sample job.
(v)
Preparation of V block on a sample job.
A.04
Drilling:
(i)
Checking of drill bit.
(ii) Making of sample blind hole.
(iii) Making hole in a tapered job/V block.
TOPIC: B – WELDING SHOP:
B.01
Safety precautions, handing of tools & equipment.
B.02
Gas welding: Flame adjustment, practical on welding, soldering & brazing on two parts (sample job)
B.03
Electric welding:
(i)
Flame adjustment, use of electrodes on jobs (T-shape, L-shape), Coarse & fire welding.
(ii) Preparation of chair & grill.
TOPIC: C – FOUNDRY SHOP:
(Pattern. Moulding & Cutting)
C.01
Tools, cope, drag. Different types of pattern – introduction & use.
C.02
Preparation of foundry sand.
C.03
Demonstration & handling of mould (A sample mould should be prepared by teacher/Institite).
C.04
Preparation of different types of moulds using single piece, spit or any available pattern – at least 3 moulds should be
prepared by each student.
C.05
Taking photographs of different moulds prepared by students.
C.06
Non-Fe Casting of one of the above.
TOPIC: D – FITTING SHOP:
D.01
Tools – Introduction & its use.
D.02
Different processes (Sawing, filing, drilling, tapping, dieing, scraping, reaming etc.).
D.03
Different types of fitting – Round fitting, Square fitting, Triangular fitting etc.)
D.04
Use of above D.02 & D.03 on sample jobs, L-shape, T-shape etc.
D.05
Practical Use of fitting.
D.06
Preparation of threads in pipes using tap & die – sessional preparation.
15
MACHINE DRAWING
Subject Code
33409
L
-
Sessional
No. of Periods Per Week
T
P/S
-
No of Period in one session :
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
60
Internal Exam.
:
40
Rationale
Drawing is the language of engineers. Without the knowledge and skill of drawing, an engineer is handicapped in
understanding the problem of engineering right from design phase to production as well as in communication with his superior and
subordinate.
The subject will develop the understanding of drawing, representation of machine parts and skill of good draftsmanship. The
subject will help a technician in understanding the functioning of different machine parts, which in turn will help in maintenance and
dismaintenance and annually of machine parts in general and automobile parts in particular. It will generate confidence in a
technician which will improve the ability of overall shop floor operation and management the technician will be able to communicate
with supervision and subordinate through drawings.
Objectives
The students will be able to:

Understand these I.S. Codes of drawing and use there in their drawing.

Use different scales used in a drawing.

Understand and draw the orthographic projections of different machine parts in 1st and 3rd angle projection skill with good
draftsmanship.

Draw missing views.

Understand and draw isometric and oblique projection.

Draw dimensional and sectional drawing 1st and 3rd full draftsmanship.

Develop overall drawing and drafting skill and be able to apply the knowledge skill of drawing in practical field.

Draw free hand sketches of machine component parts.
CURRICULUM
SL
Topics
1.
Orthographic Drawing in 1st Angle and 3rd Angle Projection
2.
Missing Views
3.
Isometric and Oblique Drawings
4.
Conventions used in Machine Drawing
5.
Free Hand Sketch
6.
Dimensional and Sectional Drawing
7.
Practical Aspect of Drawing
Total
CONTENTS
Topics Content
01
01.01
01.02
Orthographic Drawing in 1st Angle and 3rd Angle Projection
Methods of projection - 1st angle and 3rd angle projection.
Orthographic projection of simple models and from given isometric drawing of simple blocks and machine parts.
02
02.01
Missing Views
Drawing missing view from the given true orthographic views.
16
03
03.01
03.02
Isometric Drawings
Introduction of pictorial drawing, construction of Isometric scale and its use in Isometric drawing.
Isometric drawing of simple blocks and machine parts.
04
04.01
Conventions used in Machine Drawing
Types of lines - Cut lines or main line or parts cutting plane lines, brake lines for short and long breaks,
hidden lines, create and focus lines ................... and dimension lines, sectioning lines.
Conventional representation of common features in mechanical drawing like screw threads, rolled sections
bearings sections, helical tension spring, gear, rack and pinion etc. per I.S : 696.
Conventional representation of material as per I.S : 696 metal glass stone ware insulating and fitting materials,
Liquids, wood and concrete.
Conventional Method of representation of full sectional and half sectional views of machine parts as
per I.S : 696.
04.02
04.03
04.04
05
05.01
05.02




Free Hand Sketch
Free hand sketches of bolts and nuts, locking devices such as rivet-heads, keys, cotter and simple machine
Parts.
Free hand sketches of the following:
Simple Muffed and universal couplings
Socket and spigot joints.
Bushed bearing
Locks and fast pulleys
06
06.01


Dimensional and Sectional Drawing
Dimensional and Sectional Drawing of:
Bearing: Pedestal bearing, Pulmmer block.
Machine Parts: Cotter joints, Knuckle joint.
Recommended Books
SL Title/Publisher
1.
Machine Drawing, Tata McGraw Hill Publication.
2.
Machine Drawing
3.
Machine Drawing
4.
Machine Drawing
5.
General Engineering Drawing
6.
Machine Drawing
7.
A Text Book of Engineering Drawing, Katsion Publication House.
17
Author
N. Sidheshwar and P. Kanenth
N.D. Bhatt
Dear Lent
Perkinson
Kakkar and Chand
P.N. Vijay Vergia
R.K. Sharan
Scheme of Teaching and Examination for
IV Semester DIPLOMA in MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (PRINTING TECHNOLOGY)
THEORY
TEACHING
SCHEME
Sl.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
SUBJECT
CODE
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Letter Assembly-I
Binding &
Finishing – I
Printing Process-I
34401
6
60
3
20
80
100
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
26
34402
4
50
3
20
80
100
26
36
34403
4
50
3
20
80
100
26
36
Printer's Design
Reproduction &
Photography-I
34404
6
50
4
20
80
100
26
36
34405
6
60
3
20
80
100
26
36
SUBJECTS
Total :-
Periods
per
Week
Periods
in one
Session
Hours
of
Exam.
Terminal
Exam. (A)
Marks
Final
Exam. (B)
Marks
Total
Marks
(A+B)
26
Pass
Marks in
the
Subject
36
500
PRACTICAL
Sl.
No.
6
7
8
9
SUBJECTS
Printer's Process
Lab-I
Printer's Design
Lab.
Letter Assembly
Lab. – I
Binding &
Finishing Lab. – I
SUBJECT
CODE
TEACHING
SCHEME
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Periods
per
Week
Periods
in one
Session
Hours
of
Exam.
Marks
Internal
Exam.
(A)
Marks
External
Exam.
(B)
Total
Marks
(A+B)
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
Pass
Marks in
the
Subject
34406
4
50
3
10
40
50
16
21
34407
4
50
3
10
40
50
16
21
34408
4
50
3
10
40
50
16
21
34409
4
50
3
10
40
50
16
21
Total :-
16
200
SESSIONAL
Sl.
No.
10
SUBJECTS
Reproduction &
Photography Lab-I
SUBJECT
CODE
34410
Total :-
Total Periods per Week
TEACHING
SCHEME
Periods
Periods
per
in One
Week
Session
-
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Marks of Internal
Examiner (X)
Marks of External
Examiner (Y)
Total
Marks
(X+Y)
Pass
Marks in
the
Subject
20
30
50
25
-
-
50
42
Total Marks
1
750
LETTER ASSEMBLY - I
Subject Code
34401
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
-
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale & Objective:
Every printed product consists of text portion and illustrations, with the former occupying
mechanical portion knowledge of text setting methods and equipment used for setting text, which is
broadly termed Letter Assembly, therefore very essential.
The aim of this subject is to study letter assembly as an important part of print-production
techniques, to enable the students to make judgment about the aspect of printing, particularly in relation to
the requirements of designing the printed products.
This will cover development of typesetting methods, preparation for type setting inputs and
outputs, page assembly, proofing imposition and planning.
The aim is to further develop the student’s understanding and knowledge of letter assembly
equipment, particularly in the areas of on-line integrated system, image generation system, editing and
corrections, electronic page assembly, digital storage and outputs.
S.No.
Topics
Periods
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
Introduction
Preparation for Typesetting
Letter Assembly System
Typesetting Routines
Introduction to Phototypesetting
Typesetting Input
Photo-typesetting Output
Page Assembling and Proofing
Imposition and Planning
(06)
(09)
(06)
(06)
(09)
(06)
(06)
(06)
(06)
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 – INTRODUCTION:
01.01 Historical development of Typesetting from Gutenberg to present.
01.02 Review of various systems and their relationship with current production methods.
[06]
TOPIC: 02 – PREPARATION FOR TYPESETTING:
02.01 Typographical unit of measurement. Angle-American point system.
02.02 Units of set, measurement of length;
02.03 Preparation of copy, house style.
02.04 Proof-reading.
02.05 Casting- off and copy fitting.
[09]
TOPIC: 03 – LETTER ASSEMBLY SYSTEM:
03.01 Handsetting, Mechanical typesetting, typewriter composition phototypesetting,
computerized typesetting.
03.02 Display composition by various system.
03.03 Editing, correction and page-make up in all the systems.
[06]
TOPIC: 04 –TYPESETTING ROUTINES:
04.01 Different kinds of setting poetry; table, tabular, mathematical, scientific work, etc.
04.02 Methodical approach for each kind of job, tools, accessories, and precision aids,
used in the letter assembly departments and their purposes.
[06]
2
TOPIC: 05 –INTRODUCTION TO PHOTOTYPESETTING:
05.01 Development from the earliest to the present.
05.02 Principles of first to present generations photo-typesetting machines, their
performance and usage.
[09]
TOPIC: 06 –TYPESETTING INPUT:
06.01 Counting and non-counting keyboard, keyboard layout and ergonomics.
[06]
TOPIC: 07 –PHOTO-TYPESETTING OUTPUT:
07.01 Application of various photo-typesetter, scopes, and limitation.
07.02 Processing of photo-typesetting output.
[06]
TOPIC: 08 –PAGE ASSEMBLING AND PROOFING:
08.01 Make-up of photo-typesetting products for book, magazine, newspaper, and general
printing.
08.02 Equipment and materials used.
08.03 Photo headline setting and transfer lettering systems for display composition.
08.04 Proofing Techniques-matrix printer, diazzo, electrostatic, diffusion transfer,
photographic.
[06]
TOPIC: 09 –IMPOSITION AND PLANNING:
09.01 Page shapes, margins, and size in relation to paper size.
09.02 Rules for Imposotion upto 32 pages.
09.03 Accommodation of press and Finishing requirements, sheet work and halfsheet
work, grip edge, signature and register marks.
[06]
3
BINDING & FINISHING - I
Subject Code
34402
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
-
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale & Objective:
This is a core subject-After printing is complete; the printed sheets are required to be put in a proper shape such as
books, magazine, registers, etc. For this, knowledge of various methods and techniques of binding and finishing is very
essential. A diploma holder is required to supervise the binding and finishing section in a press.
S.No.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
Topics
Warehouse Operations.
Securing Operations.
Forwarding Operations.
Binding Techniques
Preparation and Attaching Boards.
Covering Operations..
Finishing.
Periods
(08)
(08)
(08)
(08)
(08)
(05)
(05)
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 – WAREHOUSE OPERATIONS.
01.01
Printed paper warehouse and white paper warehouse, storing temperature, humidity, materials handing,
safety.
01.02
Paper buying, stocking, storage and issue.
01.03
International paper sizes, and I.S.I. paper sizes, advantages, grammes per square metre GSM), ethod of
substances specification; old imperial sizes and subdivisions of paper.
[08]
TOPIC: 02 – SECURING OPERATIONS:
02.01
Use of thread, tape, cord, wire-stitching, looping, gluing, pasting, covering, pamplet, work.
02.02
Different kinds of sewing, cord sewing and tape sewing, hand sewing and machine sewing, two-on and allalong sewing, over casting for loose-leaf works, suitability for different styles of binding.
02.03
End papers: single, made –end paper, reinforced, cloth-joint, leather-joint, silk-fly leaf and leather –flyleaf.
Zigzag end papers, their object.
[08]
TOPIC: 03 – FORWARDING OPERATIONS.
03.01
In board and out –board forwarding, different kinds of binding and styles, publishers, library, miscellaneous
and deluxe extra leather, stationery binding- characteristics.
03.02
Gluing the back; founding and backing objects, care and precautions, reducing swelling in the back, flat
backs, back lining.
[08]
TOPIC: 04 –BINDING TECHNIQUES
04.01
Adhesive binding, thermoplastic, unsewn, threadless and perfect binding.
[08]
TOPIC: 05 –PREPARATION AND ATTACHING BOARDS
05.01
Dimensional variation of boards, lining, cutting to size, warping of boards, prevention, attaching boards,
lacing-in-split-board work.
[08]
TOPIC: 06 –COVERING OPERATION:
06.01
Different kinds of covering materials, selecting leather as other materials, measuring and cutting to size and
shape, applying adhesive and turning it, pressing, setting the groove or joints, settings the head, setting the
band, polishing pressing and pasting down.
[05]
TOPIC: 07 – FINISHING
07.01
Decorating the cover of the book with the finishing tools, blind blocking, gold blocking and sliding hand
tools, fillets pallets, rules. Lottering, type holder, brass type, marking for tooling and lettering, heating,
testing and pressing, cleaning, inlaying, lacing and bands open up and pressing.
07.02 Edge decoration, colouring, spraying marbling, guilding, gauffereing or tooling the edges, head
bands, handmade and machine-made head bands.
[05]
4
PRINTING PROCESS - I
Subject Code
34403
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
-
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale & Objective:
It is a core subject of printing technology, It is essential for students to learn about the basics of various
printing processes. Process photography, techniques of printing surface preparation and printing machines.
CONTENTS:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Printing Industry- historical background and structure.
Principles Involved and characteristics of different printing process-their suitability and limitations.
Introduction to Relief surface and Plano graphic surface.
Introduction to equipments and tools used for all printing processes.
Introduction to process photography: types of process cameras-their constructions and functioningmaking negatives and positives.
Introduction to Surface Preparation (Overview only)
5
PRINTER’S DESIGN
Subject Code
34404
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
-
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale & Objective:
Even printed product should be designed before it is send to the printers or executing the work.
The pront-technician should have a clear perspective of the design principles involved in designing a
product, as the designing on the printing process to be decided. The aim of this subject will be to introduce
the study of printed products, introduction to type and typography, design method, design organisation,
visual studies, techniques of copy preparation, layouts and dummy for all kinds of jobs.
The aim is to further examine in details to design consideration and corporate design planning
applied to different types of products, and to allow the students to apply the knowledge gained in the
professional carrier.
S.No.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
Topics
Various kinds for Printed Products, their format, and Design factors.
Design and Typographic Elements
Colour Elements
Illustrative Elements
Layout Preparation
Typography
Planning for Production
Display Composition
Periods
(06)
(06)
(08)
(05)
(08)
(06)
(05)
(06)
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 – VARIOUS KINDS OF PRINTED PRODUCTS, THEIR FORMAT, AND DESIGN
FACTORS:
01.01 Leaflets, pamphlets, booklets, catalogyes, brochures, manuals, books.
01.02 Magazines and Newspapers.
01.03 Business forms and commercial stationary.
01.04 Labels, cartons, point-of-sale displays, etc.
01.05 Factors to be considered in print planning, such as, purpose, budget, materials etc.
[06]
TOPIC: 02 – DESIGN AND TYPOGRAPHIC ELEMENTS:
02.01 Identification of design terms; point, line, space, shape, mass, size and scale, colour, tone,
texture, pattern, balance and contrast.
02.02 Typographic Elements.
02.03 Type fundamentals, main groups of type face designs, type series, type families.
02.04 Choosing type face suitable to the subject or product, relation between type face and printing
processes, type face and paper surfaces.
02.05 Legibility and readability.
02.06 Monograms, trade-marks and logotypes.
[06]
TOPIC: 03 – COLOUR ELEMENTS:
03.01 Colour theory. Terms used to describe colour: warm and cold colours, hue, shade, tint.
03.02 Colour wheel. Term to describe their relationships, between colours, complementary colour,
split-complementary colours, selection of colours for two or three or four colours jobs.
Attributes and emotional appeal of colour.
03.03 Choose and effective use of colours, colour harmony, colour contrast and colour values.
[08]
6
TOPIC: 04 –ILLUSTRATIVE ELEMENT
04.01 Types of originals for illustration and re-production: continuous tone copy, line drawings, black
and white and colour.
04.02 Requirements of art work and originals for reproduction, treatment of photographs,
photomechanical transfer materials and their use.
04.03
[05]
Black and white photographs, high contrast and low contrast; improving quality of photographic
pronts; masking , scaling, cropping of illustration, reduction and enlargements; size of
reproduction; care and protection; air brush and its use.
TOPIC: 05 –LAYOUT PREPARATION:
05.01 Materials, equipments and techniques used in the preparation of layout and art work.
05.02 Basic geometric shapes, disposition of elements and space; principles of symmetrical and
asymmetrical arrangements; distinction between geometric and optical centres.
05.03 Preparation of the layouts, analysis of briefs, stages and house styles.
05.04 Methods of producing different forms of layout.
05.05 Page structures, arrangement of illustration and text matter.
05.06 Dummy preparation.
[08]
TOPIC: 06 –TYPOGRAPHY:
06.01 Methods of preparing a design in its various stages, for different classes of work book, display,
news, magazines and other kinds, typographic specifications for different classes of work.
06.02 Copy preparation for different classes of work in relation to typesetting systems, artworks
preparation for different printing processes paper etc.
06.03 Materials and tools used in preparation of layouts and art work.
[06]
TOPIC: 07 –PLANNING FOR PRODUCTION:
07.01 Selection and colour limitation of production processes, jobs selections, consideration of
available methods of composition method possibilities and limitations of Bindings and ancillary
processes as they affect design.
07.02 Technical influences and the selection and specification of ink, paper and other materials in
relation to job specifications and the different production processes decided.
07.03 Casting-off copy, principles of copy-fitting, copy fitting tables.
07.04 Preparation of page: layouts for different parts of the book and preparation of dummies.
[05]
TOPIC: 08 –DISPLAY COMPOSITION:
08.01 Principles of display, factors affecting display setting, effective use of white space. Line shape
and size of space, the type face combinations, suitability, use of initials, the techniques of
layouts arrangements to guide the eye-dividing an area-use of grid preparation of dummy of
different kinds of jobs.
[06]
7
REPRODUCTION & PHOTOGRAPHY - I
Subject Code
34405
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
-
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale & Objective:
Potomechanics, transfer of image and electronic image generation of the photography and their importance for a
student to learn, in making tinting for the job and mainly deals with operation and handling of different equipments ,
machinery etc, used for reproduction photography.
S.No.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
Periods
(08)
(08)
(08)
(08)
(07)
(07)
(07)
(07)
Topics
Function of graphic reproduction
Optical system
Cameras
Illuminants
Emulsion for graphic reproduction photography
Line and Halftone photography
Contact Processing
Processing.
CONTENTS:
TOPIC: 01 – FUNCTION OF GRAPHIC REPRODUCTION:
Functions of graphic reproduction, Definitions of graphic reproduction photography; Originals for graphic
reproduction classification of originals, line originals, Half Tone, Continuous tone, full colour originals,
requirements of originals, scaling the originals.
TOPIC: 02 – OPTICAL SYSTEM
02.01
Lenses. Lens aberrations, process lens, optical reversal, straight line reversal, lens aperture, diaphragm, its
functions depth of focus, depth of field, water house etc.
[08]
[08]
TOPIC: 03 – CAMERAS
03.01
Different types of process cameras and accessories, e.g. horizontal, dark room, vertical, vertical enlargertypes camera, roll-film cameras, Computerised Camera evaluation of modern cameras.
[08]
TOPIC: 04 –ILLUMINANATS
04.01
Classification, requirements, colour temperature, comparative study of different illuminants, carbon are
lamps open and enclosed, incandescent lamps, tungsten, halogen lamps, pulsed xenon lamps, lens flap,
units of illumination, inverse square law, relative intensity exposure calculations.
[08]
TOPIC: 05 –EMULSIONS FOR GRAPHIC REPRODUCTION PHOTOGRAPHY
05.01
Ingredients, brief description of manufacture of emulsions, types of emulsions, emulsion structure,
Requirement of emulsions, emulsion structure, Requirements of emulsion. Study of sensitometric wavescharacteristic and gama curves. Latent image Theory : Reciprocity failure, intermittency effect, cavalier
effect, etc.
[07]
TOPIC: 06 –LINE AND HALFTONE PHOTOGRAPHY:
06.01
Basic Line exposure, magnification factor, line photography from black and white, and colour line
originals, evaluation of line negatives. Brief study of halftone screens, manufacture, halftone theories,
screen distance calculations, inverse system Various ratio system-calculations, Halftone exposure-single
and multiple exposure system, flash no-screen exposure principles of dot formation, evaluation of halftone,
negative & positives
[07]
TOPIC: 07 – CONTACT PROCESSING
07.01
Application of Contact printing, determining the correct exposure dots, soft dots, spreads and chokes for
multi-colour printing inspection of negatives and positives.
[07]
TOPIC: 08 –PROCESSING:
08.01
Developers, Ingredients and their function. Different developers, their suitability, factors affecting of
development, method of development, automatic processor, stop bath, fixing bath, their functions.
8
[07]
PRINTER’S PROCESS LAB - I
Subject Code
34406
1.
2.
2.
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
Letter Assembly: Lay of case, use of tools and equipments, use of spacing materials, setting
straight matter, setting techniques, proofing.
Process Photography: Handling and operation of process camera their units and accessories,
making negatives and positives.
Surface Preparation:
(a)
Use of equipments and accessories for plate making, graining, counter-etching, preparing
coating, solution, coating plate for albumen process and;
(b)
Equipments and tools used for making a line block.
9
PRINTER’S DESIGN LAB.
Subject Code
34407
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
Collection and study of all verities of printed materials.
Classification of types faces: Block letters, Old face Transitional, Modern and Decorative types.
Identification of different display faces: method.
Layout procedure: Interpretation of copy and layout, preparing composing room layouts rough and
finished layouts.
Tools of the layout man; care and handling.
Materials for the layout; preparation.
Lettering for layouts techniques.
Layout for simple title pages, letterheads, visiting cards envelopes, greeting cards, invitations,
certificates, advertisements and folders.
Designing of monograms ands trade marks.
Study of various kinds of originals used in the printed materials.
Study of colour and mixing of colours, two-three-colour-combinations.
Practicing layout and dummies for various, class of work: book, display, news, magazines, and
other kinds of job work.
Practicing the techniques of copy preparation.
10
LETTER ASSEMBLY LAB -I
Subject Code
34408
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
1. Typesetting Routines
Setting various kinds of work-text/ poetry, table and tabular and display work by hand
setting, mechanical composition and photo-typesetting.
2. Make up of pages
Procedure for making-up for different kinds of text pages which includes various
components, such as, headlines and folio, footnotes, let-in-notes, let-in-notes, labels.
Illustration with legends etc Make –up of preliminary and supplementary pages of books.
3. Display Composition
Setting up of display job as per the layouts, using suitable typesetting system for different
kinds of display jobs
4. Practical work with different, proofing techniques
5. Imposition
Imposition up to 32 pages for upright and Landscape pages, half sheet and sheet work.
6. Practicing for keyboard operation for phototypesetting.
11
BINDING & FINISHING LAB - I
Subject Code
34409
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
04
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
40
Internal Exam.
:
10
Study of tools and machinery, their uses and care in handling.
Materials and supplies essential for a book binding department.
Folding, counting and jogging.
Side and saddle Odd and even number stitching.
Endpapers.
Styles of binding: Quarter-bound cut-flush (library sewing). Quarter-bound turned in (library
sewing) Quarter-bound turned in (Sawn-in Sewing)
Manifield book (Carbon duplicate book)
Tear-off pad.
One letter Index book,
Styles of binding Quarter-bound turned-in with squares (Flexible sewing), Quarter-bound turned –
in with squares (Two-on sewing), case binding (Overcast sewing), Publishers binding (Library
sewing).
Half-bound (conventional method); Calico and marble with gilding, spine preparing and spine
decorating with ink. Photo-album with colour strings.
Account book binding: Hall bound (Modern style) leather and calico and gilding, file making of
loose-leaf binding with screws.
Rebinding-Case binding.
Writing pad with gift cameras.
Practice on sewing machine, exercise on stitching machine.
12
REPRODUCTION & PHOTOGRAPHY - I
Subject Code
34410
Sessioinal
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
-
Contents:1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Preparation of Line & Half Tone Negative.
Preventive maintenance of Crocess Camera.
Scaling of different types of originals.
Factor Controlling of exposure & development.
Basic Ingredient of Developers.
13
No of Period in one session : Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
30
Internal Exam.
:
20
Scheme of Teaching and Examination for
IV Semester DIPLOMA in ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
THEORY
TEACHING
SCHEME
Sl.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
SUBJECTS
Digital
Electronics– I
Communication
Components and
Materials
Advance
Electronic Devices
and Circuits
Network and
Lines
Basic Comm.
Techniques &
Sound
Engineering
SUBJECT
CODE
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Periods
per
Week
Periods
in one
Session
Hours
of
Exam.
Terminal
Exam. (A)
Marks
Final
Exam. (B)
Marks
Total
Marks
(A+B)
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
Pass
Marks in
the
Subject
21401
6
50
3
20
80
100
26
36
38402
6
50
3
20
80
100
26
36
21403
6
60
3
20
80
100
26
36
21404
6
50
3
20
80
100
26
36
21405
6
50
3
20
80
100
26
36
Total :-
30
500
PRACTICAL
Sl.
No.
6
SUBJECTS
Electronic
Constriction and
repair Lab.
SUBJECT
CODE
21406
Total :-
TEACHING
SCHEME
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Periods
per
Week
Periods
in one
Session
Hours
of
Exam.
Marks
Internal
Exam.
(A)
Marks
External
Exam.
(B)
Total
Marks
(A+B)
Pass
Marks
Final
Exam.
Pass
Marks in
the
Subject
6
60
3
20
80
100
32
42
6
100
SESSIONAL
Sl.
No.
7
8
SUBJECTS
Electronics
Circuit Lab.
Digital Electronics
Lab.
SUBJECT
CODE
TEACHING
SCHEME
Periods
Periods
per
in One
Week
Session
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Marks of Internal
Examiner (X)
Marks of External
Examiner (Y)
Total
Marks
(X+Y)
Pass
Marks in
the
Subject
21407
3
50
40
60
100
50
21408
3
50
20
30
50
25
Total :-
Total Periods per Week
6
150
42
Total Marks
1
750
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS - I
Subject Code
21401
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
-
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale
Digital System has made great in roads in the field of Electronics. The use of Digital Circuits is rapidly
increasing in all most all the electronic applications, to be it microprocessors, Computers, Communications,
Measuring instruments and others.
Objectives
This paper is to deal with the basics of Digital System. The students are expected to learn the Binary System,
Conversions from one System to another, the various Logic Circuits, Digital ICs and connected basic Digital
Circuits used in Electronic field.
CURRICULUM
SL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Topics
Binary System
Boolean Algebra and Logic Gates
Simplification of Boolean Function
Digital Integrated Circuits
Combinational Logic
Multivibrator and Synchronous Sequential Logic
Shift Registers and Counters
Total
Periods
08
06
05
06
12
06
07
50
CONTENTS
Topics
01
01.01
01.02
01.03
01.04
01.05
01.06
Content
Binary System
Transistor in cut off and saturation.
Binary Numbers.
Number Base Conversion.
Hexadecimal.
Complements, Signed Binary numbers.
Codes: Weighted and Non-Weighted codes.
Periods
08
02
02
01
01
01
01
02
02.01
02.02
02.03
02.04
02.05
Boolean Algebra and Logic Gates
Basic Definition of Boolean Algebra, Axiomatic definition of Boolean Algebra.
Basic theorem and properties of Boolean Algebra.
Boolean functions, Canonical and standard forms.
Other Logic Operations.
Digital Logic Gates.
06
01
02
01
01
01
03
03.01
03.02
03.03
03.04
Simplification of Boolean Function
Theorem and K-map methods up to variables.
Product of sum and sum of product simplification.
NAND and NOR implementation.
Don't care conditions.
05
02
01
01
01
04
04.01
Digital Integrated Circuits
06
Introduction to following: RTL, DTL, Circuits, TTL, ECL, MOS, CMOS, Transmission gate circuits.
2
05
05.01
05.02
05.03
05.04
05.05
05.06
05.07
Combinational Logic
Half Adder, Full Adder.
Half and Full Subtractor.
Code Conversion.
Binary Adder and Subtractor.
Magnitude Comparator.
Decoder and Encoder.
Multiplexer and Demultiplexer.
12
01
01
02
02
02
02
02
06
06.01
06.02
06.03
Multivibrator and Synchronous Sequential Logic
Transistor/IC based multivibrator circutes.
Flip Flop (RS, JK, T, D, Master Slave type)
Triggering of flip flops.
06
02
03
01
07
07.01
07.02
07.03
Shift Registers and Counters
Registers.
Shift Registers using different types of flip flops.
Ripple Counter, Synchronous and Asynchronous counter.
07
03
02
02
Reference Books
SL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Title/Publisher Author
Digital Design
Design Principle Application
Digital Computer System
Digital Circuits and Logic Design
Maho
Malvino and Mano
Malvino
Lee
3
COMMUNCATION COMPONENTS AND MATERIALS
Subject Code
38402
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
-
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale:
Electronics is a major part of our day to day life. In each and every field electronic systems are used. Basic
electronics is one of the subjects which are the base of all advance electronics. It starts with PN junction which
makes the student to follow the functioning of all semiconductor based electronics. This is a core group subject
and it develops cognitive and psychomotor skills.
Chapter
Name of the Topic
Topic
1
Passive Components
Resistor: definition, symbol, unit.
Thermistor (symbol and list of application only)
Resistor colour code, wattage (w.r to size)
Capacitor : definition, symbol, unit
Types of capacitor( to be shown in practical, no theory)
Inductor : definition, symbol, unit
Transformer :symbol, types ( step up and step down), application.
2
Rectifiers & Filters
11
Need of rectifier , definition
Types of rectifier – Half wave rectifier, Full wave rectifier, (Bridge & centre tapped )
Circuit operation
Input/output waveforms for voltage & current
Average (dc) value of current & voltage (no derivation)
Ripple, ripple factor, ripple frequency, PIV of diode used, transformer utilization
factor, efficiency of rectifier.
3
Optical Diodes
LED, photo diode, Symbol, operating principle & applications of each.
Tunnel diode, Varacter diode
7
4
Integrated Circuits
Integrated Circuits
Advantage and disadvantage of Integrated Circuits
Inside an IC Package
IC Classifications
Making Monolithic IC
Fabrication of Components on Monolithic IC
Simple Monolithic ICs
IC Symbols
Scale of Integration
14
Gun diode, PIN diode Characteristics and their uses.
6
5
4
12
ADVANCE ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS
Subject Code
21403
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
-
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale
This paper is meant to make the students familiar with widely used IC chips and the solid state devices such as
FETs.
The utility of Electronic Devices depends on circuits. Students are to study amplifier and oscillator circuits of
different type meant for various applications and specific uses.
The topics to be covered are:
CURRICULUM
SL
Topics
1.
Transistor Biasing.
2.
Transistor as Amplifier
3.
Coupled Amplifiers.
4.
Feed-Back Amplifiers.
5.
Oscillators.
6.
FET Amplifiers.
7.
Operational Amplifier.
Total
Periods
07
07
09
10
10
09
08
50
CONTENTS
Topics
01
01.01
01.02
01.03
01.04
01.05
01.06
Content
Transistor Biasing
Output Characteristics of CE Amplifier.
Operating Point.
Bias Stability.
Types of Biasing.
Bias Compensation.
Thermal Sunway.
Periods
07
02
02.01
02.02
02.03
02.04
Transistor as Amplifier
Hybrid Circuits
Z, Y & H Parameters of Two Port Networks.
Equivalent Circuit of Transistor at low and medium frequencies.
Analysis of voltage gains, current gain, power gain, input impedance and output impedance.
07
03
03.01
03.02
03.03
03.04
03.05
03.06
03.07
Coupled Amplifiers
Cascading of Amplifier Types.
Principles of R-C, D-D and Transformer Coupling.
Gain Bandwidth consideration.
Effects of coupling on amplifier performance.
Changes in frequency response and due to effects on coupling.
High frequency considerations.
Compensation of amplifier for high and low frequency tuned circuit.
09
04
04.01
04.02
04.03
04.04
04.05
Feed-Back Amplifiers
Classification concept.
Gain with feedback, input resistance, type of resistance.
Current Series and Current Shunt Feedback Circuits.
Voltage Series and Voltage Shunt Feedback Circuits.
Voltage Shunt Feedback Circuits with Frequency Response.
10
5
05
05.01
05.02
05.03
05.04
05.05
05.06
Oscillators
Principle of Oscillators.
Effect of feedback on Amplifier Bandwidth.
Gain and Phase Margin.
Wein Bridge Oscillator (Basic idea).
Crystal Oscillator.
Frequency Stability.
10
06
06.01
06.02
06.03
FET Amplifiers
Biasing of FETs.
CS, CD, CG amplifiers with equivalent circuits analysis and frequency response.
Biasing of UJT.
09
07
07.01
07.02
07.03
07.04
07.05
Operational Amplifiers
Basic Operational Amplifier (OP-AMP).
Differential Amplifier.
Operational Amplifier Parameters.
Parameters Measurement.
Basic Circuits: Subtractor, Adder, Integrator, Differentiator circuits using Operational Amplifier
(OP-AMP).
08
Reference Books
SL
Title/Publisher
1.
Integrated Electronics
2.
Electronics Devices and Circuits
3.
Electronics Devices and Circuits
4.
Linear Integrated Circuits
5.
Principle of electronics
6.
Basic electronics
Author
Millman and Halkias
John D. Ryder
Millman and Halkias
Byan
V.K Mehta
B.L. Thereja
6
NETWORK AND LINES
Subject Code
21404
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
-
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale
Objectives
The topics to be covered are:
CURRICULUM
SL
Topics
1.
Network Parameters
2.
Two Port Network
3.
Attenuator and Equalizers
4.
Filters
5.
Transmission Lines
Total
Periods
07
12
04
08
19
50
PART I - GENERATION
Topics
01
01.01
01.02
01.03
01.04
01.05
01.06
Content
Network Parameters
Active and Passive Elements.
Linear and non-linear elements.
Unilateral and Bilateral Elements.
Lumped and Distributed Elements.
Ideal and Practical Voltage and Current Sources.
Concept of Nodes, Mesh, Branch, Loop etc.
Periods
07
02
01
01
01
01
01
02
02.01
02.02
02.03
02.04
02.05
02.06
02.07
02.08
02.09
02.10
02.11
Two Port Network
Introduction to Z, Y and ABCD parameters.
Equivalent Circuits in Z, Y, ABCD, h parameters.
Transfer function, Concept and Calculation for two port network.
Four Terminal Networks.
Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Networks.
Image and Iterative Impedance.
Design of Simple Symmetrical and Asymmetrical networks.
Propagation Constant.
T and Pai Network.
T to Pai to T network transformation.
Ladder and Lattice Network.
12
01
02
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
03
03.01
03.02
03.03
Attenuator and Equalizers
Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Networks.
Design of T and Pai type attenuators.
Equalizers - Introduction.
04
01
01
02
04
04.01
04.02
04.03
04.04
04.05
Filters
Concept of Decibel and Neper.
Basic Relations in Filters.
Classification as per use: Low Pass Filters, High Pass Filters, Band Pass Filters and Band Stop Filters.
Attenuation and phase shift characteristics.
Design of simple T and Pai type in derived filters.
08
01
01
02
02
02
7
05
05.01
05.02
05.03
05.04
05.05
05.06
05.07
05.08
05.09
05.10
05.11
05.12
05.13
05.14
05.15
Transmission Lines
Classification.
Introduction to open wire, co-axial cable, wave guide, optical fibers with application.
Distributed parameters of lines.
Equivalent Circuit of a finite line.
T and Pai type representation of a section of line.
Voltage and Current distribution in an infinite line.
Characteristics impedance a TX line.
Concept of propagation, attenuation constant and phase shift constant of a line.
Expression for impedance at a point on line.
Reflected and standing waves.
Voltage reflection coefficient and VSWR.
Maximum and Minimum impedance.
Input and Output impedance of an open and short-circuited loss-less line.
Input impedance as a function of length of line.
Introduction to Smith Chart and Circle Diagrams.
Recommended Books
SL
Title/Publisher
Author
8
19
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
02
01
02
01
01
03
BASIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES AND SOUND
ENGINEERING
Subject Code
21405
Theory
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
-
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
Rationale
The basis of communication techniques and a working knowledge of the principles of Acoustics are felt fit to
be imparted at this stage.
Objectives
The students are expected to get familiar with the process of Modulation and detection, Sonar and the basic
principles of Acoustics. The broad topics to covered are:
CURRICULUM
SL
Topics
1.
Introduction to Communication System and Noise
2.
Modulation
3.
De-modulation
4.
Pulse Code Modulation
5.
Ultrasonic G/R
6.
Acoustics
Total
Periods
04
10
06
13
04
13
50
CONTENTS
Topics
01
01.01
01.02
01.03
Content
Introduction to Communication System and Noise
Classification.
Introduction to Information Noise.
Concept to Band Gap and Boad Widter.
Periods
04
01
01
02
02
02.01
02.02
02.03
02.04
Modulation
A M Balanced Modulators.
SSB and Vestigial Side Boad Systems.
Frequency Modulation.
Phase Modulation Noise.
10
02
04
02
02
03
03.01
03.02
De-Modulation
Diode Transistor and FET Demodulation for AM waves.
Phase discriminators and ratio detectors for FM and PM waves.
06
02
04
04
04.01
04.02
04.03
04.04
04.05
Pulse Code Modulation
Introduction.
Type of Pulse Code Modulation.
PWM, PPM, PCM, Multiplexing.
Time-Division Multiplexing and Frequency-Division Multiplexing.
Introduction to Radio Telemetry.
13
01
02
04
02
04
05
05.01
Ultrasonic G/R
Detection and Application of Remote Control.
04
9
06
06.01
06.02
06.03
06.04
06.05
Acoustics
Introduction to sound, ear hibidelity and stereo.
Recording and Reproduction disc recording type of recorder
Reproducers, recording chassidic record and their processing
Hi-Fi and Stereophonic Systems Surround Sound.
Room Acoustics: Requirement of record room, acoustics room shape. Optimum reverb ration in
room, Absorbent materials, scale model tests, designer considerations of open air theaters auditorium,
commercial building sound recording.
Recommended Books
SL
Title/Publisher
1.
Electronics Communication System
2.
Hi-Fi Stereo Hand Book
3.
Radio and TV
Author
Kemecy
S.P. Sharma
10
13
ELECTRONIC CONSTRUCITONS AND REPAIR Lab.
Subject Code
21406
Practical
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
06
No of Period in one session : 60
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
80
Internal Exam.
:
20
LIST OF PRACTICALS
SL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Content
Construction of a Battery Eliminator Box, Stabilizer Box, Radio and TV Cabinets.
Soldering Practice: connecting circuit components.
Assembling Battery-Stabilizer, Radio Receiver, Intercoil Circuit.
Assembling Inverter.
– Location of faults and repair of:
– Battery Eliminator
– Voltage Stabilizer
– Inverter
– Radio Receiver
Location of faults in different types of Electronics Circuits.
Tracing fault in a C.H.O. and its repair.
Handling of different types of multimeter: VTVM, Frequency meters, Calculators.
Fault Location and repair of instruments - Multimeter VTVM, Frequency meters, Calculators.
Repair of faulty study panels of your laboratory.
Note: Three assignments for practical under SL 1 and 2. Two assignments for practical listed under SL 3 and
4, and at least one assignment for each of the practical under SL No. 5 to 10. Altogether eleven assignments to
be done by the students in the workshop or laboratory.
11
ELECTRONICS CIRCUIT Lab.
Subject Code
21407
Sessional
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
03
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
100
Annual Exam.
:
60
Internal Exam.
:
40
LIST OF SESSIONALS
SL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Experiments
Introduction to various meters and instruments to be used.
– Study of CRO; Phase and Frequency measurement.
Measurement of h-parameter of transistor.
Frequency response of a CE amplifier.
Frequency response of direct-coupled amplifier.
Frequency response of RC-coupled amplifiers.
Characteristics of a transformer-coupled amplifier.
Calculation of gain, input impedance and output impedance in case of cascaded amplifiers.
Operation of Push-Pull amplifier.
Operation of Class C amplifier.
Characteristics Curves of FETs.
Operation of Wein Bridge and RC Phase shift oscillator.
Verification of basic operation of OP-AMP curves.
Use of OP-AMP as Adder and Subtractor.
Use of OP-AMP as integrator and differentiator.
12
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB.
Subject Code
21408
Sessional
No. of Periods Per Week
L
T
P/S
03
No of Period in one session : 50
Full Marks
:
50
Annual Exam.
:
30
Internal Exam.
:
20
LIST OF SESSIONALS
SL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Experiments
Construction and verification of diode OR gate.
Construction and verification of diode AND gate.
Verification of truth table of Basic Gates.
Verification of truth table of Universal Gates from ICs.
Construction of Basic gates from Universal Gates.
Construction of Ex-OR gate from Universal Gates.
Construction of Half Adder and Full adder circuit from Gates and Verification of its function.
Construction of Half and Full subtractor circuit from Universal Gates and Verification of its function.
Verification of truth table of R-S and J-K Flip Flop.
Operation of Transistor Multimeter circuits.
Operation of multivibrator functions from 555 IC.
Construction and verification of function of Ripple and BCD Counter.
Construction and verification of Sequence Generator.
13